Compositions containing nucleic acids and ligands for therapeutic treatment

Preparations of conjugates of a receptor-binding internalized ligand and a cytocide-encoding agent and compositions containing such preparations are provided. The conjugates contain a polypeptide that is reactive with an FGF receptor, such as bFGF, or another heparin-binding growth factor, cytokine, or growth factor coupled to a nucleic acid binding domain. One or more linkers may be used in the conjugation. The linker is selected to increase the specificity, toxicity, solubility, serum stability, or intracellular availability, and promote nucleic acid condensation of the targeted moiety. The conjugates are complexed with a cytocide-encoding agent, such as DNA encoding saporin. Conjugates of a receptor-binding internalized ligand to a nucleic acid molecule are also provided.

TECHNICAL FIELD 
The present invention relates generally to the treatment of diseases, and 
more specifically, to the preparation and use of complexes containing 
receptor-binding internalized ligands NABD and cytocide-encoding agents to 
alter the function, gene expression, or viability of a cell in a 
therapeutic manner. 
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION 
A major goal of treatment of neoplastic diseases and hyperproliferative 
disorders is to ablate the abnormally growing cells while leaving normal 
cells untouched. Various methods are under development for providing 
treatment, but none provide the requisite degree of specificity. 
One method of treatment is to provide toxins. Immunotoxins and cytotoxins 
are protein conjugates of toxin molecules with either antibodies or 
factors which bind to receptors on target cells. Three major problems may 
limit the usefulness of immunotoxins. First, the antibodies may react with 
more than one cell surface molecule, thereby effecting delivery to 
multiple cell types, possibly including normal cells. Second, even if the 
antibody is specific, the antibody reactive molecule may be present on 
normal cells. Third, the toxin molecule may be toxic to cells prior to 
delivery and internalization. Cytotoxins suffer from similar disadvantages 
of specificity and toxicity. Another limitation in the therapeutic use of 
immunotoxins and cytotoxins is the relatively low ratio of therapeutic to 
toxic dosage. Additionally, it may be difficult to direct sufficient 
concentrations of the toxin into the cytoplasm and intracellular 
compartments in which the agent can exert its desired activity. 
Given these limitations, cytotoxic therapy has been attempted using viral 
vectors to deliver DNA encoding the toxins into cells. If eukaryotic 
viruses are used, such as the retroviruses currently in use, they may 
recombine with host DNA to produce infectious virus. Moreover, because 
retroviral vectors are often inactivated by the complement system, use in 
vivo is limited. Retroviral vectors also lack specificity in delivery; 
receptors for most viral vectors are present on a large fraction, if not 
all, cells. Thus, infection with such a viral vector will infect normal as 
well as abnormal cells. Because of this general infection mechanism, it is 
not desirable for the viral vector to directly encode a cytotoxic 
molecule. 
While delivery of nucleic acids offers advantages over delivery of 
cytotoxic proteins such as reduced toxicity prior to internalization, 
there is a need for high specificity of delivery, which is currently 
unavailable with the present systems. 
In view of the problems associated with gene therapy, there is a compelling 
need for improved treatments which are more effective and are not 
associated with such disadvantages. The present invention exploits the use 
of conjugates which have increased specificity and deliver higher amounts 
of nucleic acids to targeted cells, while providing other related 
advantages. 
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION 
The present invention generally provides therapeutic compositions. In one 
aspect, the composition has the formula: receptor-binding internalized 
ligand-nucleic acid binding domain-cytocide-encoding agent. The 
receptor-binding internalized ligand is a polypeptide reactive with a cell 
surface receptor, the nucleic acid binding domain binds to a nucleic acid, 
the cytocide-encoding agent is a nucleic acid molecule encoding a cytocide 
and which binds to the nucleic acid binding domain, and the composition 
binds to the cell surface receptor and internalizes the cytocide-encoding 
agent in cells bearing the receptor. In another aspect, the composition 
has the formula: receptor-binding internalized ligand-nucleic acid binding 
domain-prodrug-encoding agent. 
In certain embodiments, the receptor-binding internalized ligand is a 
polypeptide reactive with an FGF receptor, VEGF receptor, HBEGF receptor, 
or a cytokine. In other embodiments, the cytocide-encoding agent encodes a 
protein that inhibits protein synthesis and is preferably a ribosome 
inactivating protein, most preferably saporin. The protein is gelonin or 
diphtheria toxin in other embodiments. In other embodiments, the 
prodrug-encoding agent encodes HSV-thymidine kinase. 
The nucleic acid binding domain is poly-L-lysine in one embodiment. In 
other embodiments, the nucleic acid binding domain is a transcription 
factor selected from the group consisting of helix-turn-helix motif 
proteins, homeodomain proteins, zinc finger motif proteins, steroid 
receptor proteins, leucine zipper motif proteins, helix-loop-helix motif 
proteins, and .beta.-sheet motif proteins. In other embodiments, the 
nucleic acid binding domain binds nonspecifically to nucleic acids and is 
selected from the group consisting of poly-L-lysine, protamine, histone 
and spermine. In a preferred embodiment, the nucleic acid binding domain 
binds the coding region of a ribosome inactivating protein such as 
saporin. In another preferred embodiment, FGF is conjugated to 
poly-L-lysine. 
In yet other embodiments, the cytocide-encoding agent contains a 
tissue-specific promoter, such as alpha-crystalline, gamma-crystalline, 
.alpha.-fetoprotein, CEA, prostate-specific antigen, erbB-2, tyrosinase, 
.alpha.-actin, c-myc, VEGF receptor, FGF receptor or cyclin D. 
In another aspect, the composition also contains a linker. In various 
embodiments, the linker increases the flexibility of the conjugate and is 
(Gly.sub.m Ser.sub.p).sub.n, (Ala Ala Pro Ala).sub.n, wherein n is 1 to 6, 
m is 1 to 6 and p is 1 to 4, or the linker is a disulfide bond. 
In yet another aspect, the composition has the formula: receptor-binding 
internalized ligand-cytocide encoding agent-nucleic acid binding domain, 
wherein the receptor-binding internalized ligand is conjugated to the 
cytocide-encoding agent, which is bound to the nucleic acid binding domain 
to form a complex. 
In other aspects, the invention provides methods for preventing excessive 
cell proliferation in the anterior eye following surgery, treating corneal 
clouding following excimer laser surgery, preventing closure of a 
trabeculectomy, preventing pterygii recurrence, treating 
hyperproliferative diseases in the back of the eye, such as macular 
degeneration, diabetic retinopathy and proliferative virtreal retinopathy, 
treating smooth muscle cell hyperplasia after a wound healing response to 
a procedure, e.g., vein grafting, endarterectomies and arteriovenous 
shunts and treating cancer. In these aspects, an effective amount of the 
compositions described above are administered.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION 
Definitions 
All U.S. patents and all publications mentioned herein are incorporated in 
their entirety by reference thereto. 
The "amino acids," which occur in the various amino acid sequences 
appearing herein, are identified according to their well known, three 
letter or one letter abbreviations. The nucleotides, which occur in the 
various DNA fragments, are designated with the standard single letter 
designations used routinely in the art. 
As used herein, to "bind to a receptor" refers to the ability of a ligand 
to specifically recognize and detectably bind to such receptors, as 
assayed by standard in vitro assays. For example, as used herein, binding 
measures the capacity of a VEGF conjugate, VEGF monomer, or VEGF dimer to 
recognize a VEGF receptor on a vascular endothelial cell, such as an 
aortic vascular endothelial cell line, using a procedure substantially as 
described in Moscatelli, J. Cell Physiol. 131:123-130, 1987. 
As used herein, "biological activity" refers to the activities of a 
compound or physiological responses that result upon in vivo 
administration of a compound, composition or other mixture. Biological 
activity thus encompasses therapeutic effects and pharmaceutical activity 
of such compounds, compositions and mixtures. Such biological activity may 
be defined with reference to particular in vitro activities as measured in 
a defined assay. For example, within the context of this invention the 
biological activity of FGF, or fragments of FGF, refers to the ability of 
FGF to bind to cells bearing FGF receptors and internalize a linked agent. 
Such activity is typically assessed in vitro by linking the FGF to a 
cytotoxic agent, such as saporin, contacting cells bearing FGF receptors 
(e.g., fibroblasts), with the conjugate and assessing cell proliferation 
or growth. In vivo activity may be determined using recognized animal 
models, such as the mouse xenograft model for anti-tumor activity (see, 
e.g., Beitz et al., Cancer Research 52:227-230, 1992; Houghton et al., 
Cancer Res. 42:535-539, 1982; Bogden et al., Cancer (Philadelphia) 
48:10-20, 1981; Hoogenhout et al., Int. J. Radiat. Oncol., Biol. Phys. 
9:871-879, 1983; Stastny et al., Cancer Res. 53:5740-5744, 1993). 
As used herein, the "biological activity of a cytocide-encoding agent," 
such as DNA encoding saporin, refers to the ability of the product to 
interfere with the metabolism of the cell by inhibiting protein synthesis. 
Such biological or cytotoxic activity may be assayed by any method known 
to those of skill in the art including, but not limited to, in vitro 
assays that measure protein synthesis and in vivo assays that assess 
cytotoxicity by measuring the effect on cell proliferation or on protein 
synthesis. Assays that assess cytotoxicity in targeted cells are 
particularly preferred. 
As used herein, a "conjugate" refers to a molecule that contains at least 
one receptor-internalized binding ligand and at least one nucleic acid 
binding domain that are linked directly or via a linker and that are 
produced by chemical coupling methods or by recombinant expression of 
chimeric DNA molecules to produce fusion proteins. 
A "cytocide-encoding agent" is a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a 
product that results in cell death and generally acts by inhibiting 
protein synthesis. Such a product may act by cleaving rRNA or 
ribonucloprotein, inhibiting an elongation factor, cleaving mRNA, or other 
mechanism that reduces protein synthesis to a level such that the cell 
cannot survive. The product may be a protein, ribozyme, antisense, and the 
like. The nucleic acid molecule may contain additional elements besides 
the cytocide gene. Such elements include a promoter, enhancer, splice 
site, transcription terminator, poly(A) signal sequence, bacterial or 
mammalian origin of replication, selection marker, and the like. 
As used herein, the term "cytotoxic agent" refers to a molecule capable of 
inhibiting cell function. The agent may inhibit proliferation or may be 
toxic to cells. A variety of cytotoxic agents can be used and include 
those that inhibit protein synthesis and those that inhibit expression of 
certain genes essential for cellular growth or survival. Cytotoxic agents 
include those that result in cell death and those that inhibit cell 
growth, proliferation and/or differentiation. 
As used herein, protein cytotoxic agents include, but are not limited to, 
saporin, the ricins, abrin and other ribosome inactivating proteins 
(RIPs), aquatic-derived cytotoxins, Pseudomonas exotoxin, inhibitors of 
DNA, RNA or protein synthesis, antisense nucleic acids, other metabolic 
inhibitors (e.g., DNA cleaving molecules), prodrugs (e.g., thymidine 
kinase from HSV and bacterial cytosine deaminase), and light-activated 
porphyrin. While saporin is the preferred RIP, other suitable RIPs include 
ricin, ricin A chain, maize RIP, gelonin, diphtheria toxin, diphtheria 
toxin A chain, trichosanthin, tritin, pokeweed antiviral protein (PAP), 
mirabilis antiviral protein (MAP), Dianthins 32 and 30, abrin, monordin, 
bryodin, shiga, a catalytic inhibitor of protein biosynthesis from 
cucumber seeds (see, e.g., WO 93/24620), Pseudomonas exotoxin, 
biologically active fragments of cytotoxins and others known to those of 
skill in this art. Suitable cytotoxic agents also include cytotoxic 
molecules that inhibit cellular metabolic processes, including 
transcription, translation, biosynthetic or degradative pathways, DNA 
synthesis, and other such processes that kill cells or inhibit cell 
proliferation. 
"Heparin-binding growth factor" refers to any member of a family of 
heparin-binding growth factor proteins, in which at least one member of 
the family binds heparin. Preferred growth factors in this regard include 
FGF, VEGF, and HBEGF. Such growth factors encompass isoforms, peptide 
fragments derived from a family member, splice variants, and single or 
multiple exons, some forms of which may not bind heparin. 
As used herein, to "hybridize" under conditions of a specified stringency 
is used to describe the stability of hybrids formed between two 
single-stranded nucleic acid molecules. Stringency of hybridization is 
typically expressed in conditions of ionic strength and temperature at 
which such hybrids are annealed and washed. Typically high, medium and low 
stringency encompass the following conditions or equivalent conditions 
thereto: 
1) high stringency: 0.1.times.SSPE or SSC, 0.1% SDS, 65.degree. C. 
2) medium stringency: 0.2.times.SSPE or SSC, 0.1% SDS, 50.degree. C. 
3) low stringency: 1.0.times.SSPE or SSC, 0.1% SDS, 50.degree. C. 
"Nucleic acid binding domain" (NABD) refers to a molecule, usually a 
protein, polypeptide, or peptide (but may also be a polycation) that binds 
nucleic acids, such as DNA or RNA. The NABD may bind to single or double 
strands of RNA or DNA or mixed RNA/DNA hybrids. The nucleic acid binding 
domain may bind to a specific sequence or bind irrespective of the 
sequence. 
As used herein, "nucleic acids" refer to RNA or DNA that are intended for 
internalization into a cell and includes, but are not limited to, DNA 
encoding a therapeutic protein, DNA encoding a cytotoxic protein, DNA 
encoding a prodrug, cytocide, ribozyme, or antisense the complement of 
these DNAs, an antisense nucleic acid, and other such molecules. Reference 
to nucleic acids includes duplex DNA, single-stranded DNA, RNA in any 
form, including triplex, duplex or single-stranded RNA, anti-sense RNA, 
polynucleotides, oligonucleotides, single nucleotides, chimeras, and 
derivatives thereof. 
Nucleic acids may be composed of the well-known deoxyribonucleotides and 
ribonucleotides composed of the bases adenosine, cytosine, guanine, 
thymidine, and uridine. As well, various other nucleotide derivatives and 
non-phosphate backbones or phosphate-derivative backbones may be used. For 
example, because normal phosphodiester oligonucleotides (referred to as PO 
oligonucleotides) are sensitive to DNA- and RNA-specific nucleases, 
oligonucleotides resistant to cleavage, such as those in which the 
phosphate group has been altered to a phosphotriester, methylphosphonate, 
or phosphorothioate may be used (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,218,088). 
As used herein, "operative linkage" or operative association of DNA 
encoding a product to regulatory and effector sequences of nucleotides, 
such as promoters, enhancers, transcriptional and translational stop 
sites, refers to the functional relationship between such DNA and such 
sequences of nucleotides. For example, operative linkage of DNA encoding a 
cytocide to a promoter refers to the physical and functional relationship 
between the DNA and the promoter such that transcription of the DNA is 
initiated from the promoter by an RNA polymerase that specifically 
recognizes, binds to and transcribes the DNA. 
As used herein, the term "polypeptide reactive with an FGF receptor" refers 
to any polypeptide that specifically interacts with an FGF receptor, 
preferably the high-affinity FGF receptor, and that is transported into 
the cell by virtue of its interaction with the FGF receptor. Polypeptides 
reactive with an FGF receptor are also called FGF proteins. Such 
polypeptides include, but are not limited to, FGF-1 to FGF-9. For example, 
bFGF (FGF-2) should be generally understood to refer to polypeptides 
having substantially the same amino acid sequences and receptor-targeting 
activity as that of bovine bFGF or human bFGF. It is understood that 
differences in amino acid sequences can occur among FGFs of different 
species as well as among FGFs from individual organisms or species. In 
addition, chimeras or hybrids of any of FGF-1 through FGF-9, or FGFs that 
have deletions (see, e.g., PCT Application No. WO 90/02800), insertions or 
substitutions of amino acids are within the scope of FGF proteins, as long 
as the resulting peptide or protein specifically interacts with an FGF 
receptor and is internalized by virtue of this interaction. 
As used herein, a "prodrug" is a compound that metabolizes or otherwise 
converts an inactive, nontoxic compound to a biologically, 
pharmaceutically, therapeutically, of toxic active form of the compound. A 
prodrug may also be a pharmaceutically inactive compound that is modified 
upon administration to yield an active compound through metabolic or other 
processes. The prodrug may alter the metabolic stability or the transport 
characteristics of a drug, mask side effects or toxicity, improve or alter 
other characteristics or properties of a drug. By virtue of knowledge of 
pharmacodynamic processes and drug metabolism in vivo, those of skill in 
this art, once a pharmaceutically active compound is known, can design 
inactive forms of the compound (see, e.g., Nogrady, Medicinal Chemistry A 
Biochemical Approach, Oxford University Press, New York, pages 388-392, 
1985). 
As used herein, "receptor-binding internalized ligand" or "ligand" refers 
to any peptide, polypeptide, protein or non-protein, such as a 
peptidomimetic, that is capable of binding to a cell-surface molecule and 
is internalized. Within the context of this invention, the 
receptor-binding internalized ligand is conjugated to a nucleic acid 
binding domain, either as a fusion protein or through chemical 
conjugation, and is used to deliver a cytocide-encoding or pro-drug 
encoding agent to a cell. In one aspect, the ligand is directly conjugated 
to a nucleic acid molecule, which may be further complexed with a nucleic 
acid binding domain. Such ligands include growth factors, cytokines, 
antibodies, hormones, and the like. 
As used herein, "saporin" (abbreviated herein as SAP) refers to a 
polypeptide isolated from the leaves or seeds of Saponaria officinalis, as 
well as modified forms that have amino acid substitutions, deletions, 
insertions or additions, which express substantial ribosome inactivating 
activity. Purified preparations of saporin are frequently observed to 
include several molecular isoforms of the protein. It is understood that 
differences in amino acid sequences can occur in saporin from different 
species as well as between saporin molecules from individual organisms of 
the same species. Saporin for use herein may be purified from leaves, 
chemically synthesized, or synthesized by expression of DNA encoding a 
saporin polypeptide. 
As used herein, a "targeted agent" is a nucleic acid molecule that is 
internally delivered to a cell by a receptor-binding internalized ligand, 
and that upon internalization in some manner alters or affects cellular 
metabolism, growth, activity, viability or other property or 
characteristic of the cell. 
As used herein, a "therapeutic nucleic acid" describes any nucleic acid 
molecule used in the context of the invention that modifies gene 
transcription or translation. It includes, but is not limited to, the 
following types of nucleic acids: nucleic acids encoding a protein, 
antisense RNA, DNA intended to form triplex molecules, protein binding 
nucleic acids, and small nucleotide molecules. A therapeutic nucleic acid 
may be used to effect genetic therapy by serving as a replacement for a 
defective gene, by encoding a therapeutic product, such as TNF, or by 
encoding a cytotoxic molecule, especially an enzyme, such as saporin. The 
therapeutic nucleic acid may encode all or a portion of a gene, and may 
function by recombining with DNA already present in a cell, thereby 
replacing a defective portion of a gene. It may also encode a portion of a 
protein and exert its effect by virtue of co-suppression of a gene 
product. 
Preparation of Receptor-Binding Internalized Ligand, Nucleic Acid Binding 
Domain and Cytocide-Encoding Agent Complexes 
As noted above, the present invention provides cytocide-encoding agents 
complexed with a conjugate of a receptor-binding internalized ligand and a 
nucleic acid binding domain. Upon binding to an appropriate receptor, the 
complex is internalized by the cell and trafficked through the cell via 
the endosomal compartment, where at least a portion of the complex may be 
cleaved. 
A. Receptor-Binding Internalized Ligands 
As noted above, receptor-binding internalized ligands are used to deliver a 
cytocide-encoding agent to a cell expressing an appropriate receptor on 
its cell surface. Numerous molecules that bind specific receptors have 
been identified and are suitable for use in the present invention. Such 
molecules include growth factors, cytokines, and antibodies. Many growth 
factors and families of growth factors share structural and functional 
features and may be used in the present invention. One such family of 
growth factors specifically binds to heparin. The ability of 
heparin-binding growth factors to interact with heparin appears in general 
to be a reflection of a physiologically relevant interaction occurring in 
vivo between these factors and heparin sulfate proteoglycan molecules, 
which are found on the surface of cells and in extracellular matrix. 
Heparin-binding growth factors include fibroblast growth factors FGF-1 
through FGF-9, vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), and heparin 
binding-epidermal growth factor (HBEGF). Antibodies that are specific to 
cell surface molecules expressed by a selected cell type are readily 
generated as monoclonals or polyclonal antisera. Many such antibodies are 
available (e.g., from American Type Culture Collection, Rockville, Md.). 
Other growth factors, such as PDGF (platelet-derived growth factor), EGF 
(epidermal growth factor), TGF-.alpha. (tumor growth factor), TGF-.beta., 
IGF-I (insulin-like growth factor), and IGF-II also bind to specific 
identified receptors on cell surfaces and may be used in the present 
invention. Cytokines, including interleukins, CSFs (colony stimulating 
factors), and interferons, have specific receptors, which are mostly found 
on hematopoeitic cells, and may be used as described herein. These ligands 
are discussed in more detail below. 
Fragments of these ligands may be used within the present invention, so 
long as the fragment retains the ability to bind to the appropriate cell 
surface molecule. Likewise, ligands with substitutions or other 
alterations, but which retain binding ability, may also be used. 
1. Fibroblast Growth Factors 
One family of growth factors that has a broad spectrum of activities is the 
fibroblast growth factor (FGF) family. These proteins share the ability to 
bind to heparin, induce intracellular receptor-mediated tyrosine 
phosphorylation and the expression of the c-fos mRNA transcript, and 
stimulate DNA synthesis and cell proliferation. This family of proteins 
includes FGFs designated FGF-1 (acidic FGF (aFGF)), FGF-2 (basic FGF 
(bFGF)), FGF-3 (int-2) (see, e.g., Moore et al., EMBO J. 5:919-924, 1986), 
FGF-4 (hst-1/K-FGF) (see, e.g., Sakamoto et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 
USA 86:1836-1840, 1986; U.S. Pat. No. 5,126,323), FGF-5 (see, e.g., U.S. 
Pat. No. 5,155,217), FGF-6 (hst-2) (see, e.g., published European 
Application EP 0 488 196 A2; Uda et al., Oncogene 7:303-309, 1992), FGF-7 
(keratinocyte growth factor) (KGF) (see, e.g., Finch et al., Science 
245:752-755, 1985; Rubin et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:802-806, 
1989; and International Application WO 90/08771), FGF-8 (see, e.g., Tanaka 
et al., Proc. Natl. Acad Sci. USA 89:8528-8532, 1992); and FGF-9 (see, 
Miyamoto et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 13:4251-4259, 1993). 
DNA encoding FGF peptides and/or the amino acid sequences of FGFs are known 
to those of skill in the art. DNA encoding an FGF may be prepared 
synthetically based on a known amino acid or DNA sequence, isolated using 
methods known to those of skill in the art, or obtained from commercial or 
other sources. DNA encoding virtually all of the FGF family of peptides is 
known. For example, DNA encoding human FGF-1 (Jaye et al., Science 
233:541-545, 1986; U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,483), bovine FGF-2 (Abraham et al., 
Science 233:545-548, 1986; Esch et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 
82:6507-6511, 1985; and U.S. Pat. No. 4,956,455), human FGF-2 (Abraham et 
al., EMBO J. 5:2523-2528, 1986; U.S. Pat. No. 4,994,559; U.S. Pat. No. 
5,155,214; EP 470,183B; and Abraham et al., Quant. Biol. 51:657-668, 1986) 
and rat FGF-2 (see Shimasaki et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm., 1988, 
and Kurokawa et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 16:5201, 1988), FGF-3, FGF-6, 
FGF-7 and FGF-9 are known (see also U.S. Pat. No. 5,155,214; U.S. Pat. No. 
4,956,455; U.S. Pat. No. 5,026,839; U.S. Pat. No. 4,994,559, EP 0,488,196 
A2, DNASTAR, EMBL or GenBank databases, and references discussed herein). 
Differences in amino acid sequences can occur among FGFs of different 
species as well as among FGFs from individual organisms or species. DNA 
encoding an FGF may differ from the above sequences by substitution of 
degenerate codons. Once the complete amino acid sequence of a peptide, 
such as an FGF peptide, and the DNA fragment encoding such peptide are 
available to those of skill in this art, it is routine to substitute 
degenerate codons and produce any of the possible DNA fragments that 
encode such peptide. It is also generally possible to synthesize DNA 
encoding such peptide based on the amino acid sequence. FGFs may be 
isolated from natural sources or made synthetically, such as by 
recombinant means or chemical synthesis. 
Thus, as used herein, "FGF" refers to polypeptides having amino acid 
sequences of native FGF proteins, as well as modified sequences, having 
amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions or additions in the native 
protein but retaining the ability to bind to FGF receptors and to be 
internalized. 
FGF also encompasses muteins that possess the ability to bind to 
FGF-receptor expressing cells. Such muteins include, but are not limited 
to, those produced by replacing one or more of the cysteines with serine 
as described herein or that have any other amino acids deleted or replaced 
as long as the resulting protein has the ability to bind to FGF-receptor 
bearing cells and internalize the linked targeted agent. Typically, such 
muteins will have conservative amino acid changes, such as those set forth 
below. DNA encoding such muteins will, unless modified by replacement of 
degenerate codons, hybridize under conditions of at least low stringency 
to native DNA sequence encoding the starting FGF. 
Acidic and basic FGF are about 55% identical at the amino acid level and 
are highly conserved among species. The other members of the FGF family 
have a high degree of amino acid sequence similarities and common physical 
and biological properties with FGF-1 and FGF-2, including the ability to 
bind to one or more FGF receptors. Basic FGF, int-2, hst-1/K-FGF, FGF-5, 
hst-2/FGF-6 and FGF-8 may have oncogenic potential; bFGF is expressed in 
melanomas, int-2 is expressed in mammary tumor virus and hst-1/K-FGF is 
expressed in angiogenic tumors. Acidic FGF, bFGF, KGF and FGF-9 are 
expressed in normal cells and tissues. 
FGFs exhibit a mitogenic effect on a wide variety of mesenchymal, endocrine 
and neural cells and are also important in differentiation and 
development. Of particular interest is their stimulatory effect on 
collateral vascularization and angiogenesis. In some instances, 
FGF-induced mitogenic stimulation may be detrimental. For example, cell 
proliferation and angiogenesis are an integral aspect of tumor growth. 
Members of the FGF family, including bFGF, are thought to play a 
pathophysiological role, for example, in tumor development, rheumatoid 
arthritis, proliferative diabetic retinopathies and other complications of 
diabetes. To reduce or eliminate mitogenesis, muteins of FGF are 
constructed as described below. Such muteins retain the ability to bind to 
high and low affinity receptors. 
The effects of FGFs are mediated by high affinity receptor tyrosine kinases 
present on the cell surface of FGF-responsive cells (see, e.g., PCT WO 
91/00916, WO 90/05522, PCT WO 92/12948; Imamura et al., Biochem. Biophys. 
Res. Comm. 155:583-590, 1988; Huang et al., J. Biol. Chem. 261:9568-9571, 
1986; Partanen et al., EMBO J. 10:1347, 1991; and Moscatelli, J. Cell. 
Physiol. 131:123, 1987). Lower affinity receptors also appear to play a 
role in mediating FGF activities. The high affinity receptor proteins are 
single chain polypeptides with molecular weights ranging from 110 to 150 
kD, depending on cell type that constitute a family of structurally 
related FGF receptors. Four FGF receptor genes have been identified, and 
three of these genes generate multiple mRNA transcripts via alternative 
splicing of the primary transcript. FGF-9 binds specifically to FGFR3, 
which is expressed in epithelial cells and cartilage rib bone. Epithelial 
cells exclusively express FGFR3IIIb, while mesenchymal cells express 
FGFR3IIIb as well as FGFR3IIIc. 
2. Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors 
Vascular endothelial growth factors (VEGFs) were identified by their 
ability to directly stimulate endothelial cell growth, but do not appear 
to have mitogenic effects on other types of cells. VEGFs also cause a 
rapid and reversible increase in blood vessel permeability. The members of 
this family have been referred to variously as vascular endothelial growth 
factor (VEGF), vascular permeability factor (VPF) and vasculotropin (see, 
e.g., Plouet et al., EMBO J. 8:3801-3806, 1989). Herein, they are 
collectively referred to as VEGF. 
VEGF was originally isolated from a guinea pig heptocarcinoma cell line, 
line 10 (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,456,550), and has subsequently been 
identified in humans and in normal cells. It is expressed during normal 
development and in certain normal adult organs. Purified VEGF is a basic, 
heparin-binding, homodimeric glycoprotein that is heat-stable, acid-stable 
and may be inactivated by reducing agents. 
DNA sequences encoding VEGF and methods to isolate these sequences may be 
found primarily in U.S. Pat. No. 5,240,848, U.S. Pat. No. 5,332,671, U.S. 
Pat. No. 5,219,739, U.S. Pat. No. 5,194,596, and Houch et al., Mol. 
Endocrin. 5:180, 1991. As used herein, "DNA encoding a VEGF peptide or 
polypeptide" refers to any of the DNA fragments set forth herein as coding 
such peptides, to DNA fragments known to those of skill in the art, and 
any DNA fragment that encodes a VEGF that binds to a VEGF receptor and is 
internalized thereby. VEGF DNA may be isolated from a human cell library, 
for example, using as a probe any of the VEGF DNA sequences set forth in 
SEQ ID NOs. 1-4 or in references cited herein. It is understood that once 
the complete amino acid sequence of a VEGF peptide, and the DNA sequence 
encoding such peptide is known degenerate codons may be substituted. It is 
also generally possible to synthesize DNA encoding such peptide based on 
the amino acid sequence. 
VEGF family members arise from a single gene organized as eight exons and 
spanning approximately 14 kb in the human genome. Four molecular species 
of VEGF result from alternative splicing of mRNA and contain 121, 165, 189 
and 206 amino acids. The four species have similar biological activities, 
but differ markedly in their secretion patterns. The predominant isoform 
secreted by a variety of normal and transformed cells is VEGF.sub.165. 
Transcripts encoding VEGF.sub.121 and VEGF.sub.189 are detectable in most 
cells and tissues that express the VEGF gene. In contrast, VEGF.sub.206 is 
less abundant and has been identified only in a human fetal liver cDNA 
library. VEGF.sub.121 is a weakly acidic polypeptide that lacks the 
heparin binding domain and, consequently, does not bind to heparin. 
VEGF.sub.189 and VEGF.sub.206 are more basic than VEGF.sub.165 and bind to 
heparin with greater affinity. Although not every identified VEGF isoform 
binds heparin, all isoforms are considered to be heparin-binding growth 
factors within the context of this invention. 
The secreted isoforms, VEGF.sub.121 and VEGF.sub.165 are preferred VEGF 
proteins. The longer isoforms, VEGF.sub.189 and VEGF.sub.206, are almost 
completely bound to the extracellular matrix and need to be released by an 
agent, such as suramin, heparin or heparinase, or plasmin. Other preferred 
VEGF proteins contain various combinations of VEGF exons, such that the 
protein still binds VEGF receptor and is internalized. It is not necessary 
that a VEGF protein used in the context of this invention either retain 
any of its in vivo biological activities, such as stimulating endothelial 
cell growth, or bind heparin other than bind a VEGF receptor on a cell and 
be internalized. However, it may be desirable in certain contexts for VEGF 
to manifest certain of its biological activities. For example, if VEGF is 
used as a carrier for DNA encoding a molecule useful in wound healing, it 
would be desirable that VEGF exhibit vessel permeability activity and 
promotion of fibroblast migration and angiogenesis. It will be apparent 
from the teachings provided within the subject application which of the 
activities of VEGF are desirable to maintain. 
VEGF promotes an array of responses in endothelium, including blood vessel 
hyperpermeability, endothelial cell growth, angiogenesis, and enhanced 
glucose transport. VEGF stimulates the growth of endothelial cells from a 
variety of sources (including brain capillaries, fetal and adult aortas, 
and umbilical veins) at low concentrations, but is reported to have no 
effect on the growth of vascular smooth muscle cells, adrenal cortex 
cells, keratinocytes, lens epithelial cells, or BHK-21 fibroblasts. VEGF 
also is a potent polypeptide regulator of blood vessel function; it causes 
a rapid but transient increase in microvascular permeability without 
causing endothelial cell damage or mast cell degranulation, and its action 
is not blocked by antihistamines. VEGF has also been reported to induce 
monocyte migration and activation and has been implicated as a tumor 
angiogenesis factor in some human gliomas. Also, VEGF is a chemoattractant 
for monocytes and VEGF has been shown to enhance the activity of the 
inflammatory mediator tumor necrosis factor (TNF). 
Quiescent and proliferating endothelial cells bind VEGF with high-affinity, 
and endothelial cell responses to VEGF appear to be mediated by high 
affinity cell surface receptors (see, e.g., PCT Application WO 92/14748, 
U.S. application Ser. No. 08/657,236, de Vries et al., Science 255:989-91, 
1992; Terman et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 187:1579-1586, 1992; 
Kendall et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:10705-10709, 1993; and 
Peters et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:8915-8919, 1993). Two 
tyrosine kinases have been identified as VEGF receptors. The first, known 
as fms-like tyrosine kinase or FLT is a receptor tyrosine kinase that is 
specific for VEGF. In adult and embryonic tissues, expression of FLT mRNA 
is localized to the endothelium and to populations of cells that give rise 
to endothelium. The second receptor, KDR (human kinase insert 
domain-containing receptor), and its mouse homologue FLK-1, are closely 
related to FLT. The KDR/FLK-1 receptor is expressed in endothelium during 
the fetal growth stage, during earlier stages of embryonic development, 
and in adult tissues. In addition, messenger RNA encoding FLT and KDR have 
been identified in tumor blood vessels and specifically by endothelial 
cells of blood vessels supplying glioblastomas. Similarly, FLT and KDR 
mRNAs are upregulated in tumor blood vessels in invasive human colon 
adenocarcinoma, but not in the blood vessels of adjacent normal tissues. 
3. Heparin-Binding Epidermal Growth Factors 
Several new mitogens in the epidermal growth factor protein family have 
recently been identified that display the ability to bind the 
glycosaminoglycan heparin. Among these is the mitogen known as 
heparin-binding EGF-like growth factor (HBEGF), which elutes from 
heparin-Sepharose.TM. columns at about 1.0-1.2 M NaCl and which was first 
identified as a secreted product of cultured human monocytes, macrophages, 
and the macrophage-like U-937 cell line (Higashiyama et al., Science 
251:936-939, 1991; Besner et al., Cell Regul. 1:811-19, 1990). HBEGF has 
been shown to interact with the same high affinity receptors as EGF on 
bovine aortic smooth muscle cells and human A431 epidermoid carcinoma 
cells (Higashiyama, Science 251:936-939, 1991). 
HBEGFs exhibit a mitogenic effect on a wide variety of cells including 
BALB/c 3T3 fibroblast cells and smooth muscle cells, but unlike VEGFs, are 
not mitogenic for endothelial cells (Higashiyama et al., Science 
251:936-939, 1991). However, HBEGF has a stimulatory effect on collateral 
vascularization and angiogenesis. Members of the HBEGF family are thought 
to play a pathophysiological role, for example, in a variety of tumors, 
such as bladder carcinomas, breast tumors and non-small cell lung tumors. 
Thus, these cell types are likely candidates for delivery of 
cytocide-encoded agents. 
HBEGF isolated from U-937 cells is heterogeneous in structure and contains 
at least 86 amino acids and two sites of O-linked glycosyl groups 
(Higashiyama et al., J. Biol. Chem. 267:6205-6212, 1992). The 
carboxyl-terminal half of the secreted HBEGF shares approximately 35% 
sequence identity with human EGF, including six cysteines spaced in the 
pattern characteristic of members of the EGF protein family. In contrast, 
the amino-terminal portion of the mature factor is characterized by 
stretches of hydrophilic residues and has no structural equivalent in EGF. 
Site-directed mutagenesis of HBEGF and studies with peptide fragments have 
indicated that the heparin-binding sequences of HBEGF reside primarily in 
a 21 amino acid stretch upstream of and slightly overlapping the EGF-like 
domain. 
The effects of HBEGFs are mediated by EGF receptor tyrosine kinases 
expressed on cell surfaces of HBEGF-responsive cells (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. 
Nos. 5,183,884 and 5,218,090; and Ullrich et al., Nature 309:4113-425, 
1984). The EGF receptor proteins, which are single chain polypeptides with 
molecular weights 170 kD, constitute a family of structurally related EGF 
receptors. Cells known to express the EGF receptors include smooth muscle 
cells, fibroblasts, keratinocytes, and numerous human cancer cell lines, 
such as the: A431 (epidermoid); KB3-1 (epidermoid); COLO 205 (colon); CRL 
1739 (gastric); HEP G2 (hepatoma); LNCAP (prostate); MCF-7 (breast); 
MDA-MB-468 (breast); NCI 417D (lung); MG63 (osteosarcoma); U-251 
(glioblastoma); D-54MB (glioma); and SW-13 (adrenal). 
For the purposes of this invention, HBEGF need only bind a specific HBEGF 
receptor and be internalized. Any member of the HBEGF family, whether or 
not it binds heparin, is useful within the context of this invention as 
long as it meets the requirements set forth above. Members of the HBEGF 
family are those that have sufficient nucleotide identity to hybridize 
under normal stringency conditions (typically greater than 75% nucleotide 
identity). Subfragments or subportions of a full-length HBEGF may also be 
desirable. One skilled in the art may find from the teachings provided 
within that certain biological activities are more or less desirable, 
depending upon the application. 
DNA encoding an HBEGF peptide or polypeptide refers to any DNA fragment 
encoding an HBEGF, as defined above. Exemplary DNA fragments include: any 
such DNA fragments known to those of skill in the art; any DNA fragment 
that encodes an HBEGF or fragment that binds to an HBEGF receptor and is 
internalized thereby; and any DNA fragment that encodes any of the HBEGF 
polypeptides set forth in SEQ ID NOs. 5-8. Such DNA sequences encoding 
HBEGF fragments are available from publicly accessible databases, such as: 
EMBL, GenBank (Accession Nos. M93012 (monkey) and M60278 (human)); the 
plasmid pMTN-HBEGF (ATCC #40900) and pAX-HBEGF (ATCC #40899) (described in 
PCT Application WO/92/06705); and Abraham et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. 
Comm. 190:125-133, 1993). Unless modified by replacement of degenerate 
codons, DNA encoding HBEGF polypeptides will hybridize under conditions of 
at least low stringency to DNA encoding a native human HBEGF (e.g., SEQ ID 
NO. 9). In addition, DNA sequences with substitution of degenerate codons 
are also contemplated for use herein. It is when it is routine to 
substitute degenerate codons and produce any of the possible DNA fragments 
that encode such HBEGF polypeptides. It is also generally possible to 
synthesize DNA encoding such peptides based on the amino acid sequence. 
4. Releasing Factors 
In addition, various releasing factors may be used as ligands within the 
context of this invention. For example, growth hormone releasing factor 
(GRF or GHRH) (GenBank Accession No. X00094) binds pituitary cells that 
produce growth hormone. Corticotropin-releasing factor (CRF) binds via a 
CRF-receptor and causes release of ACTH. Thyroidtropin releasing hormone 
(GenBank Accession Nos. M63580, M58042, M60723, M63393; Yamada et al., 
Mol. Endo. 4:551, 1990) binds to TSH receptor to release TSH. 
These ligands may be produced by recombinant or other means. For example, a 
nucleic acid molecule encoding one of these releasing factors may be 
synthesized by amplification using primers based on known DNA sequence. 
Appropriate restriction sites incorporated into the primers will 
facilitate cloning. 
5. Other Receptor-Binding Internalized Ligands 
Other receptor-binding ligands may be used in the present invention. Any 
protein, polypeptide, analogue, or fragment that binds to a cell-surface 
receptor and is internalized may be used. In general, in addition to the 
specific heparin-binding growth factors discussed above, other growth 
factors and cytokines are especially well suited for use. These ligands 
may be produced by recombinant or other means in preparation for 
conjugation to the nucleic acid binding domain. The DNA sequences and 
methods to obtain the sequences of these receptor-binding internalized 
ligands are well known. For example, these ligands include CSF-1 (GenBank 
Accession Nos. M11038, M37435; Kawasaki et al., Science 230:291-296, 1985; 
Wong et al., Science 235:1504-1508, 1987); GM-CSF (GenBank Accession No. 
X03021; Miyatake et al., EMBO J. 4:2561-2568, 1985); IFN-.alpha. 
(interferon) (GenBank Accession No. A02076; Patent No. WO 8502862-A, Jul. 
4, 1985); IFN-.gamma. (GenBank Accession No. A02137; Patent No. WO 
8502624-A, Jun. 20, 1985); hepatocyte growth factor (GenBank Accession No. 
X16323, S80567, X57574; Nakamura, et al., Nature 342:440-443, 1989; 
Nakamura et al., Prog. Growth Factor Res. 3:67-85, 1991; Miyazawa et al., 
Eur. J. Biochem. 197:15-22, 1991); IGF-Ia (Insulin-like growth factor Ia) 
(GenBank Accession No. X56773, S61841; Sandberg-Nordqvist et al., Brain 
Res. Mol. Brain Res. 12:275-277, 1992; Sandberg, Sandberg-Nordqvist et 
al., Cancer Res. 53:2475-2478, 1993); IGF-Ib (GenBank Accession No. X56774 
S61860; Sandberg-Nordqvist et al., Brain Res. Mol. Brain Res. 12:275-277, 
1992; Sandberg-Nordqvist, A. C., Cancer Res. 53:2475-2478, 1993); IGF-I 
(GenBank Accession No. X03563, M29644; Dull et al., Nature 310:771-781, 
1984; Rall et al., Meth. Enzymol. 146:239-248, 1987); IGF-II (GenBank 
Accession No. J03242; Shen et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 
85:1947-1951, 1988); IL-1-.alpha. (interleukin 1 alpha) (GenBank Accession 
No. X02531, M15329; March et al., Nature 315:641-647, 1985; Nishida et 
al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 143:345-352, 1987); IL-1-.beta. 
(interleukin 1 beta) (GenBank Accession No. X02532, M15330, M15840; March 
et al., Nature 315:641-647, 1985; Nishida et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. 
Commun. 143:345-352, 1987; Bensi et al., Gene 52:95-101, 1987); IL-1 
(GenBank Accession No. K02770, M54933, M38756; Auron et al., Proc. Natl. 
Acad. Sci. USA 81:7907-7911, 1984; Webb et al., Adv. Gene Technol. 
22:339-340, 1985); IL-2 (GenBank Accession No. A14844, A21785, X00695, 
X00200, X00201, X00202; Lupker et al., Patent No. EP 0307285-A, Mar. 15, 
1989; Perez et al., Patent No. EP 0416673-A, Mar. 13, 1991; Holbrook et 
al., Nucleic Acids Res. 12:5005-5013, 1984; Degrave et al., EMBO J. 
2:2349-2353, 1983; Taniguchi et al., Nature 302:305-310, 1983); IL-3 
(GenBank Accession No. M14743, M20137; Yang et al., Cell 47:3-10, 1986; 
Otsuka et al., J. Immunol. 140:2288-2295, 1988); IL-4 (GenBank Accession 
No. M13982; Yokota et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:5894-5898, 1986); 
IL-5 (GenBank Accession No. X04688, J03478; Azuma et al., Nucleic Acids 
Res. 14:9149-9158, 1986; Tanabe et al., J. Biol. Chem. 262:16580-16584, 
1987); IL-6 (GenBank Accession No. Y00081, X04602, M54894, M38669, M14584; 
Yasukawa et al., EMBO J. 6:2939-2945, 1987; Hirano et al., Nature 
324:73-76, 1986; Wong et al., Behring Inst. Mitt. 83:40-47, 1988; May et 
al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:8957-8961, 1986); IL-7 (GenBank 
Accession No. J04156; Goodwin et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 
86:302-306, 1989); IL-8 (GenBank Accession No. Z11686; Kusner et al., 
Kidney Int. 39:1240-1248, 1991); IL-10 (GenBank Accession No. X78437, 
M57627; Vieira et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:1172-1176, 1991); 
IL-11 (GenBank Accession No. M57765 M37006; Paul et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. 
Sci. USA 87:7512-7516, 1990); IL-13 (GenBank Accession No. X69079, U10307; 
Minty et al., Nature 362:248-250, 1993; Smirnov, Shemyakin and Ovchinnikov 
Institute of Bioorganic Chemistry, Jun. 2, 1994); TNF-.alpha. (Tumor 
necrosis factor) (GenBank Accession No. A21522; Patent No. GB 2246569-A1, 
Feb. 5, 1992); TNF-.beta. (GenBank Accession No. D12614; Matsuyama et al., 
FEBS LETTERS 302:141-144, 1992). DNA sequences of other suitable 
receptor-binding internalized ligands may be obtained from GenBank or EMBL 
DNA databases, reverse-synthesized from protein sequence obtained from PIR 
database or isolated by standard methods (Sambrook et al., supra) from 
cDNA or genomic libraries. 
5. Modifications of Receptor-Binding Internalized Ligands 
These ligands may be customized for a particular application. Means for 
modifying proteins is provided below. Briefly, additions, substitutions 
and deletions of amino acids may be produced by any commonly employed 
recombinant DNA method. 
An amino acid residue of a receptor-binding internalized ligand is 
non-essential if the polypeptide that has been modified by deletion of the 
residue possesses substantially the same ability to bind to its receptor 
and internalize a linked agent as the unmodified polypeptide. 
As noted above, any polypeptide or peptide analogue, including 
peptidomimetics, that is reactive with an FGF receptor, a VEGF receptor, 
an HBEGF receptor, other growth factor receptor (e.g., PDGF receptor), 
cytokine receptor or other cell surface molecule including members of the 
families and fragments thereof, or constrained analogs of such peptides 
that bind to the receptor and internalize a linked targeted agent may be 
used in the context of this invention. Members of the FGF peptide family, 
including FGF-1 to FGF-9, are preferred. Modified peptides, especially 
those lacking proliferative function, and chimeric peptides, which retain 
the specific binding and internalizing activities are also contemplated 
for use herein. 
A modification that is effected substantially near the N-terminus of a 
polypeptide is generally effected within the first about ten residues of 
the protein. Such modifications include the addition or deletion of 
residues, such as the addition of a cysteine to facilitate conjugation and 
form conjugates that contain a defined molar ratio, preferably a ratio of 
1:1 of the polypeptides. 
DNA encoding one of the receptor-binding internalized ligands discussed 
above may be mutagenized using standard methodologies to delete or replace 
any cysteine residues that are responsible for aggregate formation. If 
necessary, the identity of cysteine residues that contribute to aggregate 
formation may be determined empirically, by deleting and/or replacing a 
cysteine residue and ascertaining whether the resulting protein aggregates 
in solutions containing physiologically acceptable buffers and salts. In 
addition, fragments of these receptor-binding internalized ligands may be 
constructed and used. The binding region of many of these ligands have 
been delineated. The receptor binding region of FGF2 has been identified 
by mutation analysis and FGF peptide agonists/antagonists to reside 
between residues 33-77 and between 102-129 of the 155 amino acid form 
(Baird et al., PNAS 85:2324; Erickson et al., Biochem. 88:3441). Exons 1-4 
of VEGF are required for receptor binding; the C-terminal portion of HBEGF 
has been predicted to be involved in receptor binding. In addition to the 
C-terminal portion, loop A and loop C are required for binding. Mutation 
of either residue 42 (Arg) or residue 48 (Leu) abolish receptor binding. 
These two residues and the loop structure are conserved between EGF family 
members. Fragments may also be shown to bind and internalize by any one of 
the tests described herein. 
Modification of the polypeptide may be effected by any means known to those 
of skill in this art. The preferred methods herein rely on modification of 
DNA encoding the polypeptide and expression of the modified DNA. 
Merely by way of example, DNA encoding the FGF polypeptide may be isolated, 
synthesized or obtained from commercial sources (the amino acid sequences 
of FGF-1-FGF-9 are set forth in SEQ ID NOs. 10-18; DNA sequences may be 
based on these amino acid sequences or may be obtained from public DNA 
databases and references (see, e.g., GenBank, see also U.S. Pat. No. 
4,956,455, U.S. Pat. No. 5,126,323, U.S. Pat. No. 5,155,217, U.S. Pat. No. 
4,868,113, PCT Application WO 90/08771, EP Application 0 488 196 A2, and 
Miyamoto et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 13:4251-4259, 1993). Expression of a 
recombinant FGF-2 protein in yeast and E. coli is described in Barr et 
al., J. Biol. Chem. 263:16471-16478, 1988, in PCT Application Serial No. 
PCT/US93/05702 and U.S. application Ser. No. 07/901,718. Expression of 
recombinant FGF proteins may be performed as described herein or using 
methods known to those of skill in the art. 
Similarly, DNA encoding any of the other receptor-binding internalized 
ligands, including VEGF, HBEGF, IL-1, IL-2, and other cytokines, GRH, CRF, 
TSH, and growth factors may also be isolated, synthesized, or obtained 
from commercial sources. As noted above, DNA sequences are available in 
public databases, such as GenBank. Based on these sequences, 
oligonucleotide primers may be designed and used to amplify the gene from 
cDNA or mRNA by polymerase chain reaction technique as one means of 
obtaining DNA. 
Mutations may be made by any method known to those of skill in the art, 
including site-specific or site-directed mutagenesis of DNA encoding the 
protein and the use of DNA amplification methods using primers to 
introduce and amplify alterations in the DNA template, such as PCR 
splicing by overlap extension (SOE). Site-directed mutagenesis is 
typically effected using a phage vector that has single- and 
double-stranded forms, such as M13 phage vectors, which are well-known and 
commercially available. Other suitable vectors that contain a 
single-stranded phage origin of replication may be used (see, e.g., Veira 
et al., Meth. Enzymol. 15:3, 1987). In general, site-directed mutagenesis 
is performed by preparing a single-stranded vector that encodes the 
protein of interest (i.e., a member of the FGF family or a cytotoxic 
molecule, such as a saporin). An oligonucleotide primer that contains the 
desired mutation within a region of homology to the DNA in the 
single-stranded vector is annealed to the vector followed by addition of a 
DNA polymerase, such as E. coli DNA polymerase I (Klenow fragment), which 
uses the double stranded region as a primer to produce a heteroduplex in 
which one strand encodes the altered sequence and the other the original 
sequence. The heteroduplex is introduced into appropriate bacterial cells 
and clones that include the desired mutation are selected. The resulting 
altered DNA molecules may be expressed recombinantly in appropriate host 
cells to produce the modified protein. 
Suitable conservative substitutions of amino acids are well-known and may 
be made generally without altering the biological activity of the 
resulting molecule. For example, such substitutions are generally made by 
interchanging within the groups of polar residues, charged residues, 
hydrophobic residues, small residues, and the like. If necessary, such 
substitutions may be determined empirically merely by testing the 
resulting modified protein for the ability to bind to and internalize upon 
binding to the appropriate receptors. Those that retain this ability are 
suitable for use in the conjugates and methods herein. In addition, 
muteins of the FGFs are known to those of skill in the art (see, e.g., 
U.S. Pat. No. 5,175,147; PCT Application No. WO 89/00198, U.S. Ser. No. 
07/070,797; PCT Application No. WO 91/15229; and U.S. Ser. No. 
07/505,124). 
Binding to a ligand receptor followed by internalization are the only 
activities required for a ligand to be suitable for use herein. Many of 
the ligands are growth factors and cause mitogenesis. For example, all of 
the FGF proteins induce mitogenic activity in a wide variety of normal 
diploid mesoderm-derived and neural crest-derived cells and this activity 
is mediated by binding to an FGF cell surface receptor followed by 
internalization. A test of such "FGF mitogenic activity", which reflects 
the ability to bind to FGF receptors and to be internalized, is the 
ability to stimulate proliferation of cultured bovine aortic endothelial 
cells (see, e.g., Gospodarowicz et al., J. Biol. Chem. 257:12266-12278, 
1982; Gospodarowicz et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 73:4120-4124, 
1976). 
If the FGF or other growth factor ligand has been modified so as to lack 
mitogenic activity or other biological activities, binding and 
internalization may still be readily assayed by any one of the following 
tests or other equivalent tests. Generally, these tests involve labeling 
the ligand, incubating it with target cells, and visualizing or measuring 
intracellular label. For example, briefly, FGF may be fluorescently 
labeled with FITC or radiolabeled with .sup.125 I. Fluorescein-conjugated 
FGF is incubated with cells and examined microscopically by fluorescence 
microscopy or confocal microscopy for internalization. When FGF is labeled 
with .sup.125 I, the labeled FGF is incubated with cells at 4.degree. C. 
Cells are temperature shifted to 37.degree. C. and washed with 2 M NaCl at 
low pH to remove any cell-bound FGF. Label is then counted and thereby 
measuring internalization of FGF. Alternatively, the ligand can be 
conjugated with an nucleic acid binding domain by any of the methods 
described herein and complexed with a plasmid encoding saporin. As 
discussed below, the complex may be used to transfect cells and 
cytotoxicity measured. 
B. Nucleic Acid Binding Domains 
As previously noted, nucleic acid binding domains (NABD) interact with the 
target nucleic acid either in a sequence-specific manner or a 
sequence-nonspecific manner. When the interaction is non-specific, the 
nucleic acid binding domain binds nucleic acid regardless of the sequence. 
For example, poly-L-lysine is a basic polypeptide that binds to oppositely 
charged DNA. Other highly basic proteins or polycationic compounds, such 
as histones, protamines, and spermine and spermidine, also bind to nucleic 
acids in a nonspecific manner. In addition, MnCl.sub.2 and cobalt hexamine 
also bind DNA and may serve to condense nucleic acid. 
Many proteins have been identified that bind specific sequences of DNA. 
These proteins are responsible for genome replication, transcription and 
repair of damaged DNA. The transcription factors regulate gene expression 
and are a diverse group of proteins. These factors are especially well 
suited for purposes of the subject invention because of their 
sequence-specific recognition. Host transcription factors have been 
grouped into seven well-established classes based upon the structural 
motif used for recognition. The major families include helix-turn-helix 
(HTH) proteins, homeodomains, zinc finger proteins, steroid receptors, 
leucine zipper proteins, the helix-loop-helix (HLH) proteins, and 
.beta.-sheets. Other classes or subclasses may eventually be delineated as 
more factors are discovered and defined. Proteins from those classes or 
proteins that do not fit within one of these classes but bind nucleic acid 
in a sequence-specific manner, such as SV40 T antigen and p53 may also be 
used. 
These families of transcription factors are generally well-known (see 
GenBank; Pabo and Sauer, Ann. Rev. Biochem. 61:1053-1095, 1992; and 
references below). Many of these factors are cloned and the precise 
DNA-binding region delineated in certain instances. When the sequence of 
the DNA-binding domain is known, a gene encoding it may be synthesized if 
the region is short. Alternatively, the genes may be cloned from the host 
genomic libraries or from cDNA libraries using oligonucleotides as probes 
or from genomic DNA or cDNA by polymerase chain reaction methods. Such 
methods may be found in Sambrook et al., supra. 
Helix-turn-helix proteins include the well studied .lambda. Cro protein, 
.lambda.cI, and E. coli CAP proteins (see Steitz et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. 
Sci. USA 79:3097-3100, 1982; Ohlendorf et al., J. Mol. Biol. 169:757-769, 
1983). In addition, the lac repressor (Kaptein et al., J. Mol. Biol. 
182:179-182, 1985) and Trp repressor (Scheritz et al., Nature 317:782-786, 
1985) belong to this family. Members of the homeodomain family include the 
Drosophila protein Antennapaedia (Qian et al., Cell. 59:573-580, 1989) and 
yeast MAT.alpha.2 (Wolberger et al., Cell. 67:517-528, 1991). Zinc finger 
proteins include TFIIIA (Miller et al., EMBO J. 4:1609-1614, 1985), Sp-1, 
zif 268, and many others (see generally Krizek et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 
113:4518-4523, 1991). Steroid receptor proteins include receptors for 
steroid hormones, retinoids, vitamin D, thyroid hormones, as well as other 
compounds. Specific examples include retinoic acid, knirps, progesterone, 
androgen, glucocosteroid and estrogen receptor proteins. The leucine 
zipper family was defined by a heptad repeat of leucines over a region of 
30 to 40 residues. Specific members of this family include C/EBP, c-fos, 
c-jun, GCN4, sis-A, and CREB (see generally O'Shea et al., Science 
254:539-544, 1991). The helix-loop-helix (HLH) family of proteins appears 
to have some similarities to the leucine zipper family. Well-known members 
of this family include myoD (Weintraub et al., Science 251:761-766, 1991); 
c-myc; and AP-2 (Williams and Tijan, Science 251:1067-1071, 1991). The 
.beta.-sheet family uses an antiparallel .beta.-sheet for DNA binding, 
rather than the more common .alpha.-helix. The family contains the MetJ 
(Phillips, Curr. Opin. Struc. Biol. 1:89-98, 1991), Arc (Breg et al., 
Nature 346:586-589, 1990) and Mnt repressors. In addition, other motifs 
are used for DNA binding, such as the cysteine-rich motif in yeast GAL4 
repressor, and the GATA factor. Viruses also contain gene products that 
bind specific sequences. One of the most-studied such viral genes is the 
rev gene from HIV. The rev gene product binds a sequence called RRE (rev 
responsive element) found in the env gene. Other proteins or peptides that 
bind DNA may be discovered on the basis of sequence similarity to the 
known classes or functionally by selection. 
Several techniques may be used to select other nucleic acid binding domains 
(see U.S. Pat. No. 5,270,170; PCT Application WO 93/14108; and U.S. Pat. 
No. 5,223,409). One of these techniques is phage display. (See, for 
example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409.) In this method, DNA sequences are 
inserted into the gene III or gene VIII gene of a filamentous phage, such 
as M13. Several vectors with multicloning sites have been developed for 
insertion (McLafferty et al., Gene 128:29-36, 1993; Scott and Smith, 
Science 249:386-390, 1990; Smith and Scott, Methods Enzymol. 217:228-257, 
1993). The inserted DNA sequences may be randomly generated or variants of 
a known DNA-binding domain. Generally, the inserts encode from 6 to 20 
amino acids. The peptide encoded by the inserted sequence is displayed on 
the surface of the bacteriophage. Bacteriophage expressing a desired 
nucleic acid-binding domain are selected for by binding to the 
cytocide-encoding agent. This target molecule may be single stranded or 
double stranded DNA or RNA. When the cytocide-encoding agent to be 
delivered is single-stranded, such as RNA, the appropriate target is 
single-stranded. When the molecule to be delivered is double-stranded, the 
target molecule is preferably double-stranded. Preferably, the entire 
coding region of the cytocide-encoding agent is used as the target. In 
addition, elements necessary for transcription that are included for in 
vivo or in vitro delivery may be present in the target DNA molecule. 
Bacteriophage that bind the target are recovered and propagated. 
Subsequent rounds of selection may be performed. The final selected 
bacteriophage are propagated and the DNA sequence of the insert is 
determined. Once the predicted amino acid sequence of the binding peptide 
is known, sufficient peptide for use herein as an nucleic acid binding 
domain may be made either by recombinant means or synthetically. 
Recombinant means is used when the receptor-binding internalized 
ligand/nucleic acid binding domain is produced as a fusion protein. In 
addition, the peptide may be generated as a tandem array of two or more 
peptides, in order to maximize affinity or binding of multiple DNA 
molecules to a single polypeptide. 
As an example of the phage display selection technique, a DNA-binding 
domain/peptide that recognizes the coding region of saporin is isolated. 
Briefly, DNA fragments encoding saporin may be isolated from a plasmid 
containing these sequences. The plasmid FPFS1 contains the entire coding 
region of saporin. Digestion of the plasmid with NcoI and EcoRI 
restriction enzymes liberates the saporin specific sequence as a single 
fragment of approximately 780 bp. This fragment may be purified by any one 
of a number of methods, such as agarose gel electrophoresis and subsequent 
elution from the gel. The saporin fragment is fixed to a solid support, 
such as in the wells of a 96-well plate. If the double-stranded fragment 
does not bind well to the plate, a coating such as a positively charged 
molecule, may be used to promote DNA adherence. The phage library is added 
to the wells and an incubation period allows for binding of the phage to 
the DNA. Unbound phage are removed by a wash, typically containing 10 mM 
Tris, 1 mM EDTA, and without salt or with a low salt concentration. Bound 
phage are eluted starting at a 0.1 M NaCl containing buffer. The NaCl 
concentration is increased in a step-wise fashion until all the phage are 
eluted. Typically, phage binding with higher affinity will only be 
released by higher salt concentrations. 
Eluted phage are propagated in the bacteria host. Further rounds of 
selection may be performed to select for a few phage binding with high 
affinity. The DNA sequence of the insert in the binding phage is then 
determined. In addition, peptides having a higher affinity may be isolated 
by making variants of the insert sequence and subjecting these variants to 
further rounds of selection. 
C. Cytocide-Encoding Agents 
A cytocide-encoding agent is a nucleic acid molecule (DNA or RNA) that, 
upon internalization by a cell, and subsequent transcription (if DNA) 
and[/or] translation into a cytocidal agent, is cytotoxic to a cell, for 
example by inhibiting cell growth by interfering with protein synthesis. 
Cytocides include saporin, the ricins, abrin, gelonin, and other ribosome 
inactivating proteins, Pseudomonas exotoxin, diphtheria toxin, angiogenin, 
tritin, dianthins 32 and 30, momordin, pokeweed antiviral protein, 
mirabilis antiviral protein, bryodin, angiogenin, and shiga exotoxin, as 
well as other cytocides that are known to those of skill in the art. 
Alternatively, cytocide gene products may be noncytotoxic but activate a 
compound, which is endogenously produced or exogenously applied, from a 
nontoxic form to a toxic product that inhibits protein synthesis. 
Also of interest are DNA molecules that encode an enzyme that results in 
cell death or renders a cell susceptible to cell death upon the addition 
of another product. For example, saporin is an enzyme that cleaves rRNA 
and inhibits protein synthesis. Other enzymes that inhibit protein 
synthesis are especially well suited for use in the present invention. In 
addition, enzymes may be used where the enzyme activates a compound with 
little or no cytotoxicity into a toxic product that inhibits protein 
synthesis. 
Alternatively, the product may be a ribozyme, antisense, or other nucleic 
acid molecule that causes cell death. 
1. Ribosome Inactivating Proteins 
Ribosome-inactivating proteins (RIPs), which include ricin, abrin, and 
saporin, are plant proteins that catalytically inactivate eukaryotic 
ribosomes. Ribosome-inactivating proteins inactivate ribosomes by 
interfering with the protein elongation step of protein synthesis. For 
example, the ribosome-inactivating protein saporin (hereinafter also 
referred to as SAP) has been shown to inactivate 60S ribosomes by cleavage 
of the N-glycosidic bond of the adenine at position 4324 in the rat 28S 
ribosomal RNA (rRNA). The particular region in which A.sub.4324 is located 
in the rRNA is highly conserved among prokaryotes and eukaryotes; 
A.sub.4324 in 28S rRNA corresponds to A.sub.2660 in E. coli 23S rRNA. 
Several of the ribosome inactivating proteins also appear to interfere 
with protein synthesis in prokaryotes, such as E. coli. 
Of ribosome-inactivating proteins, saporin is preferred as a cytocide, but 
other suitable ribosome inactivating proteins (RIPs) and toxins may be 
used. Other suitable RIPs include, but are not limited to, ricin, ricin A 
chain, maize ribosome inactivating protein, gelonin, diphtheria toxin, 
diphtheria toxin A chain, trichosanthin, tritin, pokeweed antiviral 
protein (PAP), mirabilis antiviral protein (MAP), Dianthins 32 and 30, 
abrin, monordin, bryodin, shiga (see, e.g., WO 93/24620) and others (see, 
e.g., Barbieri et al., Cancer Surveys 1:489-520, 1982, and European patent 
application No. 0466 222, incorporated herein by reference, which provide 
lists of numerous ribosome inactivating proteins and their sources; see 
also U.S. Pat. No. 5,248,608 to Walsh et al.). Some ribosome inactivating 
proteins, such as abrin and ricin, contain two constituent chains: a 
cell-binding chain that mediates binding to cell surface receptors and 
internalization of the molecule and a chain responsible for toxicity. 
Single chain ribosome inactivating proteins (type I RIPS), such as the 
saporins, do not have a cell-binding chain. As a result, unless 
internalized, they are substantially less toxic to whole cells than the 
ribosome inactivating proteins that have two chains. 
Several structurally related ribosome inactivating proteins have been 
isolated from seeds and leaves of the plant Saponaria officinalis 
(soapwort) (GB Patent 2,194,241 B; GP Patent 2,216,891; EP Patent 
89306016). Saporin proteins for use in this invention haves amino acid 
sequences found in the natural plant host Saponaria officinalis or 
modified sequences, having amino acid substitutions, deletions, insertions 
or additions, but that still express substantial ribosome inactivating 
activity. Purified preparations of saporin are frequently observed to 
include several molecular isoforms of the protein. It is understood that 
differences in amino acid sequences can occur in saporin from different 
species as well as between saporin molecules from individual organisms of 
the same species. Among these, SO-6 is the most active and abundant, 
representing 7% of total seed proteins. Saporin is very stable, has a high 
isoelectric point, does not contain carbohydrates, and is resistant to 
denaturing agents, such as sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS), and a variety of 
proteases. The amino acid sequences of several saporin-6 isoforms from 
seeds are known, and there appear to be families of saporin ribosome 
inactivating proteins differing in few amino acid residues. Any of these 
saporin proteins or modified proteins that are cytotoxic may be used in 
the present invention. 
Some of the DNA molecules provided herein encode saporin that has 
substantially the same amino acid sequence and ribosome inactivating 
activity as that of saporin-6 (SO-6), including any of four known 
isoforms, which have heterogeneity at amino acid positions 48 and 91 (see, 
e.g., Maras et al., Biochem. Internat. 21:631-638, 1990, and Barra et al., 
Biotechnol. Appl. Biochem. 13:48-53, 1991; GB Patent 2,216,891 B and EP 
Patent 89306106; and SEQ ID NOs. 19-23). Other suitable saporin 
polypeptides include other members of the multi-gene family coding for 
isoforms of saporin-type ribosome inactivating proteins including SO-1 and 
SO-3 (Fordham-Skelton et al., Mol. Gen. Genet. 221:134-138, 1990), SO-2 
(see, e.g., U.S. application Ser. No. 07/885,242; GB 2,216,891; see also 
Fordham-Skelton et al., Mol. Gen. Genet. 229:460-466, 1991), SO-4 (see, 
e.g., GB 2,194,241 B; see also Lappi et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. 
Commun. 129:934-942, 1985) and SO-5 (see, e.g, GB 2,194,241 B; see also 
Montecucchi et al., Int. J. Peptide Protein Res. 33:263-267, 1989). 
The saporin polypeptides for use in this invention include any of the 
isoforms of saporin that may be isolated from Saponaria officinalis or 
related species or modified forms that retain cytotoxic activity. In 
particular, such modified saporin may be produced by modifying the DNA 
encoding the protein (see, e.g., International PCT Application Serial No. 
PCT/US93/05702, and U.S. application Ser. No. 07/901,718; see also U.S. 
patent application Ser. No. 07/885,242, and Italian Patent No. 1,231,914) 
by altering one or more amino acids or deleting or inserting one or more 
amino acids. Any such protein, or portion thereof, that exhibits 
cytotoxicity in standard in vitro or in vivo assays within at least about 
an order of magnitude of the saporin conjugates described herein is 
contemplated for use herein. 
Preferably, the saporin DNA sequence contains mammalian-preferred codons 
(SEQ. ID NO. 79). Preferred codon usage as exemplified in Current 
Protocols in Molecular Biology, infra, and Zhang et al. (Gene 105:61, 
1991) for mammals, yeast, Drosophila, E. coli, and primates is established 
for saporin sequence. 
The cytocide-encoding agent, such as saporin DNA sequence, is introduced 
into a plasmid in operative linkage to an appropriate promoter for 
expression of polypeptides in the organism. The presently preferred 
saporin proteins are SO-6 and SO-4. The DNA can optionally include 
sequences, such as origins of replication that allow for the 
extrachromosomal maintenance of the saporin-containing plasmid, or can be 
designed to integrate into the genome of the host (as an alternative means 
to ensure stable maintenance in the host). 
In addition to saporin discussed above, other cytocides that inhibit 
protein synthesis are useful in the present invention. The gene sequences 
for these cytocides may be isolated by standard methods, such as PCR, 
probe hybridization of genomic or cDNA libraries, antibody screenings of 
expression libraries, or clones may be obtained from commercial or other 
sources. The DNA sequences of many of these cytocides are well known, 
including ricin A chain (GenBank Accession No. X02388); maize ribosome 
inactivating protein (GenBank Accession No. L26305); gelonin (GenBank 
Accession No. L12243; PCT Application WO 92/03155; U.S. Pat. No. 
5,376,546; diphtheria toxin (GenBank Accession No. K01722); trichosanthin 
(GenBank Accession No. M34858); tritin (GenBank Accession No. D13795); 
pokeweed antiviral protein (GenBank Accession No. X78628); mirabilis 
antiviral protein (GenBank Accession No. D90347); dianthin 30 (GenBank 
Accession No. X59260); abrin (GenBank Accession No. X55667); shiga 
(GenBank Accession No. M19437) and Pseudomonas exotoxin (GenBank Accession 
Nos. K01397, M23348). When DNA sequences or amino acid sequences are 
known, DNA molecules encoding these proteins may be synthesized, and 
preferably contain mammalian-preferred codons. 
D. Prodrug-Encoding Agent 
A nucleic acid molecule encoding a prodrug may alternatively be used within 
the context of the present invention. Prodrugs are inactive in the host 
cell until either a substrate is provided or an activating molecule is 
provided. Most typically, a prodrug activates a compound with little or no 
cytotoxicity into a toxic compound. Two of the more often used prodrug 
molecules, both of which may be used in the present invention, are HSV 
thymidine kinase and E. coli cytosine deaminase. 
Briefly, a wide variety of gene products which either directly or 
indirectly activate a compound with little or no cytotoxicity into a toxic 
product may be utilized within the context of the present invention. 
Representative examples of such gene products include HSVTK (herpes 
simplex virus thymidine kinase) and VZVTK (varicella zoster virus 
thymidine kinase), which selectively phosphorylate certain purine 
arabinosides and substituted pyrimidine compounds. Phosphoryation converts 
these compounds to metabolites that are cytotoxic or cytostatic. For 
example, exposure of the drugs ganciclovir, acyclovir, or any of their 
analogues (e.g., FIAU, FIAC, DHPG) to cells expressing HSVTK allows 
conversion of the drug into its corresponding active nucleotide 
triphosphate form. 
Other gene products that may be utilized within the context of the present 
invention include E. coli guanine phosphoribosyl transferase, which 
converts thioxanthine into toxic thioxanthine monophosphate (Besnard et 
al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 7:4139-4141, 1987); alkaline phosphatase, which 
converts inactive phosphorylated compounds such as mitomycin phosphate and 
doxorubicin-phosphate to toxic dephosphorylated compounds; fungal (e.g., 
Fusarium oxysporum) or bacterial cytosine deaminase, which converts 
5-fluorocytosine to the toxic compound 5-fluorouracil (Mullen, PNAS 89:33, 
1992); carboxypeptidase G2, which cleaves glutamic acid from para-N-bis 
(2-chloroethyl) aminobenzoyl glutamic acid, thereby creating a toxic 
benzoic acid mustard; and Penicillin-V amidase, which converts 
phenoxyacetabide derivatives of doxorubicin and melphalan to toxic 
compounds (see generally, Vrudhula et al., J. of Med. Chem. 36(7):919-923, 
1993; Kern et al., Canc. Immun. Immunother. 31(4):202-206, 1990). 
Moreover, a wide variety of Herpesviridae thymidine kinases, including 
both primate and non-primate herpesviruses, are suitable. Such 
herpesviruses include Herpes Simplex Virus Type 1 (McKnight et al., Nuc. 
Acids Res 8:5949-5964, 1980), Herpes Simplex Virus Type 2 (Swain and 
Galloway, J. Virol. 46:1045-1050, 1983), Varicella Zoster Virus (Davison 
and Scott, J. Gen. Virol. 67:1759-1816, 1986), marmoset herpesvirus 
(Otsuka and Kit, Virology 135:316-330, 1984), feline herpesvirus type 1 
(Nunberg et al., J. Virol. 63:3240-3249, 1989), pseudorabies virus (Kit 
and Kit, U.S. Pat. No. 4,514,497, 1985), equine herpesvirus type 1 
(Robertson and Whalley, Nuc. Acids Res. 16:11303-11317, 1988), bovine 
herpesvirus type 1 (Mittal and Field, J. Virol 70:2901-2918, 1989), turkey 
herpesvirus (Martin et al., J. Virol. 63:2847-2852, 1989), Marek's disease 
virus (Scott et al., J. Gen. Virol. 70:3055-3065, 1989), herpesvirus 
saimiri (Honess et al., J. Gen. Virol. 70:3003-3013, 1989) and 
Epstein-Barr virus (Baer et al.,Nature (London) 310:207-311, 1984). Such 
herpesviruses may be readily obtained from commercial sources such as the 
American Type Culture Collection ("ATCC", 10801 University Boulevard, 
Manassas, Va. 20110-2209). 
Furthermore, as indicated above, a wide variety of inactive precursors may 
be converted into active inhibitors. For example, thymidine kinase can 
phosphorylate nucleosides (e.g., dT) and nucleoside analogues such as 
ganciclovir (9-{[2-hydroxy-1-(hydroxymethyl)ethoxyl methyl}guanosine), 
famciclovir, buciclovir, penciclovir, valciclovir, acyclovir (9-[2-hydroxy 
ethoxy)methyl]guanosine), trifluorothymidine, 1-[2-deoxy, 2-fluoro, 
beta-D-arabino furanosyl]-5-iodouracil, ara-A (adenosine arabinoside, 
vivarabine), 1-beta-D-arabinofuranoxyl thymine, 5-ethyl-2'-deoxyuridine, 
5-iodo-5'-amino-2,5'-dideoxyuridine, idoxuridine (5-iodo-2'-deoxyuridine), 
AZT (3' azido-3' thymidine), ddC (dideoxycytidine), AIU (5-iodo-5' amino 
2',5'-dideoxyuridine) and AraC (cytidine arabinoside). 
Other gene products may render a cell susceptible to toxic agents. Such 
products include tumor necrosis factor, viral proteins, and channel 
proteins that transport drugs. 
A cytocide-encoding agent may be constructed as a prodrug, which when 
expressed in the proper cell type is processed or modified to an active 
form. For example, the saporin gene is constructed with an N- or 
C-terminal extension containing a protease-sensitive site. The extension 
renders the protein inactive and subsequent cleavage in a cell expressing 
the appropriate protease restores enzymatic activity. 
E. Other Nucleic Acid Molecules 
The conjugates provided herein may also be used to deliver a ribozyme, 
antisense, and the like to targeted cells. These nucleic acids may be 
present in the complex of ligand and nucleic acid binding domain or 
encoded by a nucleic acid in the complex. Alternatively, the nucleic acid 
may be directly linked to the ligand. Such products include antisense RNA, 
antisense DNA, ribozymes, triplex-forming oligonucleotides, and 
oligonucleotides that bind proteins. The nucleic acids can also include 
RNA trafficking signals, such as viral packaging sequences (see, e.g., 
Sullenger et al. (1994) Science 262:1566-1569). The nucleic acids also 
include DNA molecules that encode proteins that replace defective genes, 
such as the gene associated with cystic fibrosis (see, e.g, PCT 
Application WO 93/03709, U.S. application Ser. No. 07/745,900; and Riordan 
et al. (1989) Science 245:1066-1073). 
Nucleic acids and oligonucleotides for use as described herein can be 
synthesized by any method known to those of skill in this art (see, e.g., 
WO 93/01286, U.S. application Ser. No. 07/723,454; U.S. Pat. No. 
5,218,088; U.S. Pat. No. 5,175,269; U.S. Pat. No. 5,109,124). 
Identification of oligonucleotides and ribozymes for use as antisense 
agents and DNA encoding genes for targeted delivery for genetic therapy 
involve methods well known in the art. For example, the desirable 
properties, lengths and other characteristics of such oligonucleotides are 
well known. Antisense oligonucleotides are typically designed to resist 
degradation by endogenous nucleolytic enzymes by using such linkages as: 
phosphorothioate, methylphosphonate, sulfone, sulfate, ketyl, 
phosphorodithioate, phosphoramidate, phosphate esters, and other such 
linkages (see, e.g., Agrwal et al., Tetrehedron Lett. 28:3539-3542 (1987); 
Miller et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 93:6657-6665 (1971); Stec et al., 
Tetrehedron Lett. 26:2191-2194 (1985); Moody et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 
12:4769-4782 (1989); Uznanski et al., Nucl. Acids Res. (1989); Letsinger 
et al., Tetrahedron 40:137-143 (1984); Eckstein, Annu. Rev. Biochem. 
54:367-402 (1985); Eckstein, Trends Biol. Sci. 14:97-100 (1989); Stein In: 
Oligodeoxynucleotides. Antisense Inhibitors of Gene Expression, Cohen, Ed, 
Macmillan Press, London, pp. 97-117 (1989); Jager et al., Biochemistry 
27:7237-7246 (1988)). 
Antisense nucleotides are oligonucleotides that bind in a sequence-specific 
manner to nucleic acids, such as mRNA or DNA. When bound to mRNA that has 
complementary sequences, antisense prevents translation of the mRNA (see, 
e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,168,053 to Altman et al.; U.S. Pat. No. 5,190,931 to 
Inouye, U.S. Pat. No. 5,135,917 to Burch; U.S. Pat. No. 5,087,617 to Smith 
and Clusel et al. (1993) Nuc. Acids Res. 21:3405-3411, which describes 
dumbbell antisense oligonucleotides). Triplex molecules refer to single 
DNA strands that bind duplex DNA forming a colinear triplex molecule, 
thereby preventing transcription (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,176,996 to 
Hogan et al., which describes methods for making synthetic 
oligonucleotides that bind to target sites on duplex DNA). 
Particularly useful antisense nucleotides and triplex molecules are 
molecules that are complementary or bind to the sense strand of DNA or 
mRNA that encodes a protein involved in cell proliferation, such as an 
oncogene or growth factor, (e.g., bFGF, int-2, hst-1/K-FGF, FGF-5, 
hst-2/FGF-6, FGF-8). Other useful antisense oligonucleotides include those 
that are specific for IL-8 (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,241,049; and PCT 
Applications WO 89/004836; WO 90/06321; WO 89/10962; WO 90/00563; and WO 
91/08483). These nucleic acids or nucleic acids that encode antisense can 
be linked to bFGF for the treatment of psoriasis. Anti-sense 
oligonucleotides or nucleic acids encoding antisense specific for 
nonmuscle myosin heavy chain and/or c-myb (see, e.g, Simons et al. (1992) 
Circ. Res. 70:835-843; PCT Application WO 93/01286, U.S. application Ser. 
No. 07/723,454: LeClerc et al. (1991) J. Am. Coll. Cardiol. 17 (2 Suppl. 
A):105A; Ebbecke et al. (1992) Basic Res. Cardiol. 87:585-591) can be 
targeted by an FGF, for example to inhibit smooth muscle cell 
proliferation, such as occurs following angioplasty. 
A ribozyme is an RNA molecule that specifically cleaves RNA substrates, 
such as mRNA, resulting in inhibition or interference with cell growth or 
expression. There are at least five known classes of ribozymes involved in 
the cleavage and/or ligation of RNA chains. Ribozymes can be targeted to 
any RNA transcript and can catalytically cleave such transcript (see, 
e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,272,262; U.S. Pat. No. 5,144,019; and U.S. Pat. No. 
5,168,053, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,180,818, 5,116,742 and 5,093,246 to Cech et 
al.). Any such ribosome or nucleic acid encoding the ribozyme may be 
delivered to a cell bearing a receptor for a receptor-internalized binding 
ligand. 
The ribozymes antisense, and the like may be delivered to the targeted 
cells by DNA encoding the ribozyme linked to a eukaryotic promoter, such 
as a eukaryotic viral promoter, such that upon introduction into the 
nucleus, the ribozyme will be directly transcribed. In such instances, the 
construct will also include a nuclear translocation sequence, generally as 
part of the ligand or as part of a linker between the ligand and nucleic 
acid binding domain. 
DNA that encodes a therapeutic product contemplated for use includes DNA 
encoding correct copies of defective genes, such as the defective gene 
(CFTR) associated with cystic fibrosis (see, e.g., International 
Application WO 93/03709, U.S. application Ser. No. 07/745,900; and Riordan 
et al. (1989) Science 245:1066-1073), and anticancer agents, such as tumor 
necrosis factors. Many genetic defects are caused by a mutation in a 
single gene. Introduction of the wild-type gene will serve to alleviate 
the deficiency. Such genes include HPRT, adenosine deaminase, Factor IX, 
Factor VIII, Factor XIII, .beta.-hemoglobin, and the like. The conjugate 
preferably includes a nuclear translocation sequence (NTS). If the 
conjugate is designed such that the ligand and nucleic acid binding domain 
are cleaved in the cytoplasm, then the NTS should be included in a portion 
of the conjugate or linker that remains bound to the DNA. The nuclear 
translocation sequence (NTS) may be a heterologous sequence or a may be 
derived from the selected growth factor. 
F. Construct Containing Cytocidal-Encoding Agent 
In the case of cytotocide molecules such as the ribosome inactivating 
proteins, very few molecules may need to be expressed to effect cell 
killing. Indeed, only a single molecule of diphtheria toxoid introduced 
into a cell is sufficient to kill the cell. With other cytocides or 
prodrugs, it may be that propagation or stable maintenance of the 
construct is necessary to attain a sufficient amount or concentration of 
the gene product for effective gene therapy. Examples of replicating and 
stable eukaryotic plasmids may be found in the scientific literature. 
In general, constructs will also contain elements necessary for 
transcription and translation. If the cytocide-encoding agent is DNA, then 
it must contain a promoter. The choice of the promoter will depend upon 
the cell type to be transformed and the degree or type of control desired. 
Promoters can be constitutive or active in any cell type, tissue specific, 
cell specific, event specific, temporal-specific or inducible. Cell-type 
specific promoters and event type specific promoters are preferred. 
Examples of constitutive or nonspecific promoters include the SV40 early 
promoter (U.S. Pat. No. 5,118,627), the SV40 late promoter (U.S. Pat. No. 
5,118,627), CMV early gene promoter (U.S. Pat. No. 5,168,062), and 
adenovirus promoter. In addition to viral promoters, cellular promoters 
are also amenable within the context of this invention. In particular, 
cellular promoters for the so-called housekeeping genes are useful. Viral 
promoters are preferred, because generally they are stronger promoters 
than cellular promoters. 
Tissue specific promoters are particularly useful when a certain tissue 
type is to be targeted for transformation. By using one of this class of 
promoters, an extra margin of specificity can be attained. For example, 
when the indication to be treated is ophthalmological (e.g., secondary 
lens clouding), either the alpha-crystallin promoter or gamma-crystallin 
promoter is preferred. When a tumor is the target of gene delivery, 
cellular promoters for specific tumor markers or promoters more active in 
tumor cells should be chosen. Thus, to treat prostate tumor, the 
prostate-specific antigen promoter is especially useful. Similarly, the 
tyrosinase promoter or tyrosinase-related protein promoter is a preferred 
promoter for melanoma treatment. For treatment of diseases that are 
angiogenic or exacerbated by angiogenesis, the VEGF receptor promoter is 
preferred. The VEGF receptor is expressed in developing capillaries. For 
treatment of breast cancer, the promoters from heat shock protein 27 and 
erbB-2 are preferred; for treatment of colon or lung cancer, the promoter 
from carcinoembryonic antigen is preferred; for treatment of restenosis or 
other diseases involving smooth muscle cells, the promoter from 
.alpha.-actin or myosin heavy chain is preferred. For B lymphocytes, the 
immunoglobulin variable region gene promoter; for T lymphocytes, the TCR 
receptor variable region promoter; for helper T lymphocytes, the CD4 
promoter; for liver, the albumin or .alpha.-fetoprotein promoter; for 
lungs, surfactant protein A promoter; are a few additional examples of 
tissue specific promoters. Many other examples of tissue specific 
promoters are readily available to one skilled in the art. Some of these 
promoters are temporally regulated, such as c-myc and cyclin D. 
Endothelial-specific promoters are especially useful in targeting 
proliferative diseases involving endothelial cells, such as angiogenesis 
in tumors. For treating diseases dependent or exacerbated by angiogenesis 
or primary angiogenic diseases, the following promoters are especially 
useful: VEGF-receptor promoter (Morishita et al., J. Biol. Chem. 
270:27948, 1995; GenBank Accession No. X89776); TEK or tie 2 promoter, a 
receptor tyrosine kinase expressed predominately in endothelium of 
actively growing blood vessels (Huang et al., Oncogene 11:2097, 1995; 
GenBank Accession No. L06139); tie (WO 96/09381; Korhonen et al., Blood 
86:1828, 1995; GenBank Accession No. X60954; GenBankAccession No. S89716); 
urokinase receptor, which is expressed at high levels in endothelial cells 
during angiogenesis (Hollas et al., Cancer Res. 51:3690, 1991; Gum et al., 
Anti-Cancer Res. 15:1167, 1995; Soravia et al., Blood 86:624, 1995; 
GenBank Accession No. S78532); E- and P-selection, which has increased 
expression in endothelium of tumors, such as breast (Fox et al., J. 
Pathol. 177:369, 1995; Biancone et al., J. Exp. Med. 183:581, 1996; 
GenBank Accession No. M64485; GenBank Accession No. L01874); VCAM-1 
(Iademarco et al., J. Biol. Chem. 267:16323, 1992; GenBank Accession No. 
M92431); endoglin, which is upregulated in the vasculature of tumors 
(Bellon et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 23:2340, 1993; Gougos and Letarte, J. 
Biol. Chem. 265:8361, 1990; GenBank Accession No. HSENDOG); endosialin, 
expressed preferentially in tumor capillaries (Rettig et al., PNAS 
89:10832, 1992); alpha V-beta3 integrin (Villa-Garcia et al., Blood 3:668, 
1994; Donahue et al., BBA 1219:228, 1994); endothelin-1, a growth factor 
for endothelial cells (GenBank Accession No. M25377; GenBank Accession No. 
J04819; GenBank Accession No. J05489); ICAM-3, expressed in tumor 
endothelium (Patey et al., Am. J. Pathol. 148:465, 1996; Fox et al., J. 
Path. 177:369, 1995; GenBank Accession No. S50015); E9 antigen, 
upregulated in tumor endothelium (Wang et al., Int. J. Cancer 54:363, 
1993); von Willebrand factor (Jahroudi and Lynch, Mol. Cell. Biol. 14:999, 
1994; GenBank Accession No. HUMVWFI; GenBank Accession No. HUMVWFA); CD44 
(Hofmann et al., Cancer Res. 53:1516, 1993; Maltzman et al., Mol. Cell. 
Biol. 16:2283, 1996; GenBank Accession No. HUMCD44B); CD40 (Pammer et al., 
Am. J Pathol. 148:1387, 1996; GenBank Accession No. HACD40L; GenBank 
Accession No. HSCD405FR); vascular-endothelial cadherin, highly expressed 
in endothelial cells of hemangiomas (Martin-Padura et al., J. Pathol. 
175:51, 1995); notch 4 (Uyttendaele et al., Development 122:2251, 1996) 
and high molecular weight melanoma-associated antigen. 
Inducible promoters may also be used. These promoters include MMTV LTR (PCT 
WO 91/13160), inducible by dexamethasone, metallothionein, inducible by 
heavy metals, and promoters with cAMP response elements, inducible by 
cAMP. By using an inducible promoter, the nucleic acid may be delivered to 
a cell and will remain quiescent until the addition of the inducer. This 
allows further control on the timing of production of the gene. 
Event-type specific promoters are active or up-regulated only upon the 
occurrence of an event, such as tumorigenecity or viral infection. The HIV 
LTR is a well known example of an event-specific promoter. The promoter is 
inactive unless the tat gene product is present, which occurs upon viral 
infection. Some event-type promoters are also tissue-specific. 
Additionally, promoters that are coordinately regulated with a particular 
cellular gene may be used. For example, promoters of genes that are 
coordinately expressed when a particular FGF receptor gene is expressed 
may be used. Then, the nucleic acid will be transcribed when the FGF 
receptor, such as FGFR1, is expressed, and not when FGFR2 is expressed. 
This type of promoter is especially useful when one knows the pattern of 
FGF receptor expression in a particular tissue, so that specific cells 
within that tissue may be killed upon transcription of a cytotoxic agent 
gene without affecting the surrounding tissues. 
If the domain binds in a sequence specific manner, the construct must 
contain the sequence that binds to the nucleic acid binding domain. As 
described below, the target nucleotide sequence may be contained within 
the coding region of the cytocide, in which case, no additional sequence 
need be incorporated. Additionally, it may be desirable to have multiple 
copies of target sequence. If the target sequence is coding sequence, the 
additional copies must be located in non-coding regions of the 
cytocide-encoding agent. The target sequences of the nucleic acid binding 
domains are typically generally known. If unknown, the target sequence may 
be readily determined. Techniques are generally available for establishing 
the target sequence (e.g., see PCT Application WO 92/05285 and U.S. Ser. 
No. 586,769). 
In addition to the promoter, repressor sequences, negative regulators, or 
tissue-specific silencers may be inserted to reduce non-specific 
expression of the cytocide or prodrug. Multiple repressor elements may be 
inserted in the promoter region. Repression of transcription is 
independent on the orientation of repressor elements or distance from the 
promoter. 
Negative regulatory elements have been characterized in the promoter 
regions of a number of different genes. The repressor element functions as 
a repressor of transcription in the absence of factors, such as steroids, 
as does the NSE in the promoter region of the ovalbumin gene (Haecker et 
al., Mol. Endocrinology 9:1113-1126, 1995). These negative regulatory 
elements bind specific protein complexes from oviduct, none of which are 
sensitive to steroids. Three different elements are located in the 
promoter of the ovalbumin gene. Oligonucleotides corresponding to portions 
of these elements repress viral transcription of the TK reporter. One of 
the silencer elements shares sequence identity with silencers in other 
genes (TCTCTCCNA). 
Repressor elements have also been identified in the promoter region of 
collagen II gene. Gel retardation studies showed that nuclear factors from 
HeLa cells bind specifically to DNA fragments containing the silencer 
region, whereas chrondocyte nuclear extracts did not show any binding 
activity (Savanger et al., J. Biol. Chem. 265(12):6669-6674, 1990). 
Repressor elements have also been shown to regulate transcription in the 
carbamyl phosphate synthetase gene (Goping et al., Nucleic Acid Research 
23(10):1717-1721, 1995). This gene is expressed in only two different cell 
types, hepatocytes and epithelial cells of the intestinal mucosa. Negative 
regulatory regions have also been identified in the promoter region of the 
choline acetyltransferase gene, the albumin promoter (Hu et al., J. Cell 
Growth Differ. 3(9):577-588, 1992), phosphoglycerate kinase (PGK-2) gene 
promoter (Misuno et al., Gene 119(2):293-297, 1992), and in the 
6-phosphofructo-2-kinase/fructose-2,6-bisphosphatase gene, in which the 
negative regulatory element inhibits transcription in non-hepatic cell 
lines (Lemaigre et al., Mol. Cell Biol. 11(2):1099-1106). Furthermore, the 
negative regulatory element Tse-1 has been identified in a number of liver 
specific genes, including tyrosine aminotransferase (TAT). TAT gene 
expression is liver specific and inducible by both glucocorticoids and the 
cAMP signaling pathway. The cAMP response element (CRE) has been shown to 
be the target for repression by Tse-1 and hepatocyte-specific elements 
(Boshart et al., Cell 61(5):905-916, 1990). 
Other elements may be incorporated into the construct. In preferred 
embodiments, the construct includes a transcription terminator sequence, 
including a polyadenlization sequence, splice donor and acceptor sites, 
and an enhancer. Other elements useful for expression and maintenance of 
the construct in mammalian cells or other eukaryotic cells may also be 
incorporated (e.g., origin of replication). Because the constructs are 
conveniently produced in bacterial cells, elements that are necessary or 
enhance propagation in bacteria are incorporated. Such elements include an 
origin of replication, selectable marker and the like (see discussion 
below). 
An additional level of control for initiating expression of the nucleic 
acid only in appropriate cells or enhancing uptake of complex is the 
delivery of two constructs, one of which encodes the cytocide and the 
other construct encodes a second gene that controls expression of the 
promoter driving the cytocide or prodrug or enhances uptake of the 
complexes into tumor masses or other target cells. By way of example, on 
one construct, the cytocide encoding agent is controlled by a promoter, 
such as a heat shock promoter. The second construct is a gene, such as a 
gene that elicits SOS pathway under control of a tumor-specific promoter. 
The two constructs are co-delivered or sequentially delivered. When 
delivered into tumor cells, the SOS gene is expressed and results in 
causing expression of the cytocide-encoding agent. In this case, the two 
constructs could be merged into one construct. 
In the other type of multiple delivery system, the first construct is a 
cytocide gene under control of a promoter, such as those described above. 
The second construct, comprises a different promoter controlling 
expression of a gene, such as IL-2, that induces leakiness in a tumor mass 
to allow better penetration. When the second construct is introduced 
first, the tumor mass will be more readily accessible for the first 
construct to be delivered. 
Typically, the constructs are plasmid vectors. A preferred construct is a 
modified pNASS vector (Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.). In the modified 
vector, amp. R gene is replaced by kan. R gene, a poly A signal sequence 
is added upstream of the mammalian promoter. A T7 promoter is added 
downstream of the mammalian promoter and upstream of the cytocide or 
prodrug gene to facilitate verification of cytotoxic activity. Other 
suitable mammalian expression vectors are well known (see, e.g., Ausubel 
et al., 1995; Sambrook et al., supra; Invitrogen catalogue, San Diego, 
Calif.; Novagen, Madison, Wis.; Pharmacia catalogue, Uppsala, Sweden; and 
others). 
G. Other Elements 
1. Nuclear Translocation Signal 
As used herein, a "nuclear translocation or targeting sequence" (NTS) is a 
sequence of amino acids in a protein that are required for translocation 
of the protein into a cell nucleus. Examples of NTSs are set forth in 
Table 2 below. Comparison with known NTSs, and if necessary testing of 
candidate sequences, should permit those of skill in the art to readily 
identify other amino acid sequences that function as NTSs. The NTS may be 
derived from another polypeptide, or it may be derived from another region 
in the same polypeptide. The NTS is typically synthesized as a DNA 
sequence encoding the NTS and inserted appropriately into either the 
ligand or NABD gene sequence. 
TABLE 2 
__________________________________________________________________________ 
Source Sequence* SEQ ID NO. 
__________________________________________________________________________ 
SV40 large T 
Pro.sup.126 LysLysArgLysValGlu 
24 
Polyoma large T 
Pro.sup.279 ProLysLysAlaArgGluVal 
25 
Human c-Myc 
Pro.sup.120 AlaAlaLysArgValLysLeuAsp 
26 
Adenovirus E1A 
Lys.sup.281 ArgProArgPro 27 
Yeast mat .alpha..sub.2 
Lys.sup.3 IleProIleLys 28 
c-Erb-A A. Gly.sup.22 LysArgLysArgLysSer 
29 
B. Ser.sup.127 LysArgValAlaLysArgLysLeu 
30 
C. Ser.sup.181 HisTrpLysGlnLysArgLysPhe 
31 
c-Myb Pro.sup.521 LeuLeuLysLysIleLysGln 
32 
p53 Pro.sup.316 GlnProLysLysLysPro 
33 
Nucleolin 
Pro.sup.277 GlyLysArgLysLysGluMetThrLysGlnLysGluValPro 
34 
HIV Tat Gly.sup.48 ArgLysLysArgArgGlnArgArgArgAlaPro 
35 
FGF-1 AsnTyrLysLysProLysLeu 36 
FGF-2 HisPheLysAspProLysArg 37 
FGF-3 AlaProArgArgArgLysLeu 38 
FGF-4 IleLysArgLeuArgArg 39 
FGF-5 GlyArgArg -- 
FGF-6 IleLysArgGlnArgArg 40 
FGF-7 IleArgValArgArg 41 
__________________________________________________________________________ 
*Superscript indicates position in protein 
In order to deliver the nucleic acid to the nucleus, the conjugate should 
include an NTS. If the conjugate is designed such that the 
receptor-binding internalized ligand and linked nucleic acid binding 
domain is cleaved or dissociated in the cytoplasm, then the NTS should be 
included in a portion of the complex that remains bound to the nucleic 
acid, so that, upon internalization, the conjugate will be trafficked to 
the nucleus. Thus, the NTS is preferably included in the nucleic acid 
binding domain, but may additionally be included in the ligand. An NTS is 
preferred if the cytocide-encoding agent is DNA. If the cytocide-encoding 
agent is mRNA, an NTS may be omitted. The nuclear translocation sequence 
(NTS) may be a heterologous sequence or a may be derived from the selected 
ligand. All presently identified members of the FGF family of peptides 
contain an NTS (see, e.g., International Application WO 91/15229 and Table 
2). A typical consensus NTS sequence contains an amino-terminal proline or 
glycine followed by at least three basic residues in a array of seven to 
nine amino acids (see, e.g., Dang et al., J. Biol. Chem. 264:18019-18023, 
1989; Dang et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 8:4049-4058, 1988, and Table 2). 
2. Cytoplasm-Translocation Signal 
Cytoplasm-translocation signal sequence is a sequence of amino acids in a 
protein that cause retention of proteins in the lumen of the endoplasmic 
reticulum and/or translocate proteins to the cytosol. A signal sequence in 
mammalian cells is KDEL (Lys-Asp-Glu-Leu) (SEQ ID NO. 42) (Munro and 
Pelham, Cell 48:899-907, 1987). Some modifications of this sequence have 
been made without loss of activity. For example, the sequences RDEL 
(Arg-Asp-Glu-Leu) (SEQ ID NO. 43) and KEEL (Lys-Glu-Glu-Leu) (SEQ ID NO. 
44) confer efficient or partial retention, respectively, in plants 
(Denecke et al., Embo. J. 11:2345-2355, 1992). 
A cytoplasm-translocation signal sequence may be included in either the 
receptor-internalized binding ligand or the nucleic acid binding domain 
part or both. If cleavable linkers are used to link the ligand with the 
nucleic acid binding domain, the cytoplasm-translocation signal is 
preferably included in the nucleic acid binding domain, which will stay 
bound to the cytocide-encoding agent. Additionally, a 
cytoplasmic-translocation signal sequence may be included in the 
receptor-internalized binding ligand, as long as it does not interfere 
with receptor binding. Similarly, the signal sequence placed in the 
nucleic acid binding domain should not interfere with binding to the 
cytocide-encoding agent. 
3. Endosome-Disruptive Peptides 
In addition, or alternatively, membrane-disruptive peptides may be 
incorporated into the complexes. For example, adenoviruses are known to 
enhance disruption of endosomes. Virus-free viral proteins, such as 
influenza virus hemagglutinin HA-2, also disrupt endosomes and are useful 
in the present invention. Other proteins may be tested in the assays 
described herein to find specific endosome disrupting agents that enhance 
gene delivery. In general, these proteins and peptides are amphipathic 
(see Wagner et al., Adv. Drug. Del. Rev. 14:113-135, 1994). 
Endosome-disruptive peptides, sometimes called fusogenic peptides, may be 
incorporated into the complex of receptor-internalized binding ligand, 
nucleic acid binding domain, and cytocide-encoding agent. Two such 
peptides derived from influenza virus are: GLFEAIEGFIENGWEGMIDGGGC (SEQ. 
ID NO. 45) and GLFEAIEGFIENGWEGMIDGWYGC (SEQ. ID NO. 46). Other peptides 
useful for disrupting endosomes may be identified by general 
characteristics: 25-30 residues in length, contain an alternating pattern 
of hydrophobic domains and acidic domains, and at low pH (e.g., pH 5) from 
amphipathic .alpha.-helices. A candidate endosome-disrupting peptide is 
tested by incorporating it into the complex and determining whether it 
increases the total number of cells expressing the target gene. The 
peptides are added to a complex having excess negative charge. For 
example, a DNA construct is complexed with an FGF-poly-L-lysine chemical 
conjugate so that only a portion of the negative charge of the DNA is 
neutralized. Poly-L-lysine is added to further bind the DNA and a 
fusogenic peptide is then added. Optional ratios of DNA, poly-L-lysine and 
fusogenic peptide are determined using assays, such as gene expression and 
cell viability. 
The fusogenic peptides may alternatively be incorporated into the complex 
as a fusion protein with either the ligand or the nucleic acid binding 
domain or both. The endosome-disruptive peptide may be present as single 
or multiple copies at the N- or C-terminus of the ligand. A single fusion 
protein of the endosome-disruptive peptide, nucleic acid binding domain, 
and receptor-internalized binding ligand may be constructed and expressed. 
For insertion into a construct, DNA encoding the endosome-disruptive 
peptide may be synthesized by PCR using overlapping oligonucleotides and 
incorporating a restriction site at the 5' and 3' end to facilitate 
cloning. The sequence may be verified by sequence analysis. 
4. Linkers 
As used herein, a "linker" is a chemical or peptide that links a 
receptor-binding internalized ligand or fragment thereof and nucleic acid 
binding domain. In certain instances, a linker is used to conjugate the 
ligand directly to the nucleic acid. The linkers provided herein confer 
specificity, enhance intracellular availability, serum stability and/or 
solubility on the conjugate and may serve to promote condensation of 
nucleic acids for delivery to a cell. 
The linkers provided herein confer specificity and serum stability on a 
conjugate, for example, by providing a substrate for certain proteases, 
particularly proteases that are present in only certain subcellular 
compartments or that are present at higher levels in tumor cells than 
normal cells. Specificity for proteases that are present in intracellular 
compartments and absent in blood is particularly preferred. The linkers 
may also include sorting signals such as cytoplasmic retention signals 
that direct the conjugate to particular intracellular loci or 
compartments. Additionally, the linkers may reduce steric hindrance 
between the ligand and other protein or linked nucleic acid by distancing 
the components of the conjugate. Linkers may also condense the nucleic 
acid. For this purpose, the linker comprises highly basic amino acids 
(e.g., Lys, Arg) and may even be poly-L-lysine. 
In order to provide serum stability, increase solubility and/or 
intracellular concentration or condense nucleic acid, one or more linkers 
(are) inserted between the receptor-binding internalized ligand and the 
nucleic acid binding domain or nucleic acid. These linkers include peptide 
linkers, such as a substrate for an intracellular protease, and chemical 
linkers, such as acid labile linkers, ribozyme substrate linkers and 
others. Peptides linkers may be inserted using heterobifunctional 
reagents, described below, or, are linked to a ligand and nucleic acid 
binding domain by recombinant means. Chemical linkers are inserted by 
covalently coupling the linker to the ligand (e.g., FGF, other growth 
factor protein, or cytokine) and the nucleic acid binding domain, at the 
N- or C-terminus or an internal residue. Heterobifunctional agents, 
described below, may be used to effect such covalent coupling. 
a. Protease Substrates 
Peptides encoding protease-specific substrates may be introduced between 
the ligand and the nucleic acid binding domain. The peptides may be 
inserted using heterobifunctional reagents, for example, or inserted by 
recombinant means and expression of the resulting chimera. 
Any protease specific substrate (see, e.g., O'Hare et al., FEBS 
273:200-204, 1990; Forsberg et al., J. Protein Chem. 10:517-526, 1991; 
Westby et al., Bioconjugate Chem. 3:375-381, 1992) may be used as a linker 
as long as the substrate is cleaved in an intracellular compartment. 
Preferred substrates include those that are specific for proteases that 
are expressed at higher levels in tumor cells, that are preferentially 
expressed in the endosome, or that are absent in blood. The following 
substrates are suitable for use in the present invention: cathepsin B 
substrate, cathepsin D substrate, trypsin substrate, thrombin substrate, 
and recombinant subtilisin substrate. 
b. Linkers that are Flexible and Increase Solubility of Conjugates 
Flexible linkers, which reduce steric hindrance and increase in vitro 
solubility of the conjugates are contemplated for use, either alone or 
with other linkers, such as the protease specific substrate linkers. 
Typically, these linkers are simple polymers of small amino acids (i.e., 
small side groups) with uncharged polar side groups. These amino acids 
(Gly, Ser, Thr, Cys, Tyr, Asn, Gln) are more soluble in water. Of these 
amino acids, Gly and Ser are preferred. Such linkers include, but are not 
limited to, (Gly.sub.4 Ser).sub.n, (Ser.sub.4 Gly).sub.n and 
(AlaAlaProAla).sub.n in which n is 1 to 6, preferably 1-4, such as: 
a. Gly.sub.4 Ser SEQ ID NO: 47 
CCATGGGCGG CGGCGGCTCT GCCATGG 
b. (Gly.sub.4 Ser).sub.2 SEQ ID NO: 48 
CCATGGGCGG CGGCGGCTCT GGCGGCGGCG GCTCTGCCAT GG 
c. (Ser.sub.4 Gly).sub.4 SEQ ID NO: 49 
CCATGGCCTC GTCGTCGTCG GGCTCGTCGT CGTCGGGCTC 
GTCGTCGTCG GGCTCGTCGT CGTCGGGCGC CATGG 
d. (Ser.sub.4 Gly).sub.2 SEQ ID NO: 50 
CCATGGCCTC GTCGTCGTCG GGCTCGTCGT CGTCGGGCGC CATGG 
e. (AlaAlaProAla).sub.n, where n is 1 to 4, - preferably 2 (see SEQ ID 
NO: 51) 
c. Heterobifunctional Cross-Linking Reagents 
Numerous heterobifunctional cross-linking reagents may be used to form 
covalent bonds between amino groups and thiol groups and to introduce 
thiol groups into proteins, (see, e.g., the PIERCE CATALOG, 
ImmunoTechnology Catalog & Handbook, 1992-1993, which describes the 
preparation of and use of such reagents and provides a commercial source 
for such reagents; see also, e.g., Cumber et al., Bioconjugate Chem. 
3:397-401, 1992; Thorpe et al., Cancer Res. 47:5924-5931, 1987; Gordon et 
al., Proc. Natl. Acad Sci. 84:308-312, 1987; Walden et al., J. Mol. Cell 
Immunol. 2:191-197, 1986; Carlsson et al., Biochem. J. 173:723-737, 1978; 
Mahan et al., Anal. Biochem. 162:163-170, 1987; Wawryznaczak et al., Br. 
J. Cancer 66:361-366, 1992; Fattom et al., Infection & Immun. 60:584-589, 
1992). These reagents may be used to form covalent bonds between the 
receptor-binding internalized ligands with protease substrate peptide 
linkers and nucleic acid binding domain. These reagents include, but are 
not limited to: N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio)propionate (SPDP; 
disulfide linker); sulfosuccinimidyl 
6-[3-(2-pyridyldithio)propionamido]hexanoate (sulfo-LC-SPDP); 
succinimidyloxycarbonyl-.alpha.-methyl benzyl thiosulfate (SMBT, hindered 
disulfate linker); succinimidyl 
6-[3-(2-pyridyldithio)propionamido]hexanoate (LC-SPDP); sulfosuccinimidyl 
4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate (sulfo-SMCC); succinimidyl 
3-(2-pyridyldithio)butyrate (SPDB; hindered disulfide bond linker); 
sulfosuccinimidyl 
2-(7-azido-4-methylcoumarin-3-acetamide)ethyl-1,3'-dithiopropionate 
(SAED); sulfosuccinimidyl 7-azido-4-methylcoumarin-3-acetate (SAMCA); 
sulfosuccinimidyl 
6-[alpha-methyl-alpha-(2-pyridyldithio)toluamido]hexanoate 
(sulfo-LC-SMPT); 1,4-di-[3'-(2'-pyridyldithio)propionamido]butane (DPDPB); 
4-succinimidyloxycarbonyl-.alpha.-methyl-.alpha.-(2-pyridylthio)toluene 
(SMPT, hindered disulfate linker); 
sulfosuccinimidyl6[.alpha.-methyl-.alpha.-(2-pyridyldithio)toluamido]hexan 
oate (sulfo-LC-SMPT); m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS); 
m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide ester (sulfo-MBS); 
N-succinimidyl(4-iodoacetyl)aminobenzoate (SIAB; thioether linker); 
sulfosuccinimidyl(4-iodoacetyl)amino benzoate (sulfo-SIAB); 
succinimidyl4(p-maleimidophenyl)butyrate (SMPB); 
sulfosuccini-midyl4-(p-maleimidophenyl)butyrate (sulfo-SMPB); azidobenzoyl 
hydrazide (ABH). 
These linkers should be particularly useful when used in combination with 
peptide linkers, such as those that increase flexibility. 
d. Acid Cleavable, Photocleavable, and Heat Sensitive Linkers 
Acid cleavable linkers include, but are not limited to, bismaleimideothoxy 
propane, adipic acid dihydrazide linkers (see, e.g., Fattom et al., 
Infection & Immun. 60:584-589, 1992) and acid labile transferrin 
conjugates that contain a sufficient portion of transferrin to permit 
entry into the intracellular transferrin cycling pathway (see, e.g., 
Welhoner et al., J. Biol. Chem. 266:4309-4314, 1991). Conjugates linked 
via acid cleavable linkers should be preferentially cleaved in acidic 
intracellular compartments, such as the endosome. 
Photocleavable linkers are cleaved upon exposure to light (see, e.g., 
Goldmacher et al., Bioconj. Chem. 3:104-107, 1992), thereby releasing the 
targeted agent upon exposure to light. (Hazum et al., Proc. Eur. Pept. 
Symp., 16th, Brunfeldt, K (Ed), pp. 105-110, 1981; nitrobenzyl group as a 
photocleavable protective group for cysteine; Yen et al., Makromol. Chem 
190:69-82, 1989; water soluble photocleavable copolymers, including 
hydroxypropylmethacrylamide copolymer, glycine copolymer, fluorescein 
copolymer and methylrhodamine copolymer; and Senter et al., Photochem. 
Photobiol. 42:231-237, 1985; nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl chloride cross linking 
reagents that produce photocleavable linkages). Such linkers are 
particularly useful in treating dermatological or ophthalmic conditions. 
In addition, other tissues, such as blood vessels that can be exposed to 
light using fiber optics during angioplasty in the prevention or treatment 
of restenosis may benefit from the use of photocleavable linkers. After 
administration of the conjugate, the eye or skin or other body part is 
exposed to light, resulting in release of the targeted moiety from the 
conjugate. Heat sensitive linkers would also have similar applicability. 
H. Expression Vectors and Host Cells for Expression of Receptor-Binding 
Internalized Ligands and Nucleic Acid Binding Domains 
Host organisms include those organisms in which recombinant production of 
heterologous proteins have been carried out, such as bacteria (for 
example, E. coli), yeast (for example, Saccharmammalian cerevisiae and 
Pichia pastoris), mammalian cells, and insect cells. Presently preferred 
host organisms are E. coli bacterial strains. 
The DNA construct encoding the desired protein is introduced into a plasmid 
for expression in an appropriate host. In preferred embodiments, the host 
is a bacterial host. The sequence encoding the ligand or nucleic acid 
binding domain is preferably codon-optimized for expression in the 
particular host. Thus, for example, if human FGF-2 is expressed in 
bacteria, the codons would be optimized for bacterial usage. For small 
coding regions the gene can be synthesized as a single oligonucleotide. 
For larger proteins, splicing of multiple oligonucleotides, mutagenesis, 
or other techniques known to those in the art may be used. For example, 
the sequence of a bacterial-codon preferred FGF-SAP fusion is shown in 
SEQ. ID NO. 80. The sequences of nucleotides in the plasmids that are 
regulatory regions, such as promoters and operators, are operationally 
associated with one another for transcription. The sequence of nucleotides 
encoding the growth factor or growth factor-chimera may also include DNA 
encoding a secretion signal, whereby the resulting peptide is a precursor 
protein. The resulting processed protein may be recovered from the 
periplasmic space or the fermentation medium. 
In preferred embodiments, the DNA plasmids also include a transcription 
terminator sequence. As used herein, a "transcription terminator region" 
has either (a) a subsegment that encodes a polyadenylation signal and 
polyadenylation site in the transcript, and/or (b) a subsegment that 
provides a transcription termination signal that terminates transcription 
by the polymerase that recognizes the selected promoter. The entire 
transcription terminator may be obtained from a protein-encoding gene, 
which may be the same or different from the inserted gene or the source of 
the promoter. Transcription terminators are optional components of the 
expression systems herein, but are employed in preferred embodiments. 
The plasmids used herein include a promoter in operable association with 
the DNA encoding the protein or polypeptide of interest and are designed 
for expression of proteins in a bacterial host. It has been found that 
tightly regulatable promoters are preferred for expression of saporin. 
Suitable promoters for expression of proteins and polypeptides herein are 
widely available and are well known in the art. Inducible promoters or 
constitutive promoters that are linked to regulatory regions are 
preferred. Such promoters include, but are not limited to, the T7 phage 
promoter and other T7-like phage promoters, such as the T3, T5 and SP6 
promoters, the trp, lpp, and lac promoters, such as the lacUV5, from E. 
coli; the 10 or polyhedron gene promoter of baculovirus/insect cell 
expression systems (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,243,041, 5,242,687, 
5,266,317, 4,745,051, and 5,169,784) and inducible promoters from other 
eukaryotic expression systems. For expression of the proteins such 
promoters are inserted in a plasmid in operative linkage with a control 
region such as the lac operon. 
Preferred promoter regions are those that are inducible and functional in 
E. coli. Examples of suitable inducible promoters and promoter regions 
include, but are not limited to: the E. coli lac operator responsive to 
isopropyl .beta.-D-thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG; see, et al. Nakamura et 
al., Cell 18:1109-1117, 1979); the metallothionein promoter 
metal-regulatory-elements responsive to heavy-metal (e.g., zinc) induction 
(see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,870,009 to Evans et al.); the phage T7lac 
promoter responsive to IPTG (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,952,496; and 
Studier et al., Meth. Enzymol. 185:60-89, 1990) and the TAC promoter. 
The plasmids also preferably include a selectable marker gene or genes that 
are functional in the host. A selectable marker gene includes any gene 
that confers a phenotype on bacteria that allows transformed bacterial 
cells to be identified and selectively grown from among a vast majority of 
untransformed cells. Suitable selectable marker genes for bacterial hosts, 
for example, include the ampicillin resistance gene (Amp.sup.r), 
tetracycline resistance gene (Tc.sup.r) and the kanamycin resistance gene 
(Kan.sup.r). The kanamycin resistance gene is presently preferred. 
The plasmids may also include DNA encoding a signal for secretion of the 
operably linked protein. Secretion signals suitable for use are widely 
available and are well known in the art. Prokaryotic and eukaryotic 
secretion signals functional in E. coli may be employed. The presently 
preferred secretion signals include, but are not limited to, those encoded 
by the following E. coli genes: ompA, ompT, ompF, ompC, beta-lactamase, 
and alkaline phosphatase, and the like (von Heijne, J. Mol. Biol. 
184:99-105, 1985). In addition, the bacterial pelB gene secretion signal 
(Lei et al., J. Bacteriol. 169:4379, 1987), the phoA secretion signal, and 
the cek2 functional in insect cell may be employed. The most preferred 
secretion signal is the E. coli ompA secretion signal. Other prokaryotic 
and eukaryotic secretion signals known to those of skill in the art may 
also be employed (see, e.g., von Heijne, J. Mol. Biol. 184:99-105, 1985). 
Using the methods described herein, one of skill in the art can substitute 
secretion signals that are functional in either yeast, insect or mammalian 
cells to secrete proteins from those cells. 
Particularly preferred plasmids for transformation of E. coli cells include 
the pET expression vectors (see U.S. Pat. No. 4,952,496; available from 
Novagen, Madison, Wis.; see also literature published by Novagen 
describing the system). Such plasmids include pET 11a, which contains the 
T7lac promoter, T7 terminator, the inducible E. coli lac operator, and the 
lac repressor gene; pET 12a-c, which contains the T7 promoter, T7 
terminator, and the E. coli ompT secretion signal; and pET 15b (Novagen, 
Madison, Wis.), which contains a His-Tag.TM. leader sequence for use in 
purification with a His column and a thrombin cleavage site that permits 
cleavage following purification over the column, the T7-lac promoter 
region and the T7 terminator. 
Other preferred plasmids include the pKK plasmids, particularly pKK 223-3, 
which contains the tac promoter, (available from Pharmacia; see also 
Brosius et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 81:6929, 1984; Ausubel et al., 
Current Protocols in Molecular Biology; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,122,463, 
5,173,403, 5,187,153, 5,204,254, 5,212,058, 5,212,286, 5,215,907, 
5,220,013, 5,223,483, and 5,229,279). Plasmid pKK has been modified by 
replacement of the ampicillin resistance marker gene, by digestion with 
EcoRI, with a kanamycin resistance cassette with EcoRI sticky ends 
(purchased from Pharmacia; obtained from pUC4K, see, e.g., Vieira et al. 
(Gene 19:259-268, 1982; and U.S. Pat. No. 4,719,179). Baculovirus vectors, 
such as pBlueBac (also called pJVETL and derivatives thereof), 
particularly pBlueBac III, (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,278,050, 
5,244,805, 5,243,041, 5,242,687, 5,266,317, 4,745,051, and 5,169,784; 
available from Invitrogen, San Diego) may also be used for expression of 
the polypeptides in insect cells. The pBlueBac III vector is a dual 
promoter vector and provides for the selection of recombinants by 
blue/white screening as this plasmid contains the .beta.-galactosidase 
gene (lacZ) under the control of the insect recognizable ETL promoter and 
is inducible with IPTG. A DNA construct may be made in baculovirus vector 
pBluebac III and then co-transfected with wild type virus into insect 
cells Spodoptera frugiperda (sf9 cells; see, e.g., Luckow et al., 
Bio/technology 6:47-55, 1988, and U.S. Pat. No. 4,745,051). 
Other plasmids include the pIN-IIIompA plasmids (see U.S. Pat. No. 
4,575,013; see also Duffaud et al., Meth. Enz. 153:492-507, 1987), such as 
pIN-IIIompA2. The pIN-IIIompA plasmids include an insertion site for 
heterologous DNA linked in transcriptional reading frame with four 
functional fragments derived from the lipoprotein gene of E. coli. The 
plasmids also include a DNA fragment coding for the signal peptide of the 
ompA protein of E. coli, positioned such that the desired polypeptide is 
expressed with the ompA signal peptide at its amino terminus, thereby 
allowing efficient secretion across the cytoplasmic membrane. The plasmids 
further include DNA encoding a specific segment of the E. coli lac 
promoter-operator, which is positioned in the proper orientation for 
transcriptional expression of the desired polypeptide, as well as a 
separate functional E. coli lacI gene encoding the associated repressor 
molecule that, in the absence of lac operon inducer, interacts with the 
lac promoter-operator to prevent transcription therefrom. Expression of 
the desired polypeptide is under the control of the lipoprotein (Ipp) 
promoter and the lac promoter-operator, although transcription from either 
promoter is normally blocked by the repressor molecule. The repressor is 
selectively inactivated by means of an inducer molecule thereby inducing 
transcriptional expression of the desired polypeptide from both promoters. 
Preferably, the DNA fragment is replicated in bacterial cells, preferably 
in E. coli. The preferred DNA fragment also includes a bacterial origin of 
replication, to ensure the maintenance of the DNA fragment from generation 
to generation of the bacteria. In this way, large quantities of the DNA 
fragment can be produced by replication in bacteria. Preferred bacterial 
origins of replication include, but are not limited to, the f1-ori and col 
E1 origins of replication. Preferred hosts contain chromosomal copies of 
DNA encoding T7 RNA polymerase operably linked to an inducible promoter, 
such as the lacUV promoter (see U.S. Pat. No. 4,952,496). Such hosts 
include, but are not limited to, lysogens E. coli strains 
HMS174(DE3)pLysS, BL21(DE3)pLysS, HMS174(DE3) and BL21(DE3). Strain 
BL21(DE3) is preferred. The pLys strains provide low levels of T7 
lysozyme, a natural inhibitor of T7 RNA polymerase. 
The DNA fragments provided may also contain a gene coding for a repressor 
protein. The repressor protein is capable of repressing the transcription 
of a promoter that contains sequences of nucleotides to which the 
repressor protein binds. The promoter can be derepressed by altering the 
physiological conditions of the cell. For example, the alteration can be 
accomplished by adding to the growth medium a molecule that inhibits the 
ability to interact with the operator or with regulatory proteins or other 
regions of the DNA or by altering the temperature of the growth media. 
Preferred repressor proteins include, but are not limited to the E. coli 
lacI repressor responsive to IPTG induction, the temperature sensitive 
.lambda. cI857 repressor, and the like. The E. coli lacI repressor is 
preferred. 
DNA encoding full-length FGF-2 or FGF-2 mutein is linked to DNA encoding an 
nucleic acid binding domain, such as protamine, and introduced into the 
pET vectors, including pET-11a and pET-12a expression vectors (Novagen, 
Madison, Wis.), for intracellular and periplasmic expression, 
respectively, of FGF-protamine fusion proteins. 
1. Preparation of Complexes Containing Receptor-Binding Internalized 
Ligands/Nucleic Acid Binding Domain Conjugates and Cytocide-Encoding 
Agents 
Within the context of this invention, specificity of delivery in a 
cell-specific manner is achieved through the ligand. The choice of the 
receptor-binding internalized ligand to use will depend upon the receptor 
expressed by the target cells. The receptor type of the target cell 
population may be determined by conventional techniques such as antibody 
staining, PCR of cDNA using receptor-specific primers, and biochemical or 
functional receptor binding assays. It is preferable that the receptor be 
cell type-specific or have increased expression or activity (i.e., higher 
rate of internalization) within the target cell population. Typically, a 
nucleic acid binding domain is coupled to a receptor-binding internalized 
ligand, either by chemical conjugation or as a fusion protein. As 
described below, the ligand may alternatively be coupled directly to the 
nucleic acid and then complexed with a nucleic acid binding protein, such 
as poly-lysine, which serves to condense the nucleic acid. Linkers as 
described above may optionally be used. 
The complexes are tested in vitro and in vivo for the desired effect. Thus, 
if the nucleic acid encodes a cytocide, cell cytotoxicity or inhibition of 
protein synthesis or other function is measured. Cell death is 
conveniently assayed by counting the number of living cells in the 
presence and absence of delivery. Other assays, such as MTS, .sup.3 H-leu 
uptake, .sup.3 H-thymidine incorporation, flow cytometry, or staining 
cells with viable dyes are also suitable. 
1. Chemical Conjugation 
a. Preparation of Receptor-Binding Internalized Ligands 
Receptor-binding internalized ligands are prepared as discussed above by 
any suitable method, including recombinant DNA technology, isolation from 
a suitable source, purchase from a commercial source, or chemical 
synthesis. The selected linker or linkers is (are) linked to the 
receptor-binding internalized ligands by chemical reaction, generally 
relying on an available thiol or amine group on the receptor-binding 
internalized ligands. Heterobifunctional linkers are particularly suited 
for chemical conjugation. Alternatively, if the linker is a peptide 
linker, then the linker may be incorporated into the ligand as a fusion 
protein. 
Any protein that binds and internalizes through a receptor interaction may 
be used herein. In particular, any member of the FGF family of peptides or 
portion thereof that binds to an FGF receptor and internalizes a linked 
agent may be used herein. Although any of the growth factors may be 
conjugated in this manner, FGF, VEGF, and HBEGF conjugation are discussed 
merely by way of example and not by way of limitation. 
If necessary or desired, the heterogeneity of preparations of ligand (e.g., 
FGF) containing chemical conjugates and fusion proteins can be reduced by 
modifying the ligand by deleting or replacing a site(s) that causes the 
heterogeneity. Such sites in FGF are typically cysteine residues that upon 
folding of the protein remain available for interaction with other 
cysteines or for interaction with more than one cytotoxic molecule per 
molecule of FGF peptide. Thus, such cysteine residues do not include any 
cysteine residue that is required for proper folding of the FGF peptide or 
for binding to an FGF receptor and internalization. For chemical 
conjugation, one cysteine residue that in physiological conditions is 
available for interaction is not replaced but is used as the site for 
linking the cytotoxic moiety. The resulting modified FGF is thus 
conjugated with a single species of nucleic acid binding domain (or 
nucleic acid). 
The polypeptide reactive with an FGF receptor may be modified by removing 
one or more reactive cysteines that are not required for receptor binding, 
but that are available for reaction with appropriately derivatized 
cytotoxic agent, so that the resulting FGF protein has only one cysteine 
residue available for conjugation with the cytotoxic agent. If necessary, 
the contribution of each cysteine to the ability to bind to FGF receptors 
may be determined empirically. Each cysteine residue may be systematically 
replaced with a conservative amino acid change or deleted. The resulting 
mutein is tested for the requisite biological activity of the ability to 
bind to FGF receptors and internalize. If the mutein retains at least 50% 
of wild-type activity, then the cysteine residue is not required. 
Additional cysteines are systematically deleted and replaced and the 
resulting muteins are tested for activity. In this manner the minimum 
number and identity of the cysteines needed for receptor binding and 
internalization may be determined. Retention of proliferative activity is 
indicative, though not definitive, of the retention of such activities. 
Proliferative activity may be measured by any suitable proliferation 
assay, such as the assay, exemplified below, that measures the increase in 
cell number of bovine aortic endothelial cells. 
It is noted, however, that modified or mutant FGFs may exhibit reduced or 
no proliferative activity, but may be suitable for use herein, if they 
retain the ability to target cytocide-encoding agent to cells bearing FGF 
receptors and result in internalization. Certain residues of FGF-2 have 
been associated with proliferative activity. Modification of these 
residues arg 116, lys 119, tyr 120, trp 123 to ile 116, glu 119, ala 120, 
ala 123 may be made individually (see SEQ ID NOs. 81-84) to remove this 
function. In addition, a double modification of Arg 118 to Lys and lys 119 
to glu also gives markedly reduced proliferative ability. The resulting 
protein is tested for proliferative activity by a standard assay. 
Any of FGF-1-FGF-9 may be used. The complete amino acid sequence of each of 
FGF-1-FGF-9 is known (see, e.g., SEQ ID NO. 10 (FGF-1) and SEQ ID NOs. 
12-18 (FGF-3-FGF-9, respectively)). Comparison among the amino acid 
sequences of FGF-1-FGF-9 reveals that one Cys is conserved among FGF 
family of peptides (see Table 3). These cysteine residues may be required 
for secondary structure and are not preferred residues to be altered. Each 
of the remaining cysteine residues may be systematically deleted and/or 
replaced by a serine residue or other residue that would not be expected 
to alter the structure of the protein and tested for biological activity 
as described above. 
The cysteine residues in the FGF family that may be essential for retention 
of biological activity and that are not preferred residues for deletion or 
replacement are as follows: FGF-2, cys.sup.101 ; FGF-3, cys.sup.115 ; 
FGF-4, cys.sup.155 ; FGF-5, cys.sup.160 ; FGF-6, cys.sup.147 ; FGF-7, 
cys.sup.137 ; FGF-8, CyS.sup.127 ; and FGF-9, CyS.sup.134. For example, 
FGF-1 has cysteines at positions 31, 98 and 132; FGF-2 has cysteines at 
positions 34, 78, 96 and 101; FGF-3 has cysteines at positions 50 and 115; 
FGF-4 has cysteines at positions 88 and 155; FGF-5 has cysteines at 
positions 19, 93, 160 and 202; FGF-6 has cysteines at positions 80 and 
147; FGF-7 has cysteines at positions 18, 23, 32, 46, 71, 133 and 137; 
FGF-8 has cysteines at positions 10, 19, 109 and 127; and FGF-9 has 
cysteines at positions 68 and 134. 
Since FGF-3, FGF-4 and FGF-6 have only two cysteines, for purposes of 
chemical conjugation, preferably neither cysteine is deleted or replaced, 
unless another residue, preferably one near either terminus, is replaced 
with a cysteine. With respect to the other FGF family members, at least 
one cysteine must remain available for conjugation with the cytotoxic 
conjugate and probably two cysteines, but at least the cysteine residues 
set forth in Table 3. A second cysteine may be required to form a 
disulfide bond. Thus, any FGF peptide that has more than three cysteines 
is be modified for chemical conjugation by deleting or replacing the other 
cysteine residues. FGF peptides that have three cysteine residues are 
modified by elimination of one cysteine, conjugated to a cytotoxic moiety 
and tested for the ability to bind to FGF receptors and internalize the 
cytotoxic moiety. 
In accord with the methods herein, several muteins of basic FGF for 
chemical conjugation have been produced (preparation of muteins for 
recombinant expression of the conjugate is described below). DNA, obtained 
from pFC80 (see PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US93/05702; U.S. 
application Ser. No. 07/901,718; see also SEQ ID NO. 52) encoding basic 
FGF has been mutagenized. Mutagenesis of cysteine 78 of basic FGF (FGF-2) 
to serine ([C78S]FGF) or cysteine 96 to serine ([C96S]FGF) produced two 
mutants that retain virtually complete proliferative activity of native 
basic FGF as judged by the ability to stimulate endothelial cell 
proliferation in culture. The activities of the two mutants and the native 
protein do not significantly differ as assessed by efficacy or maximal 
response. Sequence analysis of the modified DNA verified that each of the 
mutants has one codon for cysteine converted to that for serine. The 
construction and biological activity of FGF-1 with cysteine substitutions 
of one, two or all three cysteines has been disclosed (U.S. Pat. No. 
5,223,483). The mitogenic activity of the mutants was similar to or 
increased over the native protein. Thus, any of the cysteines may be 
mutated and FGF-1 will still bind and be internalized. 
The resulting mutein FGF or unmodified FGF is reacted with a nucleic acid 
binding domain and optionally a linker. The bFGF muteins may react with a 
single species of derivatized nucleic acid binding domain 
(mono-derivatized nucleic acid binding domain), thereby resulting in 
monogenous preparations of FGF-nucleic acid binding domain conjugates and 
homogeneous compositions of FGF-nucleic acid binding domain chemical 
conjugates. The resulting chemical conjugates do not aggregate and retain 
the requisite biological activities. 
VEGF or HBEGF may be isolated from a suitable source or may be produced 
using recombinant DNA methodology, discussed below. To effect chemical 
conjugation herein, the growth factor protein is conjugated generally via 
a reactive amine group or thiol group to the nucleic acid binding domain 
directly or through a linker to the nucleic acid binding domain. The 
growth factor protein is conjugated either via its N-terminus, C-terminus, 
or elsewhere in the polypeptide. In preferred embodiments, the growth 
factor protein is conjugated via a reactive cysteine residue to the linker 
or to the nucleic acid binding domain. The growth factor can also be 
modified by addition of a cysteine residue, either by replacing a residue 
or by inserting the cysteine, at or near the amino or carboxyl terminus, 
within about 20, preferably 10 residues from either end, and preferably at 
or near the amino terminus. 
In certain embodiments, the heterogeneity of preparations may be reduced by 
mutagenizing the growth factor protein to replace reactive cysteines, 
leaving, preferably, only one available cysteine for reaction as described 
above for FGFs. As described above, only binding and internalization is 
required. Proliferative activity may be removed by mutagenesis and is a 
preferred embodiment for some applications. 
In the case of VEGF, VEGF.sub.121 contains 9 cysteines and each of 
VEGF.sub.165, VEGF.sub.189 and VEGF.sub.206 contain 7 additional residues 
in the region not present in VEGF.sub.121. Any of the 7 are likely to be 
non-essential for targeting and internalization of linked cytotoxic 
agents. Recently, the role of Cys-25, Cys-56, Cys-67, Cys-101, and Cys-145 
in dimerization and biological activity was assessed (Claffery et al., 
Biochem. Biophys. Acta 1246:1-9, 1995). Dimerization requires Cys-25, 
Cys-56, and Cys-67. Substitution of any one of these cysteine residues 
resulted in secretion of a monomeric VEGF, which was inactive in both 
vascular permeability and endothelial cell mitotic assays. In contrast, 
substitution of Cys 145 had no effect on dimerization, although biological 
activities were somewhat reduced. Substitution of Cys-101 did not result 
in the production of a secreted or cytoplasmic protein. Thus, substitution 
of Cys-145 is preferred. 
The VEGF monomers are preferably linked via non-essential cysteine residues 
to the linkers or to the targeted agent. VEGF that has been modified by 
introduction of a Cys residue at or near one terminus, preferably the 
N-terminus is preferred for use in chemical conjugation. For use herein, 
preferably the VEGF is dimerized prior to linkage to the linker and/or 
targeted agent. Methods for coupling proteins to the linkers, such as the 
heterobifunctional agents, or to nucleic acids, or to proteins are known 
to those of skill in the art and are also described herein. 
Each of the HBEGF polypeptides described herein have six cysteine residues. 
Each of the six cysteines may independently be replaced and the resulting 
mutein tested for the ability to bind to HBEGF receptors and to be 
internalized. Alternatively, the resulting mutein-encoding DNA is used as 
part of a construct containing DNA encoding the nucleic acid binding 
domain linked to the HBEGF-encoding DNA. The construct is expressed in a 
suitable host cell and the resulting protein tested for the ability to 
bind to HBEGF receptors and internalize. It is known that the first 21 
amino acids contain receptor binding property. As long as this ability is 
retained the mutein is suitable for use herein. 
Methods for chemical conjugation of proteins are known to those of skill in 
the art. The preferred methods for chemical conjugation depend on the 
selected components, but preferably rely on disulfide bond formation. For 
example, if the targeted agent is SPDP-derivatized saporin, then it is 
advantageous to dimerize the VEGF moiety prior coupling or conjugating to 
the derivatized saporin. If VEGF is modified to include a cysteine residue 
at or near the N-, preferably, or C- terminus, then dimerization should 
follow coupling to the nucleic acid binding domain. To effect chemical 
conjugation herein, the HBEGF polypeptide is linked via one or more 
selected linkers or directly to the nucleic acid binding domain. 
b. Preparation of Nucleic Acid Binding Domains for Chemical Conjugation 
A nucleic acid binding domain is prepared for chemical conjugation. For 
chemical conjugation, a nucleic acid binding domain may be derivatized 
with SPDP or another suitable chemical. If the binding domain does not 
have a Cys residue available for reaction, one can be either inserted or 
substituted for another amino acid. If desired, mono-derivatized species 
may be isolated, essentially as described. 
For chemical conjugation, the nucleic acid binding domain may be 
derivatized or modified such that it includes a cysteine residue for 
conjugation to the receptor-binding internalized ligand. Typically, 
derivatization proceeds by reaction with SPDP, which results in a 
heterogeneous population. For example, a nucleic acid binding domain that 
is derivatized by SPDP to a level of 0.9 moles pyridine-disulfide per mole 
of nucleic acid binding domain includes a population of non-derivatized, 
mono-derivatized and di-derivatized proteins. Nucleic acid binding domain 
proteins, which are overly derivatized with SPDP, may lose ability to bind 
nucleic acid because of reaction with sensitive lysines (Lambert et al., 
Cancer Treat. Res. 37:175-209, 1988). 
The use of purified mono-derivatized nucleic acid binding domain has 
distinct advantages over the non-purified material. The amount of 
receptor-binding internalized ligand that can react with nucleic acid 
binding domain is limited to one molecule with the mono-derivatized 
material. The quantity of non-derivatized nucleic acid binding domain in 
the preparation of the non-purified material can be difficult to judge and 
this may lead to errors in being able to estimate the correct proportion 
of derivatized nucleic acid binding domain to add to the reaction mixture. 
However, because of the removal of a negative charge by the reaction of 
SPDP with lysine, the various species, exhibit charge differences. This 
charge difference may be exploited in the purification of mono-derivatized 
nucleic acid binding domain by Mono-S cation exchange chromatography. 
There may still be sources of heterogeneity with the mono-derivatized 
nucleic acid binding domain used here but is acceptable as long as binding 
to the cytocide-encoding agent is not impacted. For example, because more 
than one amino group on the nucleic acid binding domain may react with the 
succinimidyl moiety, it is possible that more than one amino group on the 
surface of the protein is reactive. 
As an alternative to derivatizing to introduce a sulfhydryl, the nucleic 
acid binding domain can be modified by the introduction of a cysteine 
residue by well known recombinant methods. Preferred loci for introduction 
of a cysteine residue include the N-terminus region, preferably within 
about one to twenty residues from the N-terminus of the nucleic acid 
binding domain. 
Using either methodology (reacting mono-derivatized nucleic acid binding 
domain or introducing a Cys residue into nucleic acid binding domain), the 
resulting preparations of chemical conjugates are monogenous and should be 
free of aggregates. 
2. Fusion Protein of Receptor-Binding Internalized Ligands and Nucleic Acid 
Binding Domain 
As a preferred alternative, the conjugate is a fusion protein of 
receptor-binding internalized ligand, optional linker, and nucleic acid 
binding domain. A fusion protein is a more homogeneous preparation. As 
well, aggregate formation can be reduced in preparations containing the 
fusion proteins by modifying the receptor-binding internalized ligand, 
such as by removal of nonessential cysteines, and/or the nucleic acid 
binding domain to prevent interactions between conjugates via free 
cysteines. Optionally, one or more coding regions for an 
endosome-disruptive peptide or cytoplasmic retention signal may be 
constructed as part of the fusion protein. 
DNA encoding the polypeptides may be isolated, synthesized or obtained from 
commercial sources or prepared as described herein. Expression of 
recombinant polypeptides may be performed as described herein or by other 
well known methods; and DNA encoding these polypeptides may be used as the 
starting materials for the methods herein. 
As described above, DNA encoding FGF, VEGF, HBEGF hepatocyte growth factor, 
IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-8, IL-10,IL-11, IL-13, TNF, GM-CSF, 
IFN and IGF polypeptides and others and/or the amino acid sequences of 
these factors are described above. DNA may be prepared synthetically based 
on the amino acid or DNA sequence or may be isolated using methods known 
to those of skill in the art, such as PCR, probe hybridization of 
libraries, and the like or obtained from commercial or other sources. For 
example, suitable methods are described in the Examples for amplifying FGF 
encoding cDNA from plasmids containing FGF encoding cDNA. 
As described herein, such DNA may then be mutagenized using standard 
methodologies to delete or replace any cysteine residues that are 
responsible for aggregate formation. If necessary, the identity of 
cysteine residues that contribute to aggregate formation may be determined 
empirically, by deleting and/or replacing a cysteine residue and 
ascertaining whether the resulting growth factor with the deleted cysteine 
forms aggregates in solutions containing physiologically acceptable 
buffers and salts. Loci for insertion of cysteine residues may also be 
determined empirically. Generally, regions at or near (within 20, 
preferably 10 amino acids) the C- or, preferably, the N-terminus are 
preferred. 
The DNA construct encoding the fusion protein can be inserted into a 
plasmid and expressed in a selected host, as described above, to produce a 
recombinant receptor-binding internalized ligand-nucleic acid binding 
domain conjugate. Multiple copies of the chimera can be inserted into a 
single plasmid in operative linkage with one promoter. When expressed, the 
resulting protein will then be a multimer. Typically, two to six copies of 
the chimera are inserted, preferably in a head to tail fashion, into one 
plasmid. 
a. Preparation of Muteins of a Fusion Protein 
Removal of cysteines not required for binding and internalization is 
preferred for both chemical conjugation and recombinant methods. Thus, 
ligands that have more than two cysteines are modified by replacing the 
remaining cysteines with serines or other residues. The resulting muteins 
may be tested for the requisite biological activity as described above. As 
exemplified herein, conjugates containing bFGF muteins in which Cys.sup.78 
and Cys.sup.96 have been replaced with serine residues have been prepared. 
In other preferred embodiments, muteins of growth factor ligands that lack 
proliferative ability, or cell migration inducement and the like. 
b. DNA Constructs and Expression of the DNA Constructs 
To produce fusion protein, DNA encoding the receptor-binding internalized 
ligand is modified so that as long as internalization is not required, the 
ligand does not include any cysteines available for reaction. In preferred 
embodiments, DNA encoding an FGF polypeptide is linked to DNA encoding a 
nucleic acid binding domain. The DNA encoding the FGF polypeptide or other 
receptor-binding internalized ligand is modified in order to remove the 
translation stop codon and other transcriptional or translational stop 
signals that may be present and to remove or replace DNA encoding the 
available cysteines. The DNA is then ligated to the DNA encoding the 
nucleic acid binding domain polypeptide directly or via a linker region 
between the first codon of the nucleic acid binding domain and the last 
codon of the FGF. The size of the linker region is not limited as long as 
the resulting conjugate binds and is internalized by a target cell. 
Presently, spacer regions of from about one to about seventy-five to 
ninety codons are preferred. The order of the receptor-binding 
internalized ligand and nucleic acid binding domain in the fusion protein 
may be reversed. If the nucleic acid binding domain is N-terminal, then it 
is modified to remove the stop codon and any stop signals. 
As discussed above, any ligand including the heparin-binding proteins, FGF, 
VEGF, HBEGF, cytokine, growth factor and the like may be modified and 
expressed in accord with the methods herein. The DNA encoding the 
resulting receptor-binding internalized ligand-nucleic acid binding domain 
can be inserted into a plasmid and expressed in a selected host, as 
described above, to produce a monogenous preparation. Fusion proteins of 
FGF-2 and protamine are especially suitable for use in the present 
invention. 
Multiple copies of the modified receptor-binding internalized 
ligand/nucleic acid binding domain chimera can be inserted into a single 
plasmid in operative linkage with one promoter. When expressed, the 
resulting protein will be a multimer. Typically two to six copies of the 
chimera are inserted, preferably in a head to tail fashion, into one 
plasmid. 
Merely by way of example, DNA encoding human bFGF-SAP having SEQ ID NO. 52 
has been mutagenized as described in the Examples using splicing by 
overlap extension (SOE). Another preferred coding region is set forth in 
SEQ ID NO. 53. In both instances, the DNA is modified by replacing the 
cysteines at positions 78 and 96 with serine. The codons encoding cysteine 
residues at positions 78 and 96 of FGF were converted to serine codons by 
SOE. Each application of the SOE method uses two amplified oligonucleotide 
products, which have complementary ends as primers and which include an 
altered codon at the locus at which the mutation is desired, to produce a 
hybrid product. A second amplification reaction that uses two primers that 
anneal at the non-overlapping ends amplify the hybrid to produce DNA that 
has the desired alteration. 
3. Binding of the Receptor-Binding Internalized Ligand/Nucleic Acid Binding 
Domain Conjugate to Cytocide-Encoding or Prodrug-Encoding Agents 
The receptor-binding internalized ligand/nucleic acid binding domain is 
incubated with the cytocide-encoding or prodrug-encoded agent, preferably 
a circular DNA molecule, to be delivered under conditions that allow 
binding of the nucleic acid binding domain to the agent. Conditions will 
vary somewhat depending on the nature of the nucleic acid binding domain, 
but will typically occur in 0.1M NaCl and 20 mM HEPES or other similar 
buffer. Alternatively, salt conditions can be varied to increase the 
packing or condensation of DNA. The extent of binding is preferably tested 
for each preparation. After complexing, additional nucleic acid binding 
domain, such as poly-L-lysine, may be added to further condense the 
nucleic acid. 
In addition to binding of the nucleic acid binding domain to nucleic acid, 
the complex needs to be condensed for efficient uptake by a cell. A 
toroidal shape allows efficient uptake, whereas rod shapes are not 
efficiently taken up. Thus, conditions for binding that favor the 
formation of toroids are preferred. If a nucleic acid binding domain 
itself does not cause toroid formation, an addition composition that 
causes toroid formation should be added. Such compositions include 
poly-L-lysine, spermine, spermidine, cobalt hexamine, MnCl.sub.2, 
protainines and the like. 
For preparing complexes, the nucleic acid is diluted and added to the 
conjugate with gentle agitation, so as not to cause frothing. The length 
of DNA is irrelevant to toroid formation. 
Merely by way of example, test constructs have been made and tested. One 
construct is a chemical conjugate of bFGF and poly-L-lysine. The bFGF 
molecule is a variant in which the Cys residue at position 96 has been 
changed to a serine; thus, only the Cys at position 78 is available for 
conjugation. This bFGF is called FGF2-3. The poly-L-lysine was derivatized 
with SPDP and coupled to FGF2-3. This FGF2-3/poly-L-lysine conjugate was 
used to deliver a plasmid able to express the .beta.-galactosidase gene. 
The ability of a construct to bind nucleic acid molecules may be 
conveniently assessed by agarose gel electrophoresis. Briefly, a plasmid, 
such as pSV.beta., is digested with restriction enzymes to yield a variety 
of fragment sizes. For ease of detection, the fragments may be labeled 
with .sup.32 P either by filling in of the ends with DNA polymerase I or 
by phosphorylation of the 5'-end with polynucleotide kinase following 
dephosphorylation by alkaline phosphatase. The plasmid fragments are then 
incubated with the receptor-binding internalized ligand/nucleic acid 
binding domain in this case, FGF2-3/poly-L-lysine in a buffered saline 
solution, such as 20 mM HEPES, pH 7.3, 0.1M NaCl. The reaction mixture is 
electrophoresed on an agarose gel alongside similarly digested, but 
nonreacted fragments. If a radioactive label was incorporated, the gel may 
be dried and autoradiographed. If no radioactive label is present, the gel 
may be stained with ethidium bromide and the DNA visualized through 
appropriate red filters after excitation with UV. Binding has occurred if 
the mobility of the fragments is retarded compared to the control. In the 
example case, the mobility of the fragments was retarded after binding 
with the FGF2-3/poly-L-lysine conjugate. If there is insufficient binding, 
poly-L-lysine may be additionally added until binding is observed. 
The amount of compaction and shape of compaction may be measured in several 
different ways. Visualization by electron microscopy, measurement of 
circular dichroism, and laser light scatterings can all distinguish 
toroids from rods. 
Further testing of the conjugate is performed to show that it binds to the 
cell surface receptor and is internalized into the cell. It is not 
necessary that the receptor-binding internalized ligand part of the 
conjugate retain complete biological activity. For example, FGF is 
mitogenic on certain cell types. As discussed above, this activity may not 
always be desirable. If this activity is present, a proliferation assay is 
performed. Likewise, for each desirable activity, an appropriate assay may 
be performed. However, for application of the subject invention, the only 
criteria that need be met are receptor binding and internalization. 
Receptor binding and internalization may be measured by the following three 
assays. (1) A competitive inhibition assay of the complex to cells 
expressing the appropriate receptor demonstrates receptor binding. (2) 
Receptor binding and internalization may be assayed by measuring 
expression of a reporter gene, such as .beta.-gal (e.g., enzymatic 
activity), in cells that have been transformed with a complex of a plasmid 
encoding a reporter gene and a conjugate of a receptor-binding 
internalized ligand and nucleic acid binding domain. This assay is 
particularly useful for optimizing conditions to give maximal 
transformation. Thus, the optimum ratio of receptor-binding internalized 
ligand/nucleic acid binding domain to nucleic acid and the amount of DNA 
per cell may readily be determined by assaying and comparing the enzymatic 
activity of .beta.-gal. As such, these first two assays are useful for 
preliminary analysis and failure to show receptor binding or .beta.-gal 
activity does not per se eliminate a candidate receptor-binding 
internalized ligand/nucleic acid binding domain conjugate or fusion 
protein from further analysis. (3) The preferred assay is a cytotoxicity 
assay performed on cells transformed with a cytocide-encoding agent bound 
by receptor-binding internalized ligand/nucleic acid binding domain. 
While, in general, any cytocidal molecule may be used, ribosome 
inactivating proteins are preferred and saporin, or another type I 
ribosome inactivating protein, is particularly preferred. A statistically 
significant reduction in cell number demonstrates the ability of the 
receptor-binding internalized ligand/nucleic acid binding domain conjugate 
or fusion to deliver nucleic acids into a cell. Any cell expressing the 
appropriate receptor may be used. For FGF as a ligand, cell lines 
including COS and rabbit smooth muscle cells may be used. 
4. Conjugation of Ligand to Nucleic Acid and Toroid Formation 
As an alternative, the receptor-internalized binding ligand may be 
conjugated to the nucleic acid, either directly or through a linker. 
Methods for conjugating nucleic acids, at the 5' ends, 3' ends and 
elsewhere, to the amino and carboxyl termini and other sites in proteins 
are known to those of skill in the art (for a review see, e.g., Goodchild, 
(1993) In: Perspectives in Bioconjugate Chemistry, Mears, Ed., American 
Chemical Society, Washington, D.C. pp. 77-99). For example, proteins have 
been linked to nucleic acids using ultraviolet irradiation (Sperling et 
al. (1978) Nucleic Acids Res. 5:2755-2773; Fiser et al. (1975) FEBS Lett. 
52:281-283), bifunctional chemicals (Baumert et al. (1978) Eur. J. 
Biochem. 89:353-359; and Oste et al. (1979) Mol. Gen. Genet. 168:81-86) 
and photochemical cross-linking (Vanin et al. (1981) FEBS Lett. 124:89-92; 
Rinke et al. (1980) J. Mol. Biol. 137:301-314; Millon et al. (1980) Eur. 
J. Biochem. 110:485-454). 
In particular, the reagents (N-acetyl-N'-(p-glyoxylylbenzolyl)cystamine and 
2-iminothiolane have been used to couple DNA to proteins, such as 
.alpha.-macroglobulin (.alpha..sub.2 M) via mixed disulfide formation (see 
Cheng et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 11:659-669, 1983). 
N-acetyl-N'-(p-glyoxylylbenzolyl)cystamine reacts specifically with 
nonpaired guaninine residues and, upon reduction, generates a free 
sulfhydryl group. 2-iminothiolane reacts with proteins to generate 
sulfhydryl groups that are then conjugated to the derivatized DNA by an 
intermolecular disulfide interchange reaction. Any linkage may be used 
provided that the targeted nucleic acid is active upon internalization of 
the conjugate. Thus, it is expected that cleavage of the linkage may be 
necessary, although it is contemplated that for some reagents, such as DNA 
encoding ribozymes linked to promoters or DNA encoding therapeutic agents 
for delivery to the nucleus, such cleavage may not be necessary. 
Thiol linkages, which are preferred, can be readily formed using 
heterbiofunctional reagents. Such linkages are reversible in a cell to 
release the nucleic acid from the ligand. Amines have also been attached 
to the terminal 5' phosphate of unprotected oligonucleotides or nucleic 
acids in aqueous solutions by reacting the nucleic acid with a 
water-soluble carbodiimide, such as 
1-ethyl-3'[3-dimethylaminopropyl]carbodiimide (EDC) or 
N-ethyl-N'(3-dimethylaminopropylcarbodiimidehydrochloride (EDCI), in 
imidazole buffer at pH 6 to produce the 5'phosphorimidazolide. Contacting 
the 5'phosphorimidazolide with amine-containing molecules, such as an FGF, 
and ethylenediamine, results in stable phosphoramidates (see, e.g., Chu et 
al., Nucleic Acids Res. 11:6513-6529, 1983; and WO 88/05077). In 
particular, a solution of DNA is saturated with EDC, at pH 6 and incubated 
with agitation at 4.degree. C. overnight. The resulting solution is then 
buffered to pH 8.5 by adding, for example about 3 volutes of 100 mM 
citrate buffer, and adding about 5 .mu.g--about 20 .mu.g of an FGF, and 
agitating the resulting mixture at 4.degree. C. for about 48 hours. The 
unreacted protein may be removed from the mixture by column chromatography 
using, for example, Sephadex G75 (Pharmacia) using 0.1 M ammonium 
carbonate solution, pH 7.0 as an eluting buffer. The isolated conjugate 
may be lyophilized and stored until used. 
U.S. Pat. No. 5,237,016 provides methods for preparing nucleotides that are 
bromacetylated at their 5' termini and reacting the resulting 
oligonucleotides with thiol groups. Oligonucleotides derivatized at their 
5'-termini bromoacetyl groups can be prepared by reacting 
5'-aminohexyl-phosphoramidate oligonucleotides with bromoacetic 
acid-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,237,016. 
This patent also describes methods for preparing thiol-derivatized 
nucleotides, which can then be reacted with thiol groups on the selected 
growth factor. Briefly, thiol-derivatized nucleotides are prepared using a 
5'-phosphorylated nucleotide in two steps: (1) reaction of the phosphate 
group with imidazole in the presence of a diimide and displacement of the 
imidazole leaving group with cystamine in one reaction step; and reduction 
of the disulfide bond of the cystamine linker with dithiothreitol (see, 
also, Orgel et al. ((1986) Nucl. Acids Res. 14:651, which describes a 
similar procedure). The 5'-phosphorylated starting oligonucleotides can be 
prepared by methods known to those of skill in the art (see, e.g., 
Maniatis et al. (1982) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring 
Harbor Laboratory, New York, p. 122). 
The nucleic acid, such as a methylphosphonate oligonucleotide 
(MP-oligomer), may be derivatized by reaction with SPDP or SMPB. The 
resulting MP-oligomer may be purified by HPLC and then coupled to an FGF, 
such as an FGF or FGF mutein, modified by replacement of one or more 
cysteine residues, as described above. The MP-oligomer (about 0.1 .mu.M) 
is dissolved in about 40-50 .mu.l of 1:1 acetonitrile/water to which 
phosphate buffer (pH 7.5, final concentration 0.1 M) and a 1 mg 
MP-oligomer in about 1 ml phosphate buffered saline is added. The reaction 
is allowed to proceed for about 5-10 hours at room temperature and is then 
quenched with about 15 .mu.L 0.1 iodoacetamide. FGF-oligonucleotide 
conjugates can be purified on heparin sepharose Hi Trap columns (1 ml, 
Pharmacia) and eluted with a linear or step gradient. The conjugate should 
elute in 0.6 M NaCl. 
The ligand may be conjugated to the nucleic acid construct encoding the 
cytocide or cytotoxic agent or may be conjugated to a mixture of 
oligonucleotides complementary to one strand of the construct. The 
oligonucleotides are then added to single stranded construct produced by 
melting a double-stranded construct or grown and isolated as 
single-stranded. As a general guideline, the oligonucleotides should 
hybridize at a higher temperature than the construct alone, if a 
double-stranded construct is used as the starting material. The gaps are 
filled in by DNA polymerase I to generate a construct with one strand 
conjugated to ligand and one strand unconjugated. Oligonucleotides 
conjugated to ligand and complementary to the other strand may be used in 
addition to generate a mixture of constructs with different strands linked 
to ligand. Any remaining single stranded plasmid may be digested with a 
single strand specific endonuclease. The ligand-conjugated constructs are 
then mixed with a nucleic acid binding domain, such as protamine or 
polylysine, to effect condensation of the construct for delivery. Optimal 
ratios of ligand to DNA may be determined experimentally by 
receptor-mediated transfection of a construct containing a reporter gene. 
As discussed above, for efficient uptake by a cell, the nucleic acid is in 
a toroidal shape. If the linker portion of the conjugate does not cause 
the proper condensation, then a molecule, such as poly-L-lysine, spermine 
or the like, is added. Testing for toroids and receptor binding and 
internalization is described above. 
J. Formulation and Administration of Pharmaceutical Compositions 
The conjugates and complexes provided herein are useful in the treatment 
and prevention of various diseases, syndromes, and hyperproliferative 
disorders. As used herein, "treatment" means any manner in which the 
symptoms of a condition, disorder or disease are ameliorated or otherwise 
beneficially altered. Treatment also encompasses any pharmaceutical use of 
the compositions herein. As used herein, "amelioration" of the symptoms of 
a particular disorder refers to any lessening, whether permanent or 
temporary, lasting or transient, that can be attributed to or associated 
with administration of the composition. For example, these conjugates and 
complexes may be used to treat complications of the eye following laser 
surgery, glaucoma surgery, and removal of pterygii. Following these 
treatments, reoccurrence of the problem often ensues due to proliferation 
of cells in the cornea or eye. The conjugates and complexes inhibit the 
proliferation of these cells. The conjugates and complexes may be used in 
general to treat pathophysiological conditions, especially FGF-, VEGF-, or 
HBEGF-mediated pathophysiological conditions by specifically targeting to 
cells having corresponding receptors. 
As used herein, "FGF-mediated pathophysiological condition" refers to a 
deleterious condition characterized by or caused by proliferation of cells 
that are sensitive to FGF mitogenic stimulation. Basic FGF-mediated 
pathophysiological conditions include, but are not limited to, melanoma, 
other tumors, rheumatoid arthritis, restenosis, Dupuytren's Contracture 
and certain complications of diabetes, such as proliferative retinopathy. 
As used herein, "HBEGF-mediated pathophysiological condition" refers to a 
deleterious condition characterized by or caused by proliferation of cells 
that are sensitive to HBEGF mitogenic stimulation. HBEGF-mediated 
pathophysiological conditions include conditions involving 
pathophysiological proliferation of smooth muscle cells, such as 
restenosis, certain tumors, such as solid tumors including breast and 
bladder tumors, tumors involving pathophysiological expression of EGF 
receptors, dermatological disorders, such as psoriasis, and ophthalmic 
disorders involving epithelial cells, such as recurrence of pterygii and 
secondary lens clouding. 
Similarly, tumors and hyperproliferating cells expressing cytokine 
receptors or growth factor receptors may be eliminated. Such diseases 
include restenosis, Dupuytren's Contracture, diabetic retinopathies, 
rheumatoid arthritis, Kaposi's sarcoma, lymphomas, leukemias, tumors such 
as renal cell carcinoma, colon carcinoma, breast cancer, bladder cancer, 
pituitary abnormalities, and disorders with underlying vascular 
proliferation, such as diseases in the back of the eye (e.g., 
proliferative vitreoritinopathy, inacular degeneration and diabetic 
retinopathy). For treatment of the back of the eye especially, use of the 
VEGF-receptor promoter to control expression of the cytocide or cytotoxic 
agent is preferred. The conjugates may be used to prevent corneal haze or 
clouding that results from exposure of the cornea to laser radiation 
during eye surgery, particularly LRK. The haze or clouding appears to 
result from fibroblastic keratocyte proliferation in the subepithelial 
zone following photoablation of the cornea. 
The conjugates may be used to treat a "hyperproliferative skin disorder." 
As used herein, it is a disorder that is manifested by a proliferation of 
endothelial cells of the skin coupled with an underlying vascular 
proliferation, resulting in a localized patch of scaly or horny or 
thickened skin or a tumor of endothelial origin. Such disorders include 
actinic and atopic dermatitis, toxic eczema, allergic eczema, psoriasis, 
skin cancers and other tumors, such as Kaposi's sarcoma, angiosarcoma, 
hemangiomas, and other highly vascularized tumors, and vascular 
proliferative responses, such as varicose veins. 
As well, the conjugates may be used to treat or prevent restenosis, a 
process and the resulting condition that occurs following angioplasty in 
which the arteries become reclogged. After treatment of arteries by 
balloon catheter or other such device, denudation of the interior wall of 
the vessel occurs, including removal of the endothelial cells that 
constitute the lining of the blood vessels. As a result of this removal 
and the concomitant vascular injury, smooth muscle cells (SMCs), which 
form the blood vessel structure, proliferate and fill the interior of the 
blood vessel. This process and the resulting condition is restenosis. 
Pharmaceutical carriers or vehicles suitable for administration of the 
conjugates and complexes provided herein include any such carriers known 
to those skilled in the art to be suitable for the particular mode of 
administration. In addition, the conjugates and complexes may be 
formulated as the sole pharmaceutically active ingredient in the 
composition or may be combined with other active ingredients. 
The conjugates and complexes can be administered by any appropriate route, 
for example, orally, parenterally, including intravenously, intradermally, 
subcutaneously, or topically, in liquid, semi-liquid or solid form and are 
formulated in a manner suitable for each route of administration. 
Preferred modes of administration depend upon the indication treated. 
Dermatological and ophthalmologic indications will typically be treated 
locally; whereas, tumors and restenosis, will typically be treated by 
systemic, intradermal, or intramuscular modes of administration. 
The conjugates and complexes herein may be formulated into pharmaceutical 
compositions suitable for topical, local, intravenous and systemic 
application. For the ophthalmic uses herein, local administration, either 
by topical administration or by injection is preferred. Time release 
formulations are also desirable. Effective concentrations of one or more 
of the conjugates and complexes are mixed with a suitable pharmaceutical 
carrier or vehicle. As used herein an "effective amount" of a compound for 
treating a particular disease is an amount that is sufficient to 
ameliorate, or in some manner reduce the symptoms associated with the 
disease. Such amount may be administered as a single dosage or may be 
administered according to a regimen, whereby it is effective. The amount 
may cure the disease but, typically, is administered in order to 
ameliorate the symptoms of the disease. Repeated administration may be 
required to achieve the desired amelioration of symptoms. 
As used herein, "an ophthalmically effective amount" is that amount which, 
in the composition administered and by the technique administered, 
provides an amount of therapeutic agent to the involved eye tissues 
sufficient to prevent or reduce corneal haze following excimer laser 
surgery, prevent closure of a trabeculectomy, prevent or substantially 
slow the recurrence of pterygii, and other conditions. 
The concentrations or amounts of the conjugates and complexes that are 
effective requires delivery of an amount, upon administration, that 
ameliorates the symptoms or treats the disease. Typically, the 
compositions are formulated for single dosage administration. 
Therapeutically effective concentrations and amounts may be determined 
empirically by testing the conjugates and complexes in known in vitro and 
in vivo systems, such as those described here; dosages for humans or other 
animals may then be extrapolated therefrom. 
The conjugate is included in the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier in an 
amount sufficient to exert a therapeutically useful effect in the absence 
of undesirable side effects on the patient treated. The conjugates may be 
delivered as pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters or other 
derivatives of the conjugates include any salts, esters or derivatives 
that may be readily prepared by those of skill in this art using known 
methods for such derivatization and that produce compounds that may be 
administered to animals or humans without substantial toxic effects. It is 
understood that number and degree of side effects depends upon the 
condition for which the conjugates and complexes are administered. For 
example, certain toxic and undesirable side effects are tolerated when 
treating life-threatening illnesses, such as tumors, that would not be 
tolerated when treating disorders of lesser consequence. The concentration 
of conjugate in the composition will depend on absorption, inactivation 
and excretion rates thereof, the dosage schedule, and amount administered 
as well as other factors known to those of skill in the art. 
Preferably, the conjugate and complex are substantially pure. As used 
herein, "substantially pure" means sufficiently homogeneous to appear free 
of readily detectable impurities as determined by standard methods of 
analysis, such as thin layer chromatography (TLC), gel electrophoresis, 
high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), used by those of skill in 
the art to assess such purity, or sufficiently pure such that further 
purification would not detectably alter the physical and chemical 
properties, such as enzymatic and biological activities, of the substance. 
Methods for purification of the compounds to produce substantially 
chemically pure compounds are known to those of skill in the art. A 
substantially chemically pure compound may, however, be a mixture of 
stereoisomers. In such instances, further purification might increase the 
specific activity of the compound. 
Typically a therapeutically effective dosage should produce a serum 
concentration of active ingredient of from about 0.1 ng/ml to about 50-100 
.mu.g/ml. The pharmaceutical compositions typically should provide a 
dosage of from about 0.01 mg to about 100-2000 mg of conjugate, depending 
upon the conjugate selected, per kilogram of body weight per day. For 
example, for treatment of restenosis a daily dosage of about between 0.05 
and 0.5 mg/kg (based on FGF-SAP chemical conjugate or an amount of 
conjugate provided herein equivalent on a molar basis thereto) should be 
sufficient. Local application for ophthalmic disorders and dermatological 
disorders should provide about 1 ng up to 100 .mu.g, preferably about 1 ng 
to about 10 .mu.g, per single dosage administration. It is understood that 
the amount to administer will be a function of the conjugate selected, the 
indication treated, and possibly the side effects that will be tolerated. 
Therapeutically effective concentrations and amounts may be determined for 
each application herein empirically by testing the conjugates and 
complexes in known in vitro and in vivo systems (e.g., murine, rat, 
rabbit, or baboon models), such as those described herein; dosages for 
humans or other animals may then be extrapolated therefrom. Demonstration 
that the conjugates and complexes prevent or inhibit proliferation of 
serum stimulated corneal keratocytes or fibroblasts explanted from eyes, 
as shown herein, and demonstration of any inhibition of proliferation of 
such tissues in rabbits should establish human efficacy. The rabbit eye 
model is a recognized model for studying the effects of topically and 
locally applied drugs (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,288,735, 5,263,992, 
5,262,178, 5,256,408, 5,252,319, 5,238,925, 5,165,952; see also Mirate et 
al., Curr. Eye Res. 1:491-493, 1981). 
The active ingredient may be administered at once, or may be divided into a 
number of smaller doses to be administered at intervals of time. It is 
understood that the precise dosage and duration of treatment is a function 
of the disease being treated and may be determined empirically using known 
testing protocols or by extrapolation from in vivo or in vitro test data. 
It is to be noted that concentrations and dosage values may also vary with 
the severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further 
understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens 
should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the 
professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the 
administration of the compositions, and that the concentration ranges set 
forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or 
practice of the claimed compositions. 
The conjugates and complexes may be formulated for local or topical 
application, such as for topical application to the skin and mucous 
membranes, such as in the eye, in the form of gels, creams, and lotions 
and for application to the eye or for intracistemal or intraspinal 
application. Such solutions, particularly those intended for ophthalmic 
use, may be formulated as 0.01%-10% isotonic solutions, pH about 5-7, with 
appropriate salts. The ophthalmic compositions may also include additional 
components, such as hyaluronic acid. The conjugates and complexes may be 
formulated as aerosols for topical application (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 
4,044,126, 4,414,209, and 4,364,923). 
Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, subcutaneous, or 
topical application can include any of the following components: a sterile 
diluent, such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oil, 
polyethylene glycol, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic 
solvent; antimicrobial agents, such as benzyl alcohol and methyl parabens; 
antioxidants, such as ascorbic acid and sodium bisulfite; chelating 
agents, such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA); buffers, such as 
acetates, citrates and phosphates; and agents for the adjustment of 
toxicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. Parental preparations can be 
enclosed in ampules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of 
glass, plastic or other suitable material. 
If administered intravenously, suitable carriers include physiological 
saline or phosphate buffered saline (PBS), and solutions containing 
thickening and solubilizing agents, such as glucose, polyethylene glycol, 
and polypropylene glycol and mixtures thereof. Liposomal suspensions may 
also be suitable as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These may be 
prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art. 
Upon mixing or addition of the conjugate(s) with the vehicle, the resulting 
mixture may be a solution, suspension, emulsion or the like. The form of 
the resulting mixture depends upon a number of factors, including the 
intended mode of administration and the solubility of the conjugate in the 
selected carrier or vehicle. The effective concentration is sufficient for 
ameliorating the symptoms of the disease, disorder or condition treated 
and may be empirically determined based upon in vitro and/or in vivo data, 
such as the data from the mouse xenograft model for tumors or rabbit 
ophthalmic model. If necessary, pharmaceutically acceptable salts or other 
derivatives of the conjugates and complexes may be prepared. 
The active materials can also be mixed with other active materials, that do 
not impair the desired action, or with materials that supplement the 
desired action, including viscoelastic materials, such as hyaluronic acid, 
which is sold under the trademark HEALON (solution of a high molecular 
weight (MW of about 3 millions) fraction of sodium hyaluronate; 
manufactured by Pharmacia, Inc. see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,292,362, 
5,282,851, 5,273,056, 5,229,127, 4,517,295 and 4,328,803), VISCOAT 
(fluorine-containing (meth)acrylates, such as, 
1H,1H,2H,2H-hepta-decafluorodecylmethacrylate; see, e.g, U.S. Pat. Nos. 
5,278,126, 5,273,751 and 5,214,080; commercially available from Alcon 
Surgical, Inc.), ORCOLON (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,273,056; 
commercially available from Optical Radiation Corporation), 
methylcellulose, methyl hyaluronate, polyacrylamide and polymethacrylamide 
(see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,273,751). The viscoelastic materials are 
present generally in amounts ranging from about 0.5 to 5.0%, preferably 1 
to 3% by weight of the conjugate material and serve to coat and protect 
the treated tissues. The compositions may also include a dye, such as 
methylene blue or other inert dye, so that the composition can be seen 
when injected into the eye or contacted with the surgical site during 
surgery. 
The conjugates and complexes may be formulated for local or topical 
application, such as for topical application to the skin and mucous 
membranes, such as in the eye, in the form of gels, creams, and lotions 
and for application to the eye. Such solutions, particularly those 
intended for ophthalmic use, may be formulated as 0.01%-10% isotonic 
solutions, pH about 5-7, with appropriate salts. Suitable ophthalmic 
solutions are known (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,116,868, which describes 
typical compositions of ophthalmic irrigation solutions and solutions for 
topical application). Such solutions, which have a pH adjusted to about 
7.4, contain, for example, 90-100 mM sodium chloride, 4-6 mM dibasic 
potassium phosphate, 4-6 mM dibasic sodium phosphate, 8-12 mM sodium 
citrate, 0.5-1.5 mM magnesium chloride, 1.5-2.5 mM calcium chloride, 15-25 
mM sodium acetate, 10-20 mM D.L.-sodium .beta.-hydroxybutyrate and 5-5.5 
mM glucose. 
The conjugates and complexes may be prepared with carriers that protect 
them against rapid elimination from the body, such as time release 
formulations or coatings. Such carriers include controlled release 
formulations, such as, but not limited to, implants and microencapsulated 
delivery systems, and biodegradable, biocompatible polymers, such as 
ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, 
polyorthoesters, polylactic acid and others. For example, the composition 
may be applied during surgery using a sponge, such as a commercially 
available surgical sponges (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,956,044 and 
4,045,238; available from Weck, Alcon, and Mentor), that has been soaked 
in the composition and that releases the composition upon contact with the 
eye. These are particularly useful for application to the eye for 
ophthalmic indications following or during surgery in which only a single 
administration is possible. The compositions may also be applied in 
pellets (such as Elvax pellets(ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer resin); 
about 1-5 .mu.g of conjugate per 1 mg resin) that can be implanted in the 
eye during surgery. 
Ophthalmologically effective concentrations or amounts of one or more of 
the conjugates and complexes are mixed with a suitable pharmaceutical 
carrier or vehicle. The concentrations or amounts of the conjugates and 
complexes that are effective requires delivery of an amount, upon 
administration, that prevents or substantially reduces corneal clouding, 
trabeculectomy closure, or pterygii recurrence. 
The conjugates and complexes herein are formulated into ophthalmologically 
acceptable compositions and are applied to the affected area of the eye 
during or immediately after surgery. In particular, following excimer 
laser surgery, the composition is applied to the cornea; following 
trabeculectomy the composition is applied to the fistula; and following 
removal of pterygii the composition is applied to the cornea. The 
compositions may also be used to treat pterygii. The conjugates and 
complexes are applied during and immediately following surgery and may, if 
possible be applied post-operatively, until healing is complete. The 
compositions are applied as drops for topical and subconjunctival 
application or are injected into the eye for intraocular application. The 
compositions may also be absorbed to a biocompatible support, such as a 
cellulosic sponge or other polymer delivery device, and contacted with the 
affected area. 
The ophthalmologic indications herein are typically be treated locally 
either by the application of drops to the affected tissue(s), contacting 
with a biocompatible sponge that has absorbed a solution of the conjugates 
and complexes or by injection of a composition. For the indications 
herein, the composition will be applied during or immediately after 
surgery in order to prevent closure of the trabeculectomy, prevent a 
proliferation of keratocytes following excimer laser surgery, or to 
prevent a recurrence of pterygii. The composition may also be injected 
into the affected tissue following surgery and applied in drops following 
surgery until healing is completed. For example, to administer the 
formulations to the eye, it can be slowly injected into the bulbar 
conjunctiva of the eye. 
Conjugates and complexes with photocleavable linkers are among those 
preferred for use in the methods herein. Upon administration of such 
composition to the affected area of the eye, the eye is exposed to light 
of a wavelength, typically visible or UV that cleaves the linker, thereby 
releasing the cytotoxic agent. 
If oral administration is desired, the conjugate should be provided in a 
composition that protects it from the acidic environment of the stomach. 
For example, the composition can be formulated in an enteric coating that 
maintains its integrity in the stomach and releases the active compound in 
the intestine. The composition may also be formulated in combination with 
an antacid or other such ingredient. 
Oral compositions will generally include an inert diluent or an edible 
carrier and may be compressed into tablets or enclosed in gelatin 
capsules. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active 
compound or compounds can be incorporated with excipients and used in the 
form of tablets, capsules or troches. Pharmaceutically compatible binding 
agents and adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition. 
The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the 
following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder, such as 
microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth and gelatin; an excipient such 
as starch and lactose, a disintegrating agent such as, but not limited to, 
alginic acid and corn starch; a lubricant such as, but not limited to, 
magnesium stearate; a glidant, such as, but not limited to, colloidal 
silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; and a 
flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, and fruit 
flavoring. 
When the dosage unit form is a capsule, it can contain, in addition to 
material of the above type, a liquid carrier such as a fatty oil. In 
addition, dosage unit forms can contain various other materials which 
modify the physical form of the dosage unit, for example, coatings of 
sugar and other enteric agents. The conjugates and complexes can also be 
administered as a component of an elixir, suspension, syrup, wafer, 
chewing gum or the like. A syrup may contain, in addition to the active 
compounds, sucrose as a sweetening agent and certain preservatives, dyes 
and colorings and flavors. 
The active materials can also be mixed with other active materials that do 
not impair the desired action, or with materials that supplement the 
desired action, such as cis-platin for treatment of tumors. 
Finally, the compounds may be packaged as articles of manufacture 
containing packaging material, one or more conjugates and complexes or 
compositions as provided herein within the packaging material, and a label 
that indicates the indication for which the conjugate is provided. 
The following examples are included for illustrative purposes only and are 
not intended to limit the scope of the invention. 
EXAMPLES 
Example 1 
Isolation of DNA Encoding Saporin 
A. Materials and Methods 
1. Bacterial Strains 
E. coli strain JA221 (lpp.sup.- hdsM+trpE5 leuB6 lacY recA1 F'[lacI.sup.q 
lac.sup.+ pro.sup.+ ]) is publicly available from the American Type 
Culture Collection (ATCC), Rockville, Md. 20852, under the accession 
number ATCC 33875. (JA221 is also available from the Northern Regional 
Research Center (NRRL), Agricultural Research Service, U.S. Department of 
Agriculture, Peoria, Ill. 61604, under the accession number NRRL B-15211; 
see also U.S. Pat. No. 4,757,013 to Inouye; and Nakamura et al., Cell 
18:1109-1117, 1979). Strain INV1.alpha. is commercially available from 
Invitrogen, San Diego, Calif. 
2. DNA Manipulations 
The restriction and modification enzymes employed herein are commercially 
available in the U.S. Native saporin and rabbit polyclonal antiserum to 
saporin were obtained as previously described in Lappi et al., Biochem. 
Biophys. Res. Comm. 129:934-942. Ricin A chain is commercially available 
from Sigma, Milwaukee, Wis. Antiserum was linked to Affi-gel 10 (Bio-Rad, 
Emeryville, Calif.) according to the manufacturer's instructions. 
Sequencing was performed using the Sequenase kit of United States 
Biochemical Corporation (version 2.0) according to the manufacturer's 
instructions. Minipreparation and maxipreparation of plasmids, preparation 
of competent cells, transformation, M13 manipulation, bacterial media, 
Western blotting, and ELISA assays were according to Sambrook et al., 
(Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory 
Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989). The purification of DNA fragments 
was done using the Geneclean II kit (Bio 101) according to the 
manufacturer's instructions. SDS gel electrophoresis was performed on a 
Phastsystem (Pharmacia). 
Western blotting was accomplished by transfer of the electrophoresed 
protein to nitrocellulose using the PhastTransfer system, as described by 
the manufacturer. The antiserum to SAP was used at a dilution of 1:1000. 
Horseradish peroxidase labeled anti-IgG was used as the second antibody 
(see Davis et al., Basic Methods In Molecular Biology, New York, Elsevier 
Science Publishing Co., pp 1-338, 1986). 
B. Isolation of DNA Encoding Saporin 
1. Isolation of Genomic DNA and Preparation of Polymerase Chain Reaction 
(PCR) Primers 
Saponaria officinalis leaf genomic DNA was prepared as described in Bianchi 
et al., Plant Mol. Biol. 11:203-214, 1988. Primers for genomic DNA 
amplifications were synthesized in a 380B automatic DNA synthesizer. The 
primer corresponding to the "sense" strand of saporin 
5'-CTGCAGAATTCGCATGGATCCTGCTTCAAT-3' (SEQ ID NO. 54) includes an EcoRI 
restriction site adapter immediately upstream of the DNA codon for amino 
acid -15 of the native saporin N-terminal leader sequence. The primer 
5'-CTGCAGAATTCGCCTCGTTTGACTACTTTG-3' (SEQ ID NO. 55) corresponds to the 
"antisense" strand of saporin and complements the coding sequence of 
saporin starting from the last 5 nucleotides of the DNA encoding the 
carboxyl end of the mature peptide. Use of this primer introduced a 
translation stop codon and an EcoRI restriction site after the sequence 
encoding mature saporin. 
2. Amplification of DNA Encoding Saporin 
Unfractionated Saponaria officinalis leaf genomic DNA (1 .mu.l) was mixed 
in a final volume of 100 .mu.l containing 10 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.3), 50 mM 
KCl, 0.01% gelatin, 2 mM MgCl.sub.2, 0.2 mM dNTPs, 0.8 .mu.g of each 
primer. Next, 2.5 U Taq DNA polymerase (Perkin Elmer Cetus) were added and 
the mixture was overlaid with 30 .mu.l of mineral oil (Sigma). Incubations 
were done in a DNA Thermal Cycler (Ericomp). One cycle included a 
denaturation step (94.degree. C. for 1 min), an annealing step (60.degree. 
C. for 2 min), and an elongation step (72.degree. C. for 3 min). After 30 
cycles, a 10 .mu.l aliquot of each reaction was run on a 1.5% agarose gel 
to verify the structure of the amplified product. 
The amplified DNA was digested with EcoRI and subcloned into 
EcoRI-restricted M13mp18 (New England Biolabs, Beverly, Mass.; see also 
Yanisch-Perron et al. (1985), "Improved M13 phage cloning vectors and host 
strains: Nucleotide sequences of the M13mp18 and pUC19 vectors", Gene 
33:103). Single-stranded DNA from recombinant phages was sequenced using 
oligonucleotides based on internal points in the coding sequence of 
saporin (see Bennati et al., Eur. J. Biochem. 183:465-470, 1989). Nine of 
the M13mp18 derivatives were sequenced and compared. Of the nine sequenced 
clones, five had unique sequences, set forth as SEQ ID NOs. 19-23, 
respectively. The clones were designated M13mp18-G4, -G1, -G2, -G7, and 
-G9. Each of these clones contains all of the saporin coding sequence and 
45 nucleotides of DNA encoding the native saporin N-terminal leader 
peptide. 
Saporin DNA sequence was also cloned in the pET11a vector. Briefly, the DNA 
encoding SAP-6 was amplified by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) from the 
parental plasmid pZ1B1. The plasmid pZ1B1 contains the DNA sequence for 
human FGF-2 linked to SAP-6 by a two-amino-acid linker (Ala-Met). PZ1B1 
also includes the T7 promoter, lac operator, ribosomal binding site, and 
T7 terminator present in the pET-11a vector. For SAP-6 DNA amplification, 
the 5' primer (5' CATATGTGTGTCACATCAATCACATTAGAT 3') (SEQ ID NO. 105), 
corresponding to the sense strand of SAP-6, incorporated a NdeI 
restriction enzyme site used for cloning. It also contained a Cys codon at 
position -1 relative to the start site of the mature protein sequence. No 
leader sequence was included. The 3' primer (5' CAGGTTTGGATCTTTACGTT 3') 
(SEQ ID NO. 106) corresponding to the antisense strand of SAP-6 had a 
BamHI site used for cloning. The amplified DNA was gel-purified and 
digested with NdeI and BamHI. The digested SAP-6 DNA fragment was 
subcloned into the NdeI/BamHI-digested pZ1B1. This digestion removed FGF-2 
and the 5' portion of SAP-6 (up to nucleotide position 650) from the 
parental rFGF2-SAP vector (pZ1B1) and replaced this portion with a SAP-6 
molecule containing a Cys at position -1 relative to the start site of the 
native mature SAP-6 protein. The resultant plasmid was designated as 
pZ50B. pZ50B was transformed into E. coli strain NovaBlue for restriction 
and sequencing analysis. The appropriate clone was then transformed into 
E. coli strain BL21 (DE3) for expression and large-scale production. 
C. Mammalian Codon Optimization of Saporin cDNA 
Mammalian expression plasmids encoding .beta.-galactosidase (.beta.-gal), 
pSV-.beta. and pNASS-.beta., were obtained from Clontech (Palo Alto, 
Calif.). Plasmid pSV.beta. expresses .beta.-gal from the SV40 early 
promoter. Plasmid pNASSb is a promoterless mammalian reporter vector 
containing the .beta.-gal gene. 
The amino acid sequence for the plant protein saporin (SAP) was reverse 
translated using mammalian codons. The resulting mammalian optimized cDNA 
was divided into 4 fragments (designated 5'-3' A-D) for synthesis by PCR 
using overlapping oligos. To facilitate subcloning of each fragment and 
piecing together of the entire cDNA, restriction enzyme sites were added 
to the ends of each fragment, and added or removed within each fragment 
without changing the corresponding amino acid sequence. In addition, the 
5' end of the cDNA was modified to include a Kozak sequence for optimal 
expression in mammalian cells. Fragments A, B, and D were each synthesized 
by annealing 4 oligos (2 sense, 2 antisense) with 20 base overlaps and 
using PCR to fill-in and amplify the fragments. The PCR products were then 
purified using GeneClean (Bio101), digested with restriction enzymes 
recognizing the sites in the primers, and subcloned into pBluescript (SK+) 
(Stratagene). The sequence of the inserts was verified using Sequenase 
Version 2.0 (United States Biochemical/Amersham). Fragment C was 
synthesized in two steps: The 5' and 3' halves of the fragment were 
independently synthesized by PCR using 2 overlapping oligos. The products 
of these using 2 reactions were then purified and combined and the 
full-length fragment C was generated by PCR using the outermost oligos as 
primers. Full-length fragment C was subcloned into pBluescript for 
sequencing. Fragments A and B were ligated together in pBluescript at an 
overlapping KspI site. Fragments C and D were ligated together in 
pbluescript at an overlapping PvuII site. Fragments A-B and C-D were then 
joined in pBluescript at an overlapping Aval site to give the full-length 
mammalian optimized SAP cDNA. .beta.-gal sequences were excised from the 
plasmids pNASS-.beta. and pSV-.beta. (Clontech) by digestion with NotI and 
replaced with the synthetic SAP gene, which has NotI ends. Orientation of 
the insert was confirmed by restriction enzyme digestion. Large scale 
plasmid preparations were performed using Qiagen Maxi 500 columns. 
The oligos used to synthesize each SAP fragment are (5'-3'): 
(SEQ ID NO.: 89) 
A1(sense):CGTATCAGGCGGCCGCCGCCATGGTGACCTCCATCACCCTG 
GACCTGGTGAACCCCACCGCCGGCC 
(SEQ ID NO.: 90) 
A2(antisense):TTGGGGTCCTTCACGTTGTTGCGGATCTTGTCCACGA 
AGGAGGAGTACTGGCCGGCGGTGGGGTTCACC 
(SEQ ID NO.: 91) 
A3(sense):AACAACGTGAAGGACCCCAACCTGAAGTACGGCGGCACCGA 
CATCGCCGTGATCGGCCCCCCCTC 
(SEQ ID NO.: 92) 
A4(antisense):GTGCCGCGGGAGGACTGGAAGTTGATGCGCAGGAACT 
TCTCCTTGGAGGGGGGGCCGATCACGGC 
(SEQ ID NO.: 93) 
B1(sense):CTCCCGCGGCACCGTGTCCCTGGGCCTGAAGCGCGACAACC 
TGTACGTGGTGGCCTACCTGGCCATGGACAACAC 
(SEQ ID NO.: 94) 
B2(antisense):GCGGTCAGCTCGGCGGAGGTGATCTCGGACTTGAAGT 
AGTAGGCGCGGTTCACGTTGGTGTTGTCCATGGCCAGGTA 
(SEQ ID NO.: 95) 
B3(sense):GCCGAGCTGACCGCCCTGTTCCCTGAGGCCACCACCGCCAA 
CCAGAAGGCCCTGGAGTACACCGAGGACTACCAGTCC 
(SEQ ID NO.: 96) 
B4(antisense):AGCCCGAGCTCCTTGCGGGACTTGTCGCCCTGGGTGA 
TCTGGGCGTTCTTCTCGATGGACTGGTAGTCCTCGGTGT 
(SEQ ID NO.: 97) 
C1(sense):TATGAATTCCTCGGGCTGGGCATCGACCTGCTGCTGACCTT 
CATGGAGGCCGTGAACAAGAAGGCCCGCGTGG 
(SEQ ID NO.: 98) 
C2(antisense):CGGCGGTCATCTGGATGGCGATCAGCAGGAAGCGGGC 
CTCGTTCTTCACCACGCGGGCCTTCTTGTTC 
(SEQ ID NO.: 99) 
C3(sense):CGCCATCCAGATGACCGCCGAGGTGGCCCGCTTCCGCTACA 
TCCAGAACCTGGTGACCAAGAACTTCCCC 
(SEQ ID NO.: 100) 
C4(antisense):GGCGGATCCCAGCTGACCTCGAACTGGATCACCTTGT 
TGTCGGAGTCGAACTTGTTGGGGAAGTTCTTGGTCACCA 
(SEQ ID NO.: 101) 
D1(sense):CCGGGATCCGTCAGCTGGCGCAAGATCTCCACCGCCATCTA 
CGGCGACGCCAAGAACGGCG 
(SEQ ID NO.: 102) 
D2(antisense)GCACCTTGCCGAAGCCGAAGTCGTAGTCCTTGTTGAAC 
ACGCCGTTCTTGGCGTCGCCGTAGAT 
(SEQ ID NO.: 103) 
D3(sense):TTCGGCTTCGGCAAGGTGCGCCAGGTGAAGGACCTGCAGAT 
GGGCCTGCTGATGTACC 
(SEQ ID NO.: 104) 
D4(antisense):TGAACGTGGCGGCCGCCTACTTGGGCTTGCCCAGGTA 
CATCAGCAGGCCCAT 
D. pOMPAG4 Plasmid Construction 
M13 mp18-G4 was digested with EcoR I, and the resulting fragment was 
ligated into the EcoR I site of the vector pIN-IIIompA2 (see, e.g., see, 
U.S. Pat. No. 4,575,013 to Inouye; and Duffaud et al., Meth. Enz. 
153:492-507, 1987) using the methods described herein. The ligation was 
accomplished such that the DNA encoding saporin, including the N-terminal 
extension, was fused to the leader peptide segment of the bacterial ompA 
gene. The resulting plasmid pOMPAG4 contains the lpp promoter (Nakamura et 
al., Cell 18:1109-1117, 1987), the E. coli lac promoter operator sequence 
(lac O) and the E. coli ompA gene secretion signal in operative 
association with each other and with the saporin and native N-terminal 
leader-encoding DNA listed in SEQ ID NO. 19. The plasmid also includes the 
E. coli lac repressor gene (lac I). 
The M13 mp18-G1, -G2, -G7, and -G9 clones, containing SEQ ID NOs. 20-23, 
respectively, are digested with EcoR I and ligated into EcoR I digested 
pIN-IIIompA2 as described for M13 mp18-G4 above in this example. The 
resulting plasmids, labeled pOMPAG1, pOMPAG2, pOMPAG7, pOM, are 
screened, expressed, purified, and characterized as described for the 
plasmid pOMPAG4. 
INV1.alpha. competent cells were transformed with pOMPAG4 and cultures 
containing the desired plasmid structure were grown further in order to 
obtain a large preparation of isolated pOMPAG4 plasmid using methods 
described herein. 
E. Saporin Expression in E. coli 
The pOMPAG4 transformed E. coli cells were grown under conditions in which 
the expression of the saporin-containing protein is repressed by the lac 
repressor until the end of the log phase of growth, at which time IPTG was 
added to induce expression of the saporin-encoding DNA. 
To generate a large-batch culture of pOMPAG4 transformed E. coli cells, an 
overnight culture (approximately 16 hours growth) of JA221 E. coli cells 
transformed with the plasmid pOMPAG4 in LB broth (see, e.g., Sambrook et 
al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory 
Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989) containing 125 mg/ml ampicillin was 
diluted 1:100 into a flask containing 750 ml LB broth with 125 mg/ml 
ampicillin. Cells were grown at logarithmic phase with shaking at 
37.degree. C. until the optical density at 550 nm reached 0.9 measured in 
a spectrophotometer. 
In the second step, saporin expression was induced by the addition of IPTG 
(Sigma) to a final concentration of 0.2 mM. Induced cultures were grown 
for 2 additional hours and then harvested by centrifugation (25 min., 
6500.times.g). The cell pellet was resuspended in ice cold 1.0 M TRIS, pH 
9.0, 2 mM EDTA (10 ml were added to each gram of pellet). The resuspended 
material was kept on ice for 20-60 minutes and then centrifuged (20 min., 
6500.times.g) to separate the periplasmic fraction of E. coli, which 
corresponds to the supernatant, from the intracellular fraction 
corresponding to the pellet. 
The E. coli cells containing C-SAP construct in pET11a were grown in a 
high-cell density fed-batch fermentation with the temperature and pH 
controlled at 30.degree. C. and 6.9, respectively. A glycerol stock (1 ml) 
was grown in 50 ml Luria broth until the A.sub.600 reached 0.6 Inoculum 
(10 ml) was injected into a 7-1-Applikon (Foster City Calif.) fermentor 
containing 21 complex batch medium consisting of 5 g/l of glucose, 1.25 
g/l each of yeast extract and tryptone (Difco Laboratories), 7 g/l of 
K.sub.2 HPO.sub.4, 8 g/l of KH.sub.2 PO.sub.4, 1.66 g/l of 
(NH.sub.4).sub.2 SO.sub.4, 1 g/l of MgSO.sub.4.7H.sub.2 O, 2 ml/l of a 
trace metal solution (74 g/l of trisodium citrate, 27 g/l of 
FeCl.sub.3.6H.sub.2 O, 2.0 g/l of CoCl.sub.2.6H.sub.2 O, 2.0 g/l of 
Na.sub.2 MoO.sub.4.2H.sub.2 O, 1.9 g/l of CuSO.sub.4.5H.sub.2 O, 1.6 g/l 
of MnCl.sub.2.4H.sub.2 O 1.4 g/l of ZnCl.sub.2.4H.sub.2 O, 1.0 g/l of 
CaCl.sub.2.2H.sub.2 O, 0.5 g/l of H.sub.3 BO.sub.3). 2 ml/l of a vitamin 
solution (6 g/l of thiamin.HCl, 3.05 g/l of niacin, 2.7 g/l of pantothenic 
acid, 0.7 g/l of pyridoxine.HCl, 0.21 g/l of riboflavin, 0.03 g/l of 
biotin, 0.02 g/l of folic acid), and 100 mg/l of carbenicillin. The 
culture was grown for 12 h before initiating the continuous addition of a 
40.times. solution of complex batch media lacking the phosphates and 
containing only 25 ml/l, each, of trace metal and vitamin solutions. The 
feed addition continued until the A.sub.600 of the culture reached 85, at 
which time (approximately 9 h) the culture was induced with 0.1 mM 
isopropyl .beta.-D-thiogalactopyranoside. During 4 h of post-induction 
incubation, the culture was fed with a solution containing 100 g/l of 
glucose, 100 g/l of yeast extract, and 200 g/l of tryptone. Finally, the 
cells were harvested by centrifugation (8000.times.g, 10 min) and frozen 
at -80.degree. C. until further processed. 
The cell pellet (.apprxeq.400 g wet mass) containing C-SAP was resuspended 
in 3 vol Buffer B (10 mM sodium phosphate pH 7.0, 5 mM EDTA, 5 mM EGTA, 
and 1 mM dithiothreitol). The suspension was passed through a 
microfluidizer three times at 124 Mpa on ice. The resultant lysate was 
diluted with NanoPure H.sub.2 O until conductivity fell below 2.7 mS/cm. 
All subsequent procedures were performed at room temperature. 
The diluted lysate was loaded onto an expanded bed of Streamline SP 
cation-exchange resin (300 ml) equilibrated with buffer C (20 mM sodium 
phosphate pH 7.0, 1 mM EDTA) at 100 ml/min upwards flow. The resin was 
washed with buffer C until it appeared clear. The plunger was then lowered 
at 2 cm/min while washing continued at 70 ml/min. Upwards flow was stopped 
when the plunger was approximately 8 cm away from the bed and the plunger 
was allowed to move to within 0.5 cm of the packed bed. The resin was 
further washed at 70 ml/min downwards flow until A.sub.280 reached 
baseline. Buffer C plus 0.25 M NaCl was then used to elute proteins 
containing C-SAP at the same flow rate. 
The eluate was buffer exchanged into buffer D (50 mM sodium borate pH 8.5, 
1 mM EDTA) using the Sartocon Mini crossflow filtration system with a 
10000 NMolecular Massco module (Sartorius). The sample was then applied to 
a column of Source 15S (30 ml) equilibrated with buffer D. A 
10-column-volume linear gradient of 0-0.3 M NaCl in buffer D was used to 
elute C-SAP at 30 ml/min. 
F. Assay for Cytotoxic Activity 
The ribosome inactivating protein activity of recombinant saporin was 
compared to the ribosome inactivating protein activity of native SAP in an 
in vitro assay measuring cell-free protein synthesis in a nuclease-treated 
rabbit reticulocyte lysate (Promega). Samples of immunoaffinity-purified 
saporin were diluted in PBS and 5 .mu.l of sample was added on ice to 35 
.mu.l of rabbit reticulocyte lysate and 10 .mu.l of a reaction mixture 
containing 0.5 .mu.l of Brome Mosaic Virus RNA, 1 mM amino acid mixture 
minus leucine, 5 .mu.Ci of tritiated leucine and 3 .mu.l of water. Assay 
tubes were incubated 1 hour in a 30.degree. C. water bath. The reaction 
was stopped by transferring the tubes to ice and adding 5 .mu.l of the 
assay mixture, in triplicate, to 75 .mu.l of 1 N sodium hydroxide, 2.5% 
hydrogen peroxide in the wells of a Millititer HA 96-well filtration plate 
(Millipore). When the red color had bleached from the samples, 300 .mu.l 
of ice cold 25% trichloroacetic acid (TCA) were added to each well and the 
plate left on ice for another 30 min. Vacuum filtration was performed with 
a Millipore vacuum holder. The wells were washed three times with 300 
.mu.l of ice cold 8% TCA. After drying, the filter paper circles were 
punched out of the 96-well plate and counted by liquid scintillation 
techniques. 
The IC.sub.50 for the recombinant and native saporin were approximately 20 
pM. Therefore, recombinant saporin-containing protein has full protein 
synthesis inhibition activity when compared to native saporin. 
Example 2 
Preparation of FGF Muteins 
A. Materials and Methods 
1. Reagents 
Restriction and modification enzymes were purchased from BRL (Gaithersburg, 
Md.), Stratagene (La Jolla, Calif.) and New England Biolabs (Beverly, 
Mass.). 
Plasmid pFC80, containing the basic FGF coding sequence, was a gift of Drs. 
Paolo Sarmientos and Antonella Isacchi of Farmitalia Carlo Erba (Milan, 
Italy). Plasmid pFC80, has been described in the PCT Application Serial 
No. WO 90/02800 and PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US93/05702, which are 
herein incorporated in their entirety by reference. The sequence of DNA 
encoding bFGF in pFC80 is that set forth in PCT Application Serial No. 
PCT/US93/05702 and in SEQ ID NO. 52. 
Plasmid isolation, production of competent cells, transformation and M13 
manipulations were carried out according to published procedures (Sambrook 
et al., Molecular Cloning, a Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor 
Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989). Purification of DNA 
fragments was achieved using the Geneclean II kit, purchased from Bio 101 
(La Jolla, Calif.). Sequencing of the different constructions was 
performed using the Sequenase kit (version 2.0) of USB (Cleveland, Ohio). 
2. Sodium Dodecyl Sulphate (SDS) Gel Electrophoresis and Western Blotting 
SDS gel electrophoresis was performed on a PhastSystem utilizing 20% gels 
(Pharmacia). Western blotting was accomplished by transfer of 
electrophoresed protein to nitrocellulose using the PhastTransfer system 
(Pharmacia), as described by the manufacturer. The antisera to SAP and 
basic FGF were used at a dilution of 1:1000. Horseradish peroxidase 
labeled anti-IgG was used as the second antibody as described (Davis, L., 
Dibner et al. (1986) Basic Methods in Molecular Biology, p. 1, Elsevier 
Science Publishing Co., New York). 
B. Preparation of the Mutagenized FGF by Site-Directed Mutagenesis 
Cysteine to serine substitutions were made by oligonucleotide-directed 
mutagenesis using the Amersham (Arlington Heights, Ill.) in 
vitro-mutagenesis system 2.1. Oligonucleotides encoding the new amino acid 
were synthesized using a 380B automatic DNA synthesizer (Applied 
Biosystems, Foster City, Calif.). 
1. Mutagenesis 
The oligonucleotide used for in vitro mutagenesis of cysteine 78 was 
AGGAGTGTCTGCTAACC (SEQ ID NO. 56), which spans nucleotides 225-241 of SEQ 
ID NO. 52). The oligonucleotide for mutagenesis of cysteine 96 was 
TTCTAAATCGGTTACCGATGACTG (SEQ ID NO. 57), which spans nucleotides 279-302 
of SEQ ID NO. 52). The mutated replicative form DNA was transformed into 
E. coli strain JM109 and single plaques were picked and sequenced for 
verification of the mutation. The FGF mutated gene was then cut out of 
M13, ligated into the expression vector pFC80, which had the non-mutated 
form of the gene removed, and transformed into E. coli strain JM109. 
Single colonies were picked and the plasmids sequenced to verify the 
mutation was present. Plasmids with correct mutation were then transformed 
into the E. coli strain FICE 2 and single colonies from these 
transformations were used to obtain the mutant basic FGFs. Approximately 
20 mg protein per liter of fermentation broth was obtained. 
2. Purification of Mutagenized FGF 
Cells were grown overnight in 20 ml of LB broth containing 100 .mu.g/ml 
ampicillin. The next morning the cells were pelleted and transferred to 
500 ml of M9 medium with 100 .mu.g/ml ampicillin and grown for 7 hours. 
The cells were pelleted and resuspended in lysis solution (10 mM TRIS, pH 
7.4, 150 mM NaCl, lysozyme, 10 .mu.g/mL, aprotinin, 10 .mu.g/mL, 
leupeptin, 10 .mu.g/mL, pepstatin A, 10 .mu.g/mL and 1 mM PMSF; 45-60 ml 
per 16 g of pellet) and incubated while stirring for 1 hour at room 
temperature. The solution was frozen and thawed three times and sonicated 
for 2.5 minutes. The suspension was centrifuged; the supernatant saved and 
the pellet resuspended in another volume of lysis solution without 
lysozyme, centrifuged again and the supernatants pooled. Extract volumes 
(40 ml) were diluted to 50 ml with 10 mM TRIS, pH 7.4 (buffer A). Pools 
were loaded onto a 5 ml Hi-Trap heparin-Sepharose column (Pharmacia, 
Uppsala, Sweden) equilibrated in 150 mM sodium chloride in buffer A. The 
column was washed with 0.6 M sodium chloride and 1 M sodium chloride in 
buffer A and then eluted with 2 M sodium chloride in buffer A. Peak 
fractions of the 2 M elution, as determined by optical density at 280 mn, 
were pooled and purity determined by gel electrophoresis. Yields were 10.5 
mg of purified protein for the Cys.sup.78 mutant and 10.9 mg for the 
Cys.sup.96 mutant. 
The biological activity of [C78S]FGF and [C96S]FGF was measured on adrenal 
capillary endothelial cells in culture. Cells were plated at 3,000 per 
well in a 24 well plate in 1 ml of 10% calf serum-HDMEM. Cells were 
allowed to attach, and samples were added in triplicate at the indicated 
concentration and incubated for 48 h at 37.degree. C. An equal quantity of 
samples was added and further incubated for 48 h. Medium was aspirated; 
cells were treated with trypsin (1 ml volume) to remove cells to 9 ml of 
Hematall diluent and counted in a Coulter Counter. The results show that 
the two mutants that retain virtually complete proliferative activity of 
native basic FGF as judged by the ability to stimulate endothelial cell 
proliferation in culture. 
Example 3 
Prepatation of Mono-Derivatized Nucleic Acid Binding Domain (MYOD) 
MyoD at a concentration of 4.1 mg/ml is dialyzed against 0.1 M sodium 
phosphate, 0.1 M sodium chloride, pH 7.5. A 1.1 molar excess (563 .mu.g in 
156 .mu.l of anhydrous ethanol) of SPDP (Pharnacia, Uppsala, Sweden) is 
added and the reaction mixture immediately agitated and put on a rocker 
platform for 30 minutes. The solution is then dialyzed against the same 
buffer. An aliquot of the dialyzed solution is examined for extent of 
derivatization according to the Pharmacia instruction sheet. The extent of 
derivatization is typically 0.79 to 0.86 moles of SPDP per mole of nucleic 
acid binding domain. 
Derivatized myoD (32.3 mg) is dialyzed in 0.1 M sodium borate, pH 9.0 and 
applied to a Mono S 16/10 column equilibrated with 25 mM sodium chloride 
in dialysis buffer. A gradient of 25 mM to 125 mM sodium chloride in 
dialysis buffer elutes free and derivatized nucleic acid binding domain. 
The flow rate is 4.0 ml/min, 4 ml fractions are collected. Aliquots of 
fractions were assayed for protein concentration (BCA Protein Assay, 
Pierce Chemical, Chicago, Ill.) and for pyridylthione released by reducing 
agent. Individual fractions (25 to 37) are analyzed for protein 
concentration and pyridyl-disulfide concentration. The data indicate a 
separation according to the level of derivatization by SPDP. The initial 
eluting peak is composed of myoD that is approximately di-derivatized; the 
second peak is mono-derivatized and the third peak shows no 
derivatization. The di-derivatized material accounts for approximately 20% 
of the three peaks; the second accounts for approximately 48% and the 
third peak contains approximately 32%. Material from the second peak is 
pooled and gives an average ratio of pyridyl-disulfide to myoD of 0.95. 
Fraction 33, which showed a divergent ratio of pyridine-2-thione to 
+protein, was excluded from the pool. Fractions that showed a ratio of 
SPDP to myoD greater than 0.85 but less than 1.05 are pooled, dialyzed 
against 0.1 M sodium chloride, 0.1 M sodium phosphate, pH 7.5 and used for 
derivatization with basic FGF. 
Example 4 
Preparation of Modified Nucleic Acid Binding Domain (MYoD) 
As an alternative to derivatization, myoD is modified by addition of a 
cysteine residue at or near the N-terminus-encoding portion of the DNA. 
The resulting myoD can then react with an available cysteine on an FGF or 
react with a linker or a linker attached to an FGF to produce conjugates 
that are linked via the added Cys. 
Modified myoD is prepared by modifying DNA encoding the myoD (GenBank 
Accession No. X56677). DNA encoding Cys is inserted at position -1 or at a 
codon within 10 or fewer residues of the N-terminus. The resulting DNA is 
inserted into pET11a and pET15b and expressed in BL21 cells (NOVAGEN, 
Madison, Wis.). 
A. Preparation of myoD with an Added Cysteine Residue at the N-Terminus 
Primer #1 corresponding to the sense strand of myoD, nucleotides 121-144, 
incorporates a NdeI site and adds a Cys codon 5' to the start site for the 
mature protein 
5'-CATATGTGTGAGCTACTGTCGCCACCGCTC-3' (SEQ ID NO. 58) 
Primer #2 is an antisense primer complementing the coding sequence of 
nucleic acid binding domain spanning nucleotides 1054-1077 and contains a 
BamHI site. 
5'-GGATCCGAGCACCTGGTATATCGGTGGGGG-3' (SEQ ID NO. 59) 
MyoD DNA is amplified by PCR as follows using the above primers. A clone 
containing a full-length DNA (or cDNA) for myoD (1 .mu.l) is mixed in a 
final volume of 100 .mu.l containing 10 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.3), 50 mM KCl, 
0.01% gelatin, 2 mM MgCl.sub.2, 0.2 mM dNTPs, 0.8 .mu.g of each primer. 
Next, 2.5 U TaqI DNA polymerase (Boehringer Mannheim) is added and the 
mixture is overlaid with 30 .mu.l of mineral oil (Sigma). Incubations are 
done in a DNA Thermal Cycler. Cycles include a denaturation step 
(94.degree. C. for 1 min), an annealing step (60.degree. C. for 2 min), 
and an elongation step (72.degree. C. for 3 min). After 35 cycles, a 10 
.mu.l aliquot of each reaction is run on a 1.5% agarose gel to verify the 
correct structure of the amplified product. 
The amplified DNA is gel purified and digested with NdeI and BamHI and 
subcloned into NdeI and BamHI-digested plasmid containing FGF/myoD. This 
digestion and subcloning step removes the FGF-encoding DNA and 5' portion 
of SAP up to the BamHI site at nucleotides 555-560 (SEQ ID NO. 52) and 
replaces this portion with DNA encoding a myoD molecule that contains a 
cysteine residue at position -1 relative to the start site of the native 
mature SAP protein. 
B. Preparation of Nucleic Acid Binding Domain with a Cysteine Residue at 
Position 4 or 10 of the Native Protein 
These constructs are designed to introduce a cysteine residue at position 4 
or 10 of the native protein by replacing the Ser residue at position 4 or 
the Val residue at position 10 with cysteine. 
MyoD is amplified by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) from the parental 
plasmid encoding the FGF-nucleic acid binding domain fusion protein using 
primers that incorporate a TGT or TGC codon at position 4 or 10. 
The PCR conditions are performed as described above, using the following 
cycles: denaturation step 94.degree. C. for 1 minute, annealing for 2 
minutes at 60.degree. C., and extension for 2 minutes at 72.degree. C. for 
35 cycles. The amplified DNA is gel purified, digested with NdeI and 
BamHI, and subcloned into NdeI and BamHI digested pET11a. This digestion 
removes the FGF and 5' portion of nucleic acid binding domain (up to the 
newly added BamHI) from the parental FGF-myoD vector and replaces this 
portion with a myoD molecule containing a Cys at position 4 or 10 relative 
to the start site of the native protein. 
The resulting plasmid is digested with NdeI/BamHI and inserted into pET15b 
(NOVAGEN, Madison, Wis.), which has a His-Tag.TM. leader sequence (SEQ ID 
NO. 60), that has also been digested NdeI/BamHI. 
DNA encoding unmodified myoD can be similarly inserted into a pET5b or 
pET11A and expressed as described below for the modified SAP-encoding DNA. 
C. Expression of the Modified Nucleic Acid Binding Domain-Encoding DNA 
BL21(DE3) cells are transformed with the resulting plasmids and cultured as 
described in Example 2, except that all incubations were conducted at 
30.degree. C. instead of 37.degree. C. Briefly, a single colony is grown 
in LB AMP.sub.100 to and OD.sub.600 of 1.0-1.5 and then induced with IPTG 
(final concentration 0.1 mM) for 2 h. The bacteria are spun down. 
D. Purification of Modified Nucleic Acid Binding Domain 
Lysis buffer (20 mM NaPO.sub.4, pH 7.0, 5 mM EDTA, 5 mM EGTA, 1 mM DTT, 0.5 
.mu.g/ml leupeptin, 1 .mu.g/ml aprotinin, 0.7 .mu.g/ml pepstatin) was 
added to the myoD cell paste (produced from pZ50B1 in BL21 cells, as 
described above) in a ratio of 1.5 ml buffer/g cells. This mixture is 
evenly suspended via a Polytron homogenizer and passed through a 
microfluidizer twice. 
The resulting lysate is centrifuged at 50,000 rpm for 45 min. The 
supernatant is diluted with SP Buffer A (20 mM NaPO.sub.4, 1 mM EDTA, pH 
7.0) so that the conductivity is below 2.5 mS/cm. The diluted lysate 
supernatant is then loaded onto a SP-Sepharose column, and a linear 
gradient of 0 to 30% SP Buffer B (1 M NaCl, 20 mM NaPO.sub.4, 1 mM EDTA, 
pH 7.0) in SP Buffer A with a total of 6 column volumes is applied. 
Fractions containing myoD are combined and the resulting nucleic acid 
binding domain had a purity of greater than 90%. A buffer exchange step is 
used to get the SP eluate into a buffer containing 50 mM NaBO.sub.3, 1 mM 
EDTA, pH 8.5 (S Buffer A). This sample is then applied to a Resource S 
column (Pharmacia, Sweden) pre-equilibrated with S Buffer A. Pure nucleic 
acid binding domain is eluted off the column by 10 column volumes of a 
linear gradient of 0 to 300 mM NaCl in SP Buffer A. 
In this preparation, ultracentrifugation is used clarify the lysate; other 
methods, such as filtration and using floculents also can be used. In 
addition, Streamline S (PHARMACIA, Sweden) may also be used for large 
scale preparations. 
Example 5 
Preparation of Conjugates Containing FGF Muteins 
A. Coupling of FGF Muteins to Nucleic Acid Binding Domain 
1. Chemical Synthesis of [C78S]FGF-Nucleic Acid Binding Domain (CCFN2) and 
[C96S]FGF-Nucleic Acid Binding Domain (CCFN3) 
[C78S]FGF or [C96S]FGF (1 mg; 56 nmol) that had been dialyzed against 
phosphate-buffered saline is added to 2.5 mg mono-derivatized nucleic acid 
binding domain (a 1.5 molar excess over the basic FGF mutants) and left on 
a rocker platform overnight. The next morning the ultraviolet-visible 
wavelength spectrum is taken to determine the extent of reaction by the 
release of pyridylthione, which adsorbs at 343 nm with a known extinction 
coefficient. The ratio of pyridylthione to basic FGF mutant for [C78S]FGF 
is 1.05 and for [C96S]FGF is 0.92. The reaction mixtures are treated 
identically for purification in the following manner: reaction mixture is 
passed over a HiTrap heparin-Sepharose column (1 ml) equilibrated with 
0.15 M sodium chloride in buffer A at a flow rate of 0.5 ml/min. The 
column is washed with 0.6 M NaCl and 1.0 M NaCl in buffer A and the 
product eluted with 2.0 M NaCl in buffer A. Fractions (0.5 ml) are 
analyzed by gel electrophoresis and absorbance at 280 nm. Peak tubes are 
pooled and dialyzed versus 10 mM sodium phosphate, pH 7.5 and applied to a 
Mono-S 5/5 column equilibrated with the same buffer. A 10 ml gradient 
between 0 and 1.0 M sodium chloride in equilibration buffer is used to 
elute the product. Purity is determined by gel electrophoresis and peak 
fractions were pooled. 
Under these conditions, virtually 100% of the mutant FGFs reacts with 
mono-derivatized myoD. Because the free surface cysteine of each mutant 
acts as a free sulfhydryl, it is unnecessary to reduce cysteines after 
purification from the bacteria. The resulting product is purified by 
heparin-Sepharose (data not shown), thus establishing that heparin binding 
activity of the conjugate is retained. 
2. Expression of the Recombinant FGFC78/96S-Nucleic Acid Binding Domain 
Fusion Proteins (FPFN4) 
A two-stage method is used to produce recombinant FGF[C78/96S]-myoD protein 
(hereinafter FPFN4). Two hundred and fifty ml of LB medium containing 
ampicillin (100 .mu.g/ml) are inoculated with a fresh glycerol stock of 
bacteria containing the plasmid. Cells are grown at 30.degree. C. in an 
incubator shaker to an OD.sub.600 of 0.7 and stored overnight at 4.degree. 
C. The following day, cells are pelleted and resuspended in fresh LB 
medium (no ampicillin). The cells are divided into 5 1-liter batches and 
grown at 30.degree. C. in an incubator shaker to an OD.sub.600 of 1.5. 
IPTG is added to a final concentration of 0.1 mM and growth is continued 
for about 2 to 2.5 hours at which time cells were harvested by 
centrifugation. 
Example 6 
Recombinant Production of FGF-Nucleic Acid Bindng Domain Fuion Protein 
A. General Descriptions 
1. Bacterial Strains and Plasmids 
E. coli strains BL21(DE3), BL21(DE3)pLysS, HMS174(DE3) and HMS174(DE3)pLysS 
were purchased from NOVAGEN, Madison Wis. Plasmid pFC80, described below, 
has been described in the WIPO International Patent Application No. WO 
90/02800, except that the bFGF coding sequence in the plasmid designated 
pFC80 herein has the sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO. 52, nucleotides 
1-465. The plasmids described herein may be prepared using pFC80 as a 
starting material or, alternatively, by starting with a fragment 
containing the cII ribosome binding site (SEQ ID NO. 61) linked to the 
FGF-encoding DNA (SEQ ID NO. 52). 
E. coli strain JA221 (lpp.sup.- hdsM+trpE5 leuB6 lac Y recA1 F'[lacI.sup.q 
lac.sup.+ pro.sup.+ ]) is publicly available from the American Type 
Culture Collection (ATCC), Rockville, Md. 20852, under the accession 
number ATCC 33875. (JA221 is also available from the Northern Regional 
Research Center (NRRL), Agricultural Research Service, U.S. Department of 
Agriculture, Peoria, Ill. 61604, under the accession number NRRL B-15211; 
see also U.S. Pat. No. 4,757,013 to Inouye; and Nakamura et al., Cell 
18:1109-1117, 1979). Strain INV1.alpha. is commercially available from 
Invitrogen, San Diego, Calif. 
B. Construction of Plasmids Encoding FGF/Nucleic Acid Binding Domain Fusion 
Proteins 
1. Construction of FGFM13 that Contains DNA Encoding the cI Ribosome 
Binding Site Linked to FGF 
A Nco I restriction site is introduced into the nucleic acid binding 
domain-encoding DNA by site-directed mutagenesis using the Amersham in 
vitro-mutagenesis system 2.1. The oligonucleotide employed to create the 
Nco I restriction site is synthesized using a 380B automatic DNA 
synthesizer (Applied Biosystems). This oligonucleotide containing the Nco 
I site replaces the original nucleic acid binding domain-containing coding 
sequence. 
In order to produce a bFGF coding sequence in which the stop codon was 
removed, the FGF-encoding DNA is subcloned into a M13 phage and subjected 
to site-directed mutagenesis. Plasmid pFC80 is a derivative of pDS20 (see, 
e.g., Duester et al., Cell 30:855-864, 1982; see also U.S. Pat. Nos. 
4,914,027, 5,037,744, 5,100,784, and 5,187,261; see also PCT International 
Application No. WO 90/02800; and European Patent Application No. EP 267703 
A1), which is almost the same as plasmid pKG1800 (see Bernardi et al., DNA 
Sequence 1:147-150, 1990; see also McKenney et al. (1981) pp. 383-415 in 
Gene Amplification and Analysis 2: Analysis of Nucleic Acids by Enzymatic 
Methods, Chirikjian et al. (eds.), North Holland Publishing Company, 
Amsterdam) except that it contains an extra 440 bp at the distal end of 
galK between nucleotides 2440 and 2880 in pDS20. Plasmid pKG1800 includes 
the 2880 bp EcoR I-Pvu II of pBR322 that contains the contains the 
ampicillin resistance gene and an origin of replication. 
Plasmid pFC80 is prepared from pDS20 by replacing the entire galK gene with 
the FGF-encoding DNA of SEQ ID NO. 52, inserting the trp promoter (SEQ ID 
NO. 62) and the bacteriophage lambda cII ribosome binding site (SEQ. ID 
No. 61; see, e.g., Schwarz et al., Nature 272:410, 1978) upstream of and 
operatively linked to the FGF-encoding DNA. The Trp promoter can be 
obtained from plasmid pDR720 (Pharmacia PL Biochemicals) or synthesized 
according to SEQ ID NO. 62. Plasmid pFC80, contains the 2880 bp EcoR 
I-BamH I fragment of plasmid pSD20, a synthetic Sal I-Nde I fragment that 
encodes the Trp promoter region: 
EcoR I 
AATTCCCCTGTTGACAATTAATCATCGAACTAGTTAACTAGTACGCAGCTTGGCTGCAG 
and the cII ribosome binding site (SEQ ID NO. 61)): 
SalI Nde I 
GTCGACCAAGCTTGGGCATACATTCAATCAATTGTTATCTAAGGAAATACTTACATATG 
The FGF-encoding DNA is removed from pFC80 by treating it as follows. The 
pFC80 plasmid was digested by Hga I and Sal I, which produces a fragment 
containing the CII ribosome binding site linked to the FGF-encoding DNA. 
The resulting fragment is blunt ended with Klenow's reagent and inserted 
into M13mp18 that has been opened by Sma I and treated with alkaline 
phosphatase for blunt-end ligation. In order to remove the stop codon, an 
insert in the ORI minus direction is mutagenized using the Amersham kit, 
as described above, using the following oligonucleotide (SEQ ID NO. 63): 
GCTAAGAGCGCCATGGAGA, which contains one nucleotide between the FGF carboxy 
terminal serine codon and a Nco I restriction site; it replaces the 
following wild type FGF encoding DNA having SEQ ID NO. 64: 
GCT AAG AGC TGA CCA TGG AGA 
Ala Lys Ser STOP Pro Trp Arg 
The resulting mutant derivative of M13mp18, lacking a native stop codon 
after the carboxy terminal serine codon of bFGF, was designated FGFM13. 
The mutagenized region of FGFM13 contained the correct sequence (SEQ ID 
NO. 65). 
2. Preparation of a Plasmid that Encodes the FGF/MyoD Fusion Protein 
Plasmid FGFM13 is cut with Nco I and Sac I to yield a fragment containing 
the CII ribosome binding site linked to the bFGF coding sequence with the 
stop codon replaced. 
An M13mp18 derivative containing the myoD coding sequence is also cut with 
restriction endonucleases Nco I and Sac I, and the bFGF coding fragment 
from FGFM13 was inserted by ligation to DNA encoding the fusion protein 
bFGF-myoD into the M13mp18 derivative to produce mpFGF-myoD, which 
contains the CII ribosome binding site linked to the FGF-nucleic acid 
binding domain fusion gene. 
Plasmid mpFGF-myoD is digested with Xba I and EcoR I and the resulting 
fragment containing the bFGF-myoD coding sequence is isolated and ligated 
into plasmid pET-11a (available from NOVAGEN, Madison, Wis.; for a 
description of the plasmids see U.S. Pat. No. 4,952,496; see also Studier 
et al., Meth. Enz. 185:60-89, 1990; Studier et al., J. Mol. Biol. 
189:113-130, 1986; Rosenberg et al., Gene 56:125-135, 1987) that has also 
been treated with EcoR I and Xba I. 
E. coli strain BL21(DE3)pLysS (NOVAGEN, Madison Wis.) may be transformed 
with the plasmid containing the fusion gene. 
Plasmid FGF/myoD may be digested with EcoR I, the ends repaired by adding 
nucleoside triphosphates and Klenow DNA polymerase, and then digested with 
Nde I to release the FGF-encoding DNA without the CII ribosome binding 
site. This fragment is ligated into pET 11a, which is BamH I digested, 
treated to repair the ends, and digested with Nde I. The resulting plasmid 
includes the T7 transcription terminator and the pET-11a ribosome binding 
site. 
Plasmid FGF/myoD may be digested with EcoR I and Nde I to release the 
FGF-encoding DNA without the CII ribosome binding site and ends are 
repaired as described above. This fragment may be ligated into pET 12a, 
which had been BamH I digested and treated to repair the ends. The 
resulting plasmid includes DNA encoding the OMP T secretion signal 
operatively linked to DNA encoding the fusion protein. 
3. Preparation of a Plasmid that Encodes FGF2-Protamine Fusion Protein 
Protamines are small basic DNA binding proteins, approximately 6.8 kD in 
molecular weight with a isoelectric point of 12.175. Twenty-four of the 
fifty one amino acids are strongly basic. Human protamine has been shown 
to condense genomic DNA for packaging into the sperm head. The positive 
charges of the protamine react with the negative charges of the phosphate 
backbone of the DNA. 
A FGF-protamine fusion protein that has the ability to bind to the FGF 
receptor and bind DNA with high affinity is constructed for expression in 
E. coli. The sequence for the human protamine gene is obtained from 
GenBank (accession no. Y00443). Four overlapping oligonucleotides (60 
mers) are generated and used to amplify the protamine gene. The amplified 
product is purified and ligated into the bacterial expression vector 
pET11a (Novagen). To facilitate subcloning, a NcoI and BamHI site are 
incorporated into the primers. The fragment is synthesized by annealing 
the 4 oligos (2 sense and 2 antisense) with 20 base overlaps and using PCR 
to fill-in and amplify the fragments. The PCR products are digested with 
NcoI and BamHI, and subcloned into pBluescript SK+. The insert sequence is 
verified. The sequenced product is then cloned downstream and in-frame 
with FGF2, which has been previously cloned into the pET11a expression 
plasmid. The oligos used to generate fragment A are (5'-3'): 
PT1: (SEQ ID NO.: 85) 
TACATGCCATGGCCAGGTACAGATGCTGTCGCAGCCAGAGCCGGAGCAGAT 
ATTACCGCC 
PT2: (SEQ ID NO.: 86) 
GCAGCTCCGCCTCCTTCGTCTGCGACTTCTTTGTCTCTGGCGGTAATATCT 
GCTCCGGCT 
PT3: (SEQ ID NO.: 87) 
GACGAAGGAGGCGGAGCTGCCAGACACGGAGGAGAGCCATGAGGTGCTGC 
CGCCCCAGGT 
PT4: (SEQ ID NO.: 88) 
ATATATCCTAGGTTAGTGTCTTCTACATCTCGGTCTGTACCTGGGGCGGCA 
GCACCTCA 
Competent bacterial cells, BL21 (DE3), are transformed with the 
pET11-FGF2-protamine construct. The cells are initially plated on LB agar 
plates containing 100 .mu.g/ml ampicillin. A glycerol stock made from an 
individual colony added to 1 ml fresh LB broth and then to 250 ml of LB 
broth. The cells are grown to an OD.sub.600 of 0.7 and induced with IPTG. 
The culture is harvested 4 hours after induction. The suspension is 
centrifuged; the supernatant is saved and the pellet is resuspended in 
lysis buffer, centrifuged again and the supernatants pooled. A sample of 
the pellet and the supernatant are analyzed by Western analysis using 
antibodies to FGF2 to determine the percentage of fusion protein within 
each fraction. Soluble protein is purified. Briefly, the cells are 
pelleted and resuspended in buffer A (10 mM sodium phosphate, pH 6.0, 
containing 10 mM EDTA, 10 mM EGTA and 50 mM NaCl) and passed through a 
microfluidizer (Microfluidics Corp., Newton, Mass.) to break open the 
bacteria and shear DNA. The resultant mixture is diluted and loaded onto 
an expanded bed Streamline SP cation-exchange resin. The column is washed 
with step gradients of increasing concentrations of NaCl. The eluted 
material is analyzed by Western analysis for fractions containing the 
fusion protein. These fractions are pooled, diluted, and loaded onto a 
Heparin-Sepharose affinity column. After washing, the bound proteins are 
eluted in a batch-wise manner in buffer containing 1 M NaCl and then in 
buffer containing 2 M NaCl. Peak fractions of the 2M elution, as 
determined by optical density at 280 nm, are pooled and the purity 
determined by gel electrophoresis and Western analysis. The final pool of 
material will be loaded onto a column of Sephacryl S-100 equilibrated with 
20 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl. 
Fusion protein located in the pellet is isolated, solubilized and refolded. 
Briefly, each culture pellet is thawed completely and resuspended in 
buffer A (10 mM Tris, 1 mM EDTA, pH 8.0+0.1 mg/ml lyzozyme). The mixture 
is sonicated on ice, centrifuged at 16,000.times.g, and the supernatant 
discarded. Inclusion bodies are solubilized with solubilization buffer: (6 
M guanidine-HCl, 100 mM Tris, 150 mM NaCl, 50 mM EDTA, 50 mM EGTA, pH 
9.5,), vortexed, incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature, and 
centrifuged at 35,000.times.g for 15 minutes. The supernatant is saved and 
diluted 1:10 in dilution buffer (100 mM Tris, 10 mM EDTA, 1% 
monothioglycerol, 0.25 M L-arginine, pH 9.5). The material is stirred, 
covered, at 4.degree. C. for 2 hours and then centrifuged at 
35,000.times.g for 20 minutes. The supernatant is dialyzed in against 5 
liters PBS, pH 8.8, for 24 hours at 4.degree. C. with 3 changes of fresh 
PBS. The material is concentrated approximately 10-fold using 
size-exclusion spin columns. The soluble refolded material is then 
analyzed by gel electrophoresis. 
Expression of the FGF-protamine fusion protein can be achieved in mammalian 
cells by excising the insert with restriction enzymes NdeI and BamHI and 
ligating into a mammalian expression vector. 
C. Expression of the Recombinant bFGF-Nucleic Acid Binding Domain Fusion 
Proteins 
A two-stage method is used to produce recombinant bFGF-myoD protein 
(hereinafter bFGF-nucleic acid binding domain fusion protein). 
Three liters of LB broth containing ampicillin (50 .mu.g/ml) are inoculated 
with plasmid-containing bacterial cells (strain BL21(DE3)pLysS) from an 
overnight culture (1:100 dilution). Cells are grown at 37.degree. C. in an 
incubator shaker to an OD.sub.600 of 0.7. IPTG (Sigma Chemical, St. Louis, 
Mo.) is added to a final concentration of 0.2 mM and growth was continued 
for 1.5 hours at which time cells were centrifuged. 
Experiments have shown that growth at 30.degree. C. instead of 37.degree. 
C. improves yields. Thus, cells are grown at 30.degree. C. to an 
OD.sub.600 of 1.5 prior to induction. Following induction, growth is 
continued for about 2 to 2.5 hours at which time the cells are harvested 
by centrifugation. 
The pellet is resuspended in lysis solution (45-60 ml per 16 g of pellet; 
20 mM TRIS, pH 7.4, 5 mM EDTA, 10% sucrose, 150 mM NaCl, lysozyme, 100 
.mu.g/ml, aprotinin, 10 .mu.g/ml, leupeptin, 10 .mu.g/ml, pepstatin A, 10 
.mu.g/ml and 1 mM PMSF) and incubated with stirring for 1 hour at room 
temperature. The solution is sonicated for 2.5 minutes. The suspension is 
centrifuged at 12,000.times.g for 1 hour; the resulting first-supernatant 
saved and the pellet is resuspended in another volume of lysis solution 
without lysozyme. The resuspended material is centrifuged again to produce 
a second-supernatant, and the two supernatants are pooled and dialyzed 
against borate buffered saline, pH 8.3. 
D. Affinity Purification of bFGF-Nucleic Acid Binding Domain Fusion Protein 
Thirty ml of the dialyzed solution containing the bFGF-nucleic acid binding 
domain fusion protein is applied to HiTrap heparin-Sepharose column 
(Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden) equilibrated with 0.15 M NaCl in 10 mM TRIS, 
pH 7.4 (buffer A). The column is washed first with equilibration buffer; 
second with 0.6 M NaCl in buffer A; third with 1.0 M NaCl in buffer A; and 
finally eluted with 2 M NaCl in buffer A into 1.0 ml fractions. Samples 
were assayed by the ELISA method. 
bFGF-nucleic acid binding domain fusion protein binds the heparin-Sepharose 
column at similar affinity as native and recombinantly-produced bFGF, 
indicating that the heparin affinity is retained in the bFGF-SAP fusion 
protein. 
E. Characterization of the bFGF-Nucleic Acid Binding Domain Fusion Protein 
by Western Blot 
SDS gel electrophoresis is performed on a Phastsystem utilizing 20% 
acrylamide gels (Pharmacia). Western blotting is accomplished by transfer 
of the electrophoresed protein to nitrocellulose using the PhastTransfer 
system (Pharmacia), as described by the manufacturer. Antisera to bFGF is 
used at a dilution of 1:1000. Horseradish peroxidase labeled anti-IgG is 
used as the second antibody (Davis et al., Basic Methods in Molecular 
Biology, New York, Elsevier Science Publishing Co., pp 1-338, 1986). 
Anti-FGF antisera should bind to a protein with an approximate molecular 
weight of 53,000, which corresponds to the sum of the independent 
molecular weights of nucleic acid binding domain (35,000) and bFGF 
(18,000). 
Example 7 
Preparation of FGF-Nucleic Acid Binding Domain Conjugates that Contain 
Linkers Encoding Protease Substrates 
A. Synthesis of Oligos Encoding Protease Substrates 
Complementary single-stranded oligos in which the sense strand encodes a 
protease substrate, have been synthesized either using a cyclone machine 
(Millipore, Mass.) according the instructions provided by the 
manufacturer, or were made by Midland Certified Reagent Co. (Midland, 
Tex.) or by National Biosciences, Inc. (Minnesota). The following oligos 
have been synthesized. 
1. Cathepsin B substrate linker 
SEQ ID NO: 66 
5'- CCATGGCCCTGGCCCTGGCCCTGGCCCTGGCCATGG 
2. Cathepsin D substrate linker 
SEQ ID NO: 67 
5'- CATGGGCCGATCGGGCTTCCTGGGCTTCGGCTTCCTGG 
3' GCTTCGCCAT GG 
3. Trypsin substrate linker 
SEQ ID NO: 68 
5'- CCATGGGCCGATCGGGCGGTGGGTGCGCTGGTAATAGAGT 
CAGAAGATCAGTCGGAAGCAGCCTGTCTTGCGGTGGTCTC 
GACCTGCAGG CCATGG-3' 
4. Gly.sub.4 Ser 
SEQ ID NO: 47 
3'- CCATGGGCGG CGGCGGCTCT GCCATGG 
5. (Gly.sub.4 Ser).sub.2 
SEQ ID NO: 48 
5'- CCATGGGCGGCGGCGGCTCTGGCGGCGGCGGCTC 
3' TGCCATGG 
6. (Ser.sub.4 Gly).sub.4 
SEQ ID NO: 49 
5'- CCATGGCCTCGTCGTCGTCGGGCTCGTCGTCGTC 
GGGCTCGTCGTCGTCGGGCTCGTCGTCGTCGGGC 
3' GCCATGG 
7. (Ser.sub.4 Gly).sub.2 
SEQ ID NO: 50 
5'- CCATGGCCTCGTCGTCGTCGGGCTCGTCGTCGTC 
3' GGGCGCCATGG 
8. Thrombin substrate linker 
SEQ ID NO: 69 
CTG GTG CCG CGC GGC AGC 
Leu Val Pro Arg Gly Ser 
9. Enterokinase substrate linker 
SEQ ID NO: 70 
GAC GAC GAC GAC CCA 
Asp Asp Asp Asp Lys 
10. Factor Xa substrate 
SEQ ID NO: 71 
ATG GAA GGT CGT 
Ile Glu Gly Arg 
B. Preparation of DNA Constructs Encoding FGF-Linker-Nucleic Acid Binding 
Domain 
The complementary oligos are annealed by heating at 95.degree. C. for 15 
min., cooled to room temperature, and then incubated at 4.degree. C. for a 
minute to about an hour. Following incubation, the oligos are digested 
with NcoI and ligated overnight at a 3:1 (insert:vector) ratio at 
15.degree. C. to NcoI-digested plasmid which has been treated with 
alkaline phosphatase (Boehringer Mannheim). 
Bacteria (Novablue (NOVAGEN, Madison, Wis.)) are transformed with the 
ligation mixture (1 .mu.l) and plated on LB-amp or LB-Kan, depending upon 
the plasmid). Colonies are selected, clones isolated and sequenced to 
determine orientation of the insert. Clones with correct orientation are 
used to transform strain expression strain BL21(DE3) (NOVAGEN, Madison, 
Wis.). Glycerol stocks are generated from single transformed colonies. The 
transformed strains are cultured as described in Example 2 and fusion 
proteins with linkers were expressed. 
The DNA and amino acid sequences of exemplary fusion proteins, containing 
cathepsin B substrate (FPFS9), cathepsin D substrate (FPFS5), Gly.sub.4 
Ser (FPFS7), (Gly.sub.4 Ser).sub.2 (FPFS8), trypsin substrate (FPFS6), 
(Ser.sub.4 Gly).sub.4 (FPFS12) and (Ser.sub.4 Gly).sub.2 (FPFS11) linkers, 
respectively, are set forth in SEQ ID NOs. 72-78. 
Example 8 
FGF-POLY-L-LYSINE (FGF2-K) Complexed with a Plasmid Encoding 
.beta.-Galactosidase 
A. Derivatization of poly-L-lysine 
Polylysine polymer with average lengths of 13, 39, 89, 152, and 265 
(K.sub.13, K.sub.39, K.sub.84, K.sub.152, K.sub.265) are purchased from a 
commercial vendor (Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.) and dissolved in 0.1 M NaPO4, 
0.1 M NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, pH 7.5 (buffer A) at 3-5 mg/ml. Approximately 30 mg 
of poly-L-lysine solution is mixed with 0.187 ml of 3 mg/ml 
N-succinimidyl-3(pyridyldithio)proprionate (SPDP) in anhydrous ethanol 
resulting in a molar ratio of SPDP/poly-L-lysine of 1.5 and incubated at 
room temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture is then dialyzed 
against 4 liters of buffer A for 4 hours at room temperature. 
B. Conjugation of Derivatized Polylysine to FGF2-3 
A solution containing 28.5 mg of poly-L-lysine-SPDP is added to 12.9 mg of 
FGF2-3 ([C96S]-FGF2) in buffer A and incubated overnight at 4.degree. C. 
The molar ratio of poly-L-lysine-SPDP/FGF2-3 is approximately 1.5. 
Following incubation, the conjugation reaction mixture is applied to a 6 
ml Resource S (Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden) column. A gradient of 0.15 M to 
2.1 M NaCl in 20 mM NaPO4, 1 mM EDTA, pH 8.0 (Buffer B) over 24 column 
volumes is used for elution. The FGF2-3/poly-L-lysine conjugate, called 
FGF2-K, is eluted off the column at approximately 1.8-2 M NaCl 
concentration. Unreacted FGF2-3 is eluted off by 0.5-0.6 M NaCl. 
The fractions containing FGF2-K are concentrated and loaded onto a 
gel-filtration column (Sephacryl S100) for buffer exchange into 20 mM 
HEPES, 0.1 M NaCl, pH 7.3. The molecular weight of FGF-K152 as determined 
by size exclusion HPLC is approximately 42 kD. To determine if the 
conjugation procedure interferes with the ability of FGF2-3 to bind 
heparin, the chemical conjugate FGF2-K is loaded onto a heparin column and 
eluted off the column at 1.8-2.0 M NaCl. In comparison, unconjugated 
FGF2-3 is eluted off heparin at 1.4-1.6 M NaCl. This suggests that 
poly-L-lysine contributes to FGF2-3 ability to bind heparin. The ability 
of poly-L-lysine 152 to bind heparin is not determined; poly-L-lysine 84 
elutes at approximately 1.6 M NaCl. Histone HI-polylysine was purchased 
and cytochrome C was conjugated to polylysine as described herein. 
A sample of FGF2-K is electrophoresed on SDS-PAGE under non-reducing and 
reducing conditions. The protein migrates at the same molecular weight as 
FGF. Under non-reducing conditions the conjugate does not enter the gel 
because of its high charge density (FIG. 1, lanes 1, 2, non-reducing; 
lanes 3, 4, reducing). 
A standard proliferation assay using aortic bovine endothelial cells is 
performed to determine if the conjugation procedure reduced the ability of 
FGF2-3 ability to stimulate mitogenesis. The results reveal that FGF2-K is 
equivalent to FGF2-3 in stimulating proliferation (FIG. 2). 
C. FGF2-3-poly-L-lysine-Nucleic Acid Complex Formation 
Optimal conditions for complex formation are established. Varying 
quantities (0.2 to 200 .mu.g) of .beta.-galactosidase encoding plasmid 
nucleic acid pSV.beta. or pNASS-.beta. (lacking a promoter) are slowly 
mixed with 100 .mu.g of FGF2-K in 20 mM HEPES pH 7.3, 0.15 M NaCl. The 
reaction is incubated for 1 hour at room temperature. Nucleic acid binding 
to the FGF-lysine conjugate is confirmed by gel mobility shift assay using 
.sup.32 P-labeled SV40-.beta.-gal nucleic acid cut with HincII restriction 
endonuclease. In brief, SV40.beta.-gal nucleic acid is digested with 
HincII restriction endonucleases; ends are labeled by T.sub.4 PNK 
following dephosphorylation with calf intestinal alkaline phosphatase. To 
each sample of 35 ng of .sup.32 P-labeled nucleic acid increasing amounts 
of FGF-polylysine conjugate is added to the mixture. The protein/nucleic 
acid mixture is electrophoresed in an agarose gel with 1.times.TAE buffer. 
Binding of the conjugate to the radiolabeled DNA is shown by a shift in 
the complex to the top of the well. (FIG. 3.) As seen in FIG. 3D, as 
little as 10 ng of K.sub.84 causes a complete shift of restriction 
fragments indicating binding. With K.sub.13, 100 ng of poly-L-lysine was 
required (FIG. 3C). With K.sub.265, 10 ng was required (FIG. 3E). 
The optimal length of poly-L-lysine and weight ratios is determined by 
conjugation of FGF2-3 to poly-lysine of different lengths. DNA encoding 
.beta.-galactosidase was complexed with the conjugates at 10:1, 5:1, 2:1, 
1:1, and 0.5:1 (FIG. 4, lanes 1-5, respectively) (w/w) ratios. The ability 
of these FGF2-K complexes to bind DNA was determined by measuring the 
ability of FGF to promote the uptake of plasmid DNA into cells. FGF2-K 
conjugates were evaluated at various protein to DNA ratios for their 
ability to deliver pSV.beta.-gal DNA into cells (FIG. 4). 
Briefly, the complexes were incubated for 1 hr at room temperature and then 
added to COS cells for 48 hrs. Cell extracts were prepared and assayed for 
.beta.-gal enzyme activity. Briefly, cells are washed with 1 ml of PBS 
(Ca.sup.+2 and Mg.sup.+2 free) and lysed. The lysate was vortexed and cell 
debris removed by centrifugation. The lysate was assayed for .beta.-gal 
activity as recommended by the manufacturer (Promega, Madison, Wis.). The 
.beta.-gal activity was normalized to total protein. As seen in FIG. 4, 
lane 3, a 2:1 (w/w) ratio of FGF2-K:DNA gave maximal enzyme activity. 
In addition, toroid formation, which correlates with increased gene 
expression, was assessed by electron microscopy. A representative toroid 
at a protein to DNA ratio of 2:1 is shown in FIG. 5, upper panel. Toroidal 
structures are absent, or only partially formed, at low ratios (e.g., 
0.5:1) (FIG. 5, lower panel). 
A proliferation assay is performed to determine if the condensed nucleic 
acid had an effect on the ability of FGF2-K to bind to cognate receptor 
and stimulate mitogenesis. The proliferation assay shows that only the 
highest dose of nucleic acid (200 .mu.g) has a slightly inhibitory effect 
on proliferation as compared to FGF2-3 plus poly-L-lysine+DNA (FIG. 6). 
A FGF2-K84-DNA at a protein:DNA ratio of 2:1 is introduced into COS cells 
and an endothelial cell line, ABAE, both of which express FGF receptors. 
The cells are subsequently assayed for .beta.-galactosidase enzyme 
activity. COS and ABAE cells are grown on coverslips and incubated with 
the different ratios of FGF2-K:DNA for 48 hours. The cells are then fixed 
and stained with X-gal. Maximal .beta.-galactosidase enzyme activity is 
seen when 50 .mu.g of pSV.beta. per 100 .mu.g of FGF2-3-polylysine 
conjugate is used. 
FGF2-K84-pSV.beta.-gal at a protein to DNA ratio of 2:1 was added to 
various cell lines and incubated for 48 hr. Cell extracts were prepared, 
assayed for .beta.-gal activity and total protein. As shown in FIG. 7A, 
COS, B16, NIH3T3, and BHK cell lines were all able to take up complex and 
express .beta.-gal. 
The expression of .beta.-gal requires FGF2 for targeting into cells. 
pSV.beta. or pNASS.beta. plasmid DNA was incubated with (FIG. 7B, lanes 1, 
2) or without (lanes 3, 4) FGF2-K84 for 1 hr at room temperature. 
Complexes were added to COS cells for 48 hr. Cell extracts were assayed 
for .beta.-gal activity and normalized to total protein. Only background 
.beta.-gal activity was seen unless the plasmid was complexed with 
FGF2/K84. Expression of .beta.-gal is seen to be both time and 
dose-dependent (FIGS. 7C and 7D). 
Sensitivity of the receptor mediated gene delivery system is determined 
using the optimized FGF2-K/DNA ratio for complex formation. Increasing 
amounts of the FGF2-K/DNA complex is added to cells. 100 .mu.g of FGF2-K 
was mixed with 50 ug of pSV.beta. for 1 hour at room temperature. The COS 
and endothelial cells are incubated with increasing amounts of condensed 
material (0 ng, 1 ng, 10 ng, 100 ng, 1000 ng and 10,000 ng). The cells are 
incubated for 48 hours and then were assayed for .beta.-galactosidase 
activity. In addition, cells grown on cover slips are treated with 1000 ng 
of FGF2-K-DNA for 48 hours, then fixed and stained using X-gal. The 
.beta.-gal enzyme assay reveals that with increasing amounts of material 
there is an increase in enzyme activity. (FIG. 7D) Cells incubated with 
X-gal show blue staining throughout the cytoplasm in approximately 3% of 
the cells on the coverslip. 
Targeting of the complexes is specific for the FGF receptor. First, as seen 
in FIG. 8A, FGF2-K84-pSV.beta.-gal resulted in enzyme activity (lane 1), 
while only background levels of activity were seen with FGF2+K84+DNA (lane 
2), FGF2+DNA (lane 3), K84+DNA (lane 4), DNA (lane 5), FGF2-K84 (lane 6), 
FGF2 alone (lane 7) and K84 alone (lane 8). The expression of .beta.-gal 
is specifically inhibited if free FGF2 is added during transfection (FIG. 
8B). Moreover, the addition of heparin attenuates the expression of 
.beta.-gal (FIG. 8C). Moreover, histone HI and cytochrome C were 
ineffective in delivering pSV.beta.-gal (FIG. 8C). 
Taken together, these findings support the hypothesis that the targeted DNA 
is introduced into receptor-bearing cells via the high affinity FGF 
receptor. Because histone can bind heparin sulfate yet fails to elicit a 
signal, the introduction of DNA appears independent of the low affinity 
FGF receptor or non-specific endocytosis. 
D. Effect of Endosome-Disruptive Peptides 
Targeting is mediated by passage of the complex through endosomes. 
Chloroquine, which was added to complexes before transfection, resulted in 
an 8-fold increase in .beta.-gal activity (FIG. 9A). 
Based on this, the effect of endosome disruptive peptides was evaluated. 
The peptide INF7, GLF EAIEGFIEN GWEGMIDGWYGC, derived from influenza 
virus, was synthesized. A complex between FGF2-K84 (5 .mu.g) and 
pSV.beta.-gal plasmid DNA (5 .mu.g) was formed. At this ratio, 
approximately half of the negative charge of the negative charge of the 
DNA was neutralized by the conjugate. K84, poly-L-lysine, was further 
added to saturate binding to the remaining DNA. The INF7 peptide was added 
30 minutes later. The complex is added to COS cells and .beta.-gal 
activity is assayed 48 or 72 hr later. 
The amount of free polylysine necessary to neutralize the DNA and allow 
INF7 to complex was determined. Polylysine was added at 4, 10, or 25 .mu.g 
to the FGF2-K84/pSV.beta.-gal complex. To each of these complexes four 
different concentrations of INF7 were added. Maximal .beta.-gal expression 
was seen with 4 .mu.g of K84 and 12 .mu.g of INF7 (FIG. 13A). When higher 
amounts of poly-lysine were used, more cell death resulted. The optimal 
amount of INF7 was determined using 4 .mu.g of polylysine. As seen in FIG. 
13B, 24 .mu.g of INF7 gave maximal .beta.-gal activity. At 72 hr, 48 .mu.g 
of INF7 gave maximal .beta.-gal activity (approximately 20-32 fold 
enhancement) (FIG. 13C). 
When an endosome disruptive peptide was included in the complex, expression 
of .beta.-gal was increased 26-fold (FIG. 9B). Concomitant with this 
increased level of expression was an increase in the number of cells 
expressing .beta.-gal. As seen in FIG. 9C, when endosome disruptive 
peptide (EDP) was present (right panel), 1%-5% of cells express .beta.-gal 
in comparison to 0.1 %-0.3% without EDP added (left panel). 
Example 9 
Cytotoxic Activity of FGF/Poly-L-Lysine Bound to SAP DNA Plasmid 
The cytotoxicity assay measures viable cells after transfection with a 
cytocide-encoding agent. When FGF-2 is the receptor-binding internalized 
ligand, COS7 cells, which express FGFR, may be used as targets, and T47D, 
which does not express a receptor for FGF-2 at detectable levels, may be 
used as negative control cells. 
Cells are plated at 38,000 cells/well and 48,000 cells/well in a 12-well 
tissue culture plate in RPMI 1640 supplemented with 5% FBS. The complex 
FGF2-K/pZ200M (a plasmid which expresses saporin) is incubated with COS7 
or T47D cells for 48 hrs. Controls include FGF2-K alone, pZ200M alone, and 
FGF-2 plus poly-L-lysine plus pZ200M. Following incubation, cells are 
rinsed in PBS lacking Mg.sup.++ and Ca.sup.++. Trypsin at 0.1% is added 
for 10 min and cells are harvested and washed. Cell number from each well 
is determined by a Coulter particle counter (or equivalent method). A 
statistically significant decrease in cell number for cells incubated with 
FGF2-K/pZ200M compared to FGF2-K or pZ200M alone indicates sufficient 
cytotoxicity. 
FGF2-polylysine-DNASAP complexes show selective cytotoxicity. To optimize 
the expression of the plant RIP, saporin, in mammalian cells, a synthetic 
saporin gene using preferred mammalian codons and introduced a "Kozak" 
sequence for translation initiation. The synthetic gene was then cloned 
into SV40 promoter and promoterless expression vectors. Because the 
expression of SAP from SAP-encoding DNA would only be feasible if the 
mammalian ribosome can synthesize the protein (SAP) prior to its 
inactivation by the SAP synthesized, the enzymatic activity of saporin 
encoded by the synthetic gene was tested. SAP was cloned into a T7/SP6 
promoter plasmid and sense RNA was generated using T7 RNA polymerase. The 
RNA was then added to a mammalian in vitro translation assay. The results 
from this cell-free in vitro translation assay clearly show that the 
saporin expressed in a mammalian system can inhibit the expression of 
protein mutagenesis (FIG. 10). When added above to the lysate, SAP mRNA is 
translated into a protein that has the anticipated molecular weight of the 
saporin protein (lane 2). Similarly, when luciferase mRNA is added to the 
lysate, a molecule consistent with the luciferase protein is detected 
(lane 3). In contrast, if SAP mRNA is added to the lysate along with or 30 
minutes prior to luciferase mRNA, saporin activity is detected (lanes 4 
and 5). 
Transfection of cells with SAP DNA demonstrates cytotoxicity. When a 
mammalian expression vector encoding saporin is transiently expressed in 
NIH 3T3 cells using CaPO4, there is a &gt;65% decrease in cell survival (lane 
3) compared to cells mock transfected (lane 1) or transfected with DNA 
encoding .beta.-gal (lane 2) (FIG. 11). 
To determine whether the FGF2-K can transfer plasmid DNA encoding SAP into 
FGF receptor bearing cells, FGF2-K was condensed with the pSV40-SAP 
plasmid DNA at a ratio of 2:1 (w:w). BHK 21 and NIH 3T3 cells were used as 
the target cells. The cells (24,000 cells/well) were incubated with either 
FGF2-K-DNASAP or an FGF2-K-DNA.beta.-gal complex. After 72 hours of 
incubation, cell number was determined. As shown in FIG. 12, there is a 
significant decrease in cell number when cells are incubated with the 
FGF2-K-DNASAP complex compared to cells incubated with the 
FGF2-K-DNA.beta.-gal complex. 
Example 10 
Use of Tissue-Specific Promoters in Mammalian Expression Vectors 
(pNASS-.beta. and pNASS-SAP) 
Two promoterless expression plasmids are used for insertion of 
tissue-specific promoters. These plasmids, pNASS-.beta. (for 
.beta.-galactosidase expression) and pNASS-SAP (for saporin expression), 
have unique EcoR I and Xho I sites for insertion of promoters. The 
plasmids containing a promoter are isolated from amplified cultures 
according to standard procedures and then purified for experimental use by 
double banding through CsTFA according to the manufacturer's protocol 
(Pharmacia Biotech). 
Smooth Muscle .alpha.-Actin 
The sequence of the human smooth muscle .alpha.-actin promoter is known 
(Reddy et al., J. Biol. Chem. 265:1683-1687, 1990; GenBank accession 
number J05193). A luciferase expression plasmid containing .alpha.-actin 
promoter sequence from -894 bp to +12 bp (relative to the start of 
transcription) is obtained from Dr. C. Chandra Kumar (Schering-Plough 
Research Institute, Kenilworth, N.J.). This plasmid is used as a template 
for a PCR reaction designed to amplify the -670 bp to +12 bp fragment of 
the promoter. The primers incorporate an EcoR I site at the 5' end and a 
Xho I site at the 3' end. The sense primer used in this reaction was: 
(SEQ ID NO. 107) 
5'-TATATAGAATTCGTAGACAAAGCTAATGCACCAAAA-3' 
EcoRI 
The antisense primer used was: 
(SEQ ID NO. 108) 
5'-TATATACTCGAGCACTGGGTGGTGTTCAGGGAAGCT-3' 
XhoI 
A reaction mix is prepared in an 0.65 ml eppendorf tube and contains: 25 
.mu.l H.sub.2 O, 5 .mu.l 10.times. PCR buffer with Mg.sup.++ (Boehringer 
Mannheim), 10 .mu.l 2 mM dNTP mix, 5 .mu.l 20 .mu.M stock of each primer. 
A wax bead is added, and the tube heated at 68.degree. C. for 5 min. After 
cooling to room temperature, the remaining components are added: 34.5 
.mu.l H.sub.2 O, 5 .mu.l 10.times. PCR buffer, 0.5 .mu.l Taq DNA 
polymerase (Boehringer Mannheim), and 10 .mu.l (200 ng) template DNA. The 
PCR reaction is carried out in an Ericomp TwinBlock EasyCycler using the 
following cycles: one cycle of a denaturation step (95.degree. C. for 5 
min), 20 cycles of a denaturation step, an annealing step, and an 
elongation step (95.degree. C. for 1 min; 60.degree. C. for 2 min; 
72.degree. C. for 2 min), and one cycle of an elongation step (72.degree. 
C. for 7 min). An aliquot of the reaction is run on an agarose gel and the 
amplified product is purified using the Geneclean II Kit (Bio101). The 
purified DNA is then digested with EcoR I and Xho I and is subjected to 
another round of electrophoresis and Geneclean purification. The digested 
promoter fragment was ligated into EcoR I/Xho I digested pNASS-SAP and 
pNASS-.beta. followed by transformation into competent DH5.alpha. cells 
and plating on LB plates containing ampicillin. Ampicillin-resistant 
colonies are screened for promoter insertion by PCR. Individual colonies 
are inoculated into 25 .mu.l of a reaction mix consisting of 540 .mu.l 
H.sub.2 O, 6.25 .mu.l 10 mM dNTP mix, 62.5 .mu.l 10.times. PCR buffer, 
6.25 .mu.l of each of the primers specified above, and 3.2 .mu.l Taq DNA 
polymerase. Amplification conditions are: one cycle of a denaturation step 
(99.degree. C. for 5 min), 20 cycles of a denaturation step, an annealing 
step, and an elongation step (99.degree. C. for 1 min; 65.degree. C. for 2 
min; 72.degree. C. for 2 min) and one cycle of an elongation step 
(72.degree. C. for 7 min). Clones containing promoter insertions are 
identified by agarose gel electrophoresis of the PCR products and are used 
to inoculate cultures for DNA preparation. DNA is isolated from 50 ml 
cultures using Qiagen's Maxi columns and protocols. The sequence of the 
promoter inserts is confirmed by dideoxy sequencing with Sequenase version 
2.0 (U.S. Biochemicals). 
The sequence of the PCR-generated .alpha.-actin promoter is: 
EcoRI (SEQ ID NO. 109) 
GAATTCGTAGACAAAGCTAATGCACCAAAAAAATGAATGTAGTTATAGTAATGCTAACATCCAAATTCCT 
CTTTGTAAGACATAGGCCTGTCAACCTTGTCTCCATACTTCAATTCCTATTTCCACTCACCTCCCTCAAG 
AACTTGATTTATAAACAGTGTGCCTACCATAAAATCATCACTCCCTCTATGTATTTATAGACGACTGAAG 
GAATATCTTTCTTCTTTGCATGCTACCGTGGTAGAAGGGTTTTAAAAGTCCGTGCTAGGCAGAGGCAGCC 
CTTTCTGCCCCTTTCTGTTCTCAGTTTATTAGGAAATGGCCTGAAATTCCAGCATGATAGCAAGCTGGCA 
TCCTCTGTGGAATGTGCAAACCATGCCTGCATCTGCCCATTACCCTAGCTCAGTGTCTCTGGGCATTTCT 
GCAGTTGTTCTGAAGGCTTGGCGTGTTTATCTCCCACAGGCGGCTGAACCGCCTCCCGTTTCATGAGCAG 
ACCAGTGGAATGCAGTGGAAGAGACCCAGGCCTCCGGCCACCCAGATTAGAGAGTTTTGTGCTGAGGTCC 
CTATATGGTTGTGTTAGACTGAACGACAGGCTCAAGTCTGTCTTTGCTCCTTGTTTGGGAAGCAAGTGGG 
AGGAGAGCAGGCCAAGGGGCTATATAACCCTTCAGCTTTCAGCTTCCCTGAACACCACCCAGTGCTCGAG 
XhoI 
Tyrosinase Promoter 
The sequence of the human tyrosinase promoter is known (Ponnazhagan et al., 
J. Investigative Dermatology, 102: 744-748, 1994; GenBank accession number 
U03039). A chloramphenicol acetyltransferase expression plasmid (pHTY-CAT) 
containing tyrosinase promoter sequence from an XmnI site at -2020 bp to a 
Psi I site at +13 bp is obtained from Dr. Byoung S. Kwon (Indiana 
University, Indianapolis, Ind.). The tyrosinase promoter is excised fom 
pHTY-CAT by digestion with Pst I, which cuts just upstream of the promoter 
as well as at position +13. This Psi I fragment is then cloned into the 
Psi I site of pBluescriptll SK+ (Stratagene). Following transformation 
into DH5.alpha., DNA isolated from individual clones is screened for 
inserts by digestion with Sal I. There are two Sal I sites in the desired 
end product, one located near the 5' end of the promoter fragment isolated 
from pHTY-CAT and the second located within the multicloning site of 
pBluescript. In the desired orientation, the Bluescript site is positioned 
downstream of the promoter such that the entire promoter can be excised by 
digestion with Sal I. The ends generated by Sal I are compatible with 
those generated by digestion with XhoI. Therefore, the Sal I promoter 
fragment is cloned into Xho I-digested pNASS-SAP and pNASS-.beta.. 
Following transformation into DH5.alpha., clones with the promoter in the 
desired orientation are identified by restriction analysis. 
.alpha.A -Crystallin Promoter 
The sequence of the human .alpha.A-crystallin promoter is known (Jaworski 
et al., J. Mol. Evolution, 33: 495-505, 1991; GenBank accession number 
S79457). The region corresponding to -400 bp to +50 bp is synthesized by 
PCR using overlapping oligos. For cloning purposes, an EcoR I site is 
introduced at the 5' end and an Xho I site at the 3' end of the promoter. 
The promoter is synthesized as two fragments (A and B) that overlap at a 
Pvu II site. The two fragments are then ligated together at the Pvu II 
site to give the intact promoter. Fragment A covers the 5' half of the 
promoter and is synthesized using the following primers: 
Sense A1: 
(SEQ ID NO. 110) 
EcoRI 
5'-TATAGAATTCCTGTGTCTAACGGGGGTGTGTGCTCTCCCTCCTCTGGC 
GACCATGAGGAAACCCCCGGCAGGACAAGGTG-3' 
Sense A2: 
(SEQ ID NO. 111) 
5'-CCTGCCCAGTGACTGGCAGATGAGAAGCTCCATTGTCGCCCCAGGGAG 
TATGGGGCACAGGCGCCTCCTTGGGTTG-3' 
Antisense A3: 
(SEQ ID NO. 112) 
5'-ATCTGCCAGTCACTGGGCAGGGGCTACGTGCCAGGGACCATGCTAGTT 
CTCTGCACACCTTGTCCTGCCGGGGGTT-3' 
Antisense A4: 
(SEQ ID NO. 113) 
BamHI PvuII 
5'-TATAGGATCCTGGACTCAGCTGAGGCCCGCCTGGGCACCCTGGGGCTC 
CCGGGAGGCAGACAACCCAAGGAGGCGCCTGTG-3' 
Fragment B covers the 3' half of the promoter and 
is synthesized using the following primers: 
Sense B1: 
(SEQ ID NO. 114) 
BamHI PvuII 
5'-TATAGGATCCGGGCCTCAGCTGAGTCCAGGCCTCGGGGACAGTCCGTG 
CACGCTCCTGGGGCTGGGGGCGGGC-3' 
Sense B2: 
(SEQ ID NO. 115) 
5'-TTCATGAGCTCACGCCTTTCCAGAGAAATCCCTTAATGCCGCCATTCT 
GCTGGTGGCATATATAGGGAGGGCTCGGCCTTG-3' 
Antisense B3: 
(SEQ ID NO. 116) 
5'-GGAAAGGCGTGAGCTCATGAAGAAGGCTGCTCAGTCAGCAGAAACGTG 
GCTGGGACAAGTGCCCGCCCCCAGCCCCAGGGAG-3' 
Antisense B4: 
(SEQ ID NO. 117) 
XhoI 
5'-TATATACTCGAGCGGGGACCTGGAGGCTGGCAGGAGTCAGCGGGGCCT 
CTGGCAGCCAGTGTGGAGCCAAGGCCGAGCCCTCCCTATA-3' 
A reaction mix for amplification is prepared by combining 15 .mu.l H.sub.2 
O, 5 .mu.l 10.times. PCR buffer with Mg.sup.++, 10 .mu.l 2 mM dNTP mix, 5 
.mu.l of 20 .mu.M stock of each external primer (A1 and A4 or B1 and B4), 
and 5 .mu.l of 0.2 .mu.M stock of each internal primer (A2 and A3 or B2 
and B3). A wax bead is added and the samples heated at 68.degree. C. for 5 
min and then cooled to room temperature. After cooling, the following is 
added to each reaction: 44.5 .mu.l H.sub.2 O, 5 .mu.l 10.times. PCR 
buffer, 0.5 .mu.l Taq polymerase. The first PCR cycle is a denaturation 
step (95.degree. C. for 5 min), followed by 25 cycles of a denaturation 
step, an annealing step, and an elongation step (95.degree. C. for 1 min; 
70.degree. C. for 2 min; 72.degree. C. for 2 min). An additional 
elongation step is performed for one cycle (72.degree. C. for 7 min). The 
reactions are run on an agarose gel and the amplified product is purified 
using Geneclean II (Bio101). The purified DNAs are then digested with EcoR 
I and BamH I (fragment A) or Bam HI and Xho I (fragment B) and cloned into 
the corresponding sites of pBluescript II SK+ (Stratagene). The resulting 
ligations are transformed into competent DH5.alpha. cells and clones 
containing insert are identified by restriction digestion of DNA 
preparations. Each clone is further characterized by DNA sequence analysis 
to confirm identity. The crystallin promoter fragments are excised from 
the Bluescript intermediates using EcoRI and Pvu II for fragment A and Pvu 
II and Xho I for fragment B. These fragments are then ligated into the 
EcoRI and XhoI sites of pNASS-.beta. or pNASS-SAP to give the intact 
crystallin promoter driving expression of the .beta.-gal or saporin genes. 
The sequence of the inserted crystallin promoter is: 
EcoRI (SEQ ID NO. 118) 
GAATTCCTGTGTCTAACGGGGGTGTGTGCTCTCCCTCCTCTGGCGACCATGAGGAAACCCCCGGCAGGAC 
AAGGTGTGCAGAGAACTAGCATGGTCCCTGGCACGTAGCCCCTGCCCAGTGACTGGCAGATGAGAAGCTC 
CATTGTCGCCCCAGGGAGTATGGGGCACAGGCGCCTCCTTGGGTTGTCTGCCTCCCGGGAGCCCCAGGGT 
GCCCAGGCGGGCCTCAGCTGAGTCCAGGCCTCGGGGACAGTCCGTGCACGCTCCTGGGGCTGGGGGCGGG 
CACTTGTCCCAGCCACGTTTCTGCTGACTGAGCAGCCTTCTTCATGAGCTCACGCCTTTCCAGAGAAATC 
CCTTAATGCCGCCATTCTGCTGGTGGCATATATAGGGAGGGCTCGGCCTTGGCTCCACACTGGCTGCCAG 
AGGCCCCGCTGACTCCTGCCAGCCTCCAGGTCCCCGCTCGAG 
XhoI 
c-myc Promoter 
The sequence of the human c-myc gene including the promoter region is known 
(Gazin et al., EMBO J, 3: 383-387, 1984; Genbank accession number X00364). 
A plasmid containing the human c-myc gene in pBluescriptll KS+ is obtained 
from Dr. Mark Groudine (Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center, Seattle, 
Wash.). The promoter region extending from -2.1 kb to +49 bp is isolated 
by digestion with Hind III and Nae I and subcloned into the HindIII/Nae I 
sites of pBluescript II SK+. The c-myc promoter is then excised from this 
intermediate as an EcoRI to Nae I fragment (the EcoRI site is upstream of 
the promoter within the Bluescript multicloning site) and ligated into 
EcoRI and blunt-ended Xho I sites of pNASS-.beta. and pNASS-SAP. 
Example 11 
Construction of Non-Mitogenic FGF2 Mutants 
Five individual mutants of FGF2 are constructed to reduce or eliminate 
mitogenic capability. The five mutations are: (1) R116I (Heath et. al. 
Biochemistry, 1991); (2) R118K/K119E; (3) K119E (Springer et al., 1994); 
(4) Y120A (Springer et al., supra); (5) W123A (Springer et al., supra). 
A "semi-inverse" PCR technique is used to change the coding sequence of 
FGF2 using four primers to create two fragments. Two of the primers, which 
prime on complementary strands incorporate the individual mutation, 
overlap only at the amino acid to be changed. In addition, these two 
primers include a non-complementary overhang containing a Bsa I 
restriction enzyme site. Bsa I recognizes the sequence 5'-GGTCTC-3' and 
cuts downstream of its recognition sequence, thus removing the recognition 
sequence. The primers are designed such that digestion with Bsa I leaves 
complementary overhangs that, when ligated together, restore the original 
155 amino acid FGF2, except containing one amino-acid change. 
The two fragments are completed using two other primers, GF-1 and GF-2. The 
GF-2 primer anneals upstream of the ATG/NdeI site in pFC80 and allows 
extension toward the mutation primer in FGF2 (primer GF-13 for R116I 
mutant). The GF-1 primer anneals at the 3' end of FGF2 and incorporates a 
BglII site. Thus, GF-1 reverse-primes toward the second mutation primer 
(GF-14 for R116I mutant). Each fragment is digested with Bsa I and with 
either Nde I (fragment generated by GF-2/GF-13 primers) or Bgl II 
(fragment generated by GF-1/GF-14 primers). The two fragments are ligated 
together into pET11a digested with Nde I and Bam HI. 
To create K119E, primer GF-15 replaced GF-14 and GF-16 replaced GF-13. To 
create Y120A, primer GF-17 replaced GF-14 and GF-18 replaced GF-13. To 
create W123A, primer GF-19 replaced GF-14 and GF-20 replaced GF-13. The 
double mutant R118K/K119E was created during PCR using GF-15 and GF-16 
primers. 
Primer Sequences (All 5' to 3' ): 
GF-1: 
ATTAATTATAGATCTCAGCTCTTAGCAGACATTGG 
(SEQ ID NO. 119) 
GF-2: 
GCTTGGGCATACATTCAATCAATTGTTATC 
(SEQ ID NO. 120) 
R116I Primers (codon change of CGG to ATA): 
GF-13: 
CGTAATATGGTCTCAATATGTAAGTATTGTAGTTATTAGA 
(SEQ ID NO. 121) 
GF-14: 
CGTAATATGGTCTCAATATCAAGGAAATACACCAGTTGG 
(SEQ ID NO. 122) 
K119E Primers (codon change of AAA to GAA): 
GF-15: 
CGGATATGGTCTCAGAATACACCAGTTGGTATGTG 
(SEQ ID NO. 123) 
GF-16: 
CGTAATATGGTCTCAATTCCCTTGACCGGTAAGTATTG 
(SEQ ID NO. 124) 
Y120A Primers (codon change of TAC to GCA): 
GF-17: 
CGAATATGGTCTCAGCAACCAGTTGGTATGTGGCA 
(SEQ ID NO. 125) 
GF-18: 
CGTAACATGGTCTCATTGCTTTCCTTGACCGGTAAGT 
(SEQ ID NO. 126) 
W123A Primers (codon change of TGG to GCA): 
GF-19 
GCTATTAGGTCTCAGCATATGTGGCATTGAAACGAAC 
(SEQ ID NO. 127) 
GF-20 
CGAATTAGGTCTCAATGCACTGGTGTATTTCCTTGACC 
(SEQ ID NO. 128) 
PCR Conditions 
1 Cycle of: 95.degree. C./5' 
5 Cycle of: 94.degree. C./45", 42.degree. C./30", 72.degree. C./30" 
5 Cycle of: 94.degree. C./30", 45.degree. C./1", 72.degree. C./15" 
10 Cycle of: 94.degree. C./30", 55.degree. C./2', 72.degree. C./2' 
15 Cycle of: 94.degree. C./45", 60.degree. C./1", 72.degree. C./30" 
1 Cycle of: 72.degree. C./7". 
Three of the mutants and wild-type FGF2 are expressed and purified over a 
heparin column. Purified proteins are analyzed by Coomassie staining of an 
SDS-PAGE gel and by Western blot analysis (FIG. 24). Purified proteins are 
dialyzed to reduce the salt concentration and assayed for their ability to 
stimulate proliferation of ABAE cells. As shown in FIG. 25, mutants 
exhibit reduced ability to stimulate proliferation of endothelial cells 
compared to wild-type FGF2. 
Example 12 
Toxigene Expression in Angioplasty Model of Rabbit Common Iliac Arteries 
On day 0, balloon catheter denudation is performed on both common iliac 
arteries in 12 New Zealand White rabbits. The appropriate vessel is 
accessed via the femoral artery. All animals are systemically dosed on day 
3, day 4 and day 5 and sacrificed on day 7 by euthanasia with an overdose 
of pentobarbital (60 mg/kg). The iliac arteries are excised and 
recombinant .beta.-galactosidase expression evaluated both by 
histochemical staining (X-gal and immunoreactivity with anti-.beta.-gal 
antibody) and by enzymatic activity of .beta.-galactosidase in tissue 
extracts. 
Rabbits are anesthetized by intramuscular administration of 35 mg/kg 
Ketamine and 5 mg/kg Xylazine. Both femoral areas are shaved free of hair. 
The surgical site is scrubbed with chlorhexidine soap and swabbed with 
Betadine solution and 70% EtOH. Under sterile conditions, a longitudinal 
incision about 2-3 cm is made in the right groin region to provide access 
to the femoral artery. Additionally, systemic heparin (150 IU/kg) is 
provided via an ear vein. 
A Fogarty 4F balloon catheter is introduced into the iliac artery through 
the superficial femoral artery to 6 cm beyond the arteriotomy. The balloon 
is inflated with approximately 0.35 ml of saline to provide moderate 
resistance at 0.35 ATM for 10 sec, then withdrawn 4.0-4.2 cm, and 
deflated. Inflation and deflation is repeated twice at 1 min. intervals. 
Following denudation, the superficial femoral artery is ligated with 4-0 
silk suture at the site of catheter entry. The skin surrounding the 
incision is apposed with wound clips (Autoclip 18 mm). 
On days 3, 4, and day 5 after balloon denudation, FGF2-K SV40-.beta.-gal 
(.beta.-gal gene under control of SV40 promoter), FGF2-K actin-.beta.-gal 
(.beta.-gal gene under control of actin promoter), and FGF2-K 
pNASS-.beta.-gal (vector lacking a promoter) are administered at a dose of 
50 .mu.g/kg in a 1 ml volume. On day 7, the animals are intravenously 
injected with 60 mg/kg pentobarbital. The right and left iliac arteries in 
each rabbit are removed, and the proximal ends of each segment are marked 
with a suture. 
For experiments involving histological examination of vessels, perfusion 
fixation is carried out in situ. In this procedure, arteries are cleared 
of blood via perfusion with normal saline followied by fixation in situ by 
perfusion with 2% formaldehyde, 0.2% paraldehyde in PBS, pH 7.4. All 
perfusion-fixed arteries are excised and immersed in fixative for a 
further 2 hours. Arteries that are not fixed by perfusion prior to removal 
are immediately frozen for later measurement of .beta.-galactosidase 
activity in tissue extracts. 
.beta.-galactosidase activity is measured in the following assay. Briefly, 
tissue is dispersed by homogenization for 1 min in 1 ml of 0.1 M phosphate 
buffer pH7.4, 0.2% Triton X-100. Tissue is further extracted at room 
temperature for 30 minutes and non-solubilized material is collected by 
centrifugation (14000 rpm.times.30 min. at 40.degree. C.). 
.beta.-galactosidase activity in the supernatant is determined using a 
chemiluminescent .beta.-galactosidase assay kit (Clontech, Palo Alto, 
Calif.). 
FIG. 15 shows the amount of Relative Light Units (RLU) per vessel. Animals 
treated with FGF2-K84-Actin .beta.-gal show the highest level of 
.beta.-gal activity. Some .beta.-gal activity is also detected in animals 
adminstered with the promoterless construct (PNASS). Two possible 
explanations are: (1) an active cryptic promoter within the plasmid 
causing read through transcription of the .beta.-gal gene, and (2) 
endogenous .beta.-gal gene expression. However, by statistical analysis, 
using both the Fisher and student t-test, there is statistically 
significant more expression when an actin promoter is used over no 
promoter. 
Tissues are also harvested and prepared for histochemical analysis. Prior 
to sectioning, arterial segments are stained with X-gal. As shown in FIG. 
16, animals treated with FGF2-K84-Actin .beta.-gal showed positive 
staining compared to lack of staining in animals treated with the 
promoterless constructs. Arterial sections are taken from animals treated 
with FGF2-K84-Actin .beta.-gal and FGF2-K84-promoterless .beta.-gal, 
stained with X-gal and counter stained with Fast Red. As shown in FIG. 17, 
X-gal staining is only apparent in the tissue from animals treated with 
the FGF2-K84-Actin .beta.-gal complexes. To verify expression of 
.beta.-gal, tissue sections are incubated with an antibody specific for 
the bacterial .beta.-gal protein. As seen in FIG. 18, strong reactivity is 
detected in tissue sections from animals treated with FGF2-K84-Actin 
.beta.-gal complexes. No immunoreactivity is seen in the vessels when 
FGF2-K84-pNASS .beta.-gal is administered. 
A second experiment is performed in which only one iliac artery is denuded. 
Either FGF2-K84-Actin .beta.-gal or a mixture of FGF2-K84, Actin 
.beta.-gal, and poly lysine is administered as above. As shown in FIG. 19, 
significant .beta.-gal expression from the complex as compared to the 
mixture is seen in the injured artery. 
Example 13 
Toxigene Expression After Administration in Lung Metasteses 
Groups of BDF1 female mice (ten animals per test group, total 30 animals) 
were injected in the tail vein with 5.times.10.sup.5 B.sub.16 F.sub.10 
cells in 0.2 ml. On day 9, animals are weighed and randomized into 
treatment groups. On days 10, 11, and 12, animals are treated with 0.25 
.mu.g/kg of FGF2-K-SV40.beta.-gal, or FGF2-K-pNass.beta.-gal. On day 14, 
animals are weighed and evaluated for toxicity. 
.beta.-galactosidase activity is measured either in lung cell extracts or 
by histochemistry stain as described above. The mean animal body weight is 
computed for days 9 and 14. The fraction of tumor volume in treated to 
control animals (T/C) is calculated for all test group with &gt;65% survivors 
on day 14. A T/C value of 86% indicates toxicity. 
Example 14 
In Vitro Delivery of SAP DNA 
Biological activity of SAP in pSV-SAP DNA is tested by transient 
transfection in NIH3T3 cells. As a negative control, cells are also 
treated with FGF2-K.sub.84 -pNASS-SAP. As seen in FIG. 21, there are 
significantly fewer cells in the pSV-SAP transfected wells compared to the 
pSV-.beta. wells. A duplicate plate of cells transfected with pSV-.beta. 
was worked up for a .beta.-gal assay which showed very high expression 
levels, thus confirming successful transfection. 
Example 15 
In Vivo Delivery of Toxigenes Complexed with SAP DNA Reduction in Tumor 
Size with Intratumoral Injection of FGF2-K-DNA SAP Complexes 
Groups of three BDF1 mice are injected subcutaneously in the left fland 
with 5.times.10.sup.5 B.sub.16 F.sub.10 cells suspended in PBS w/o 
Ca.sup.++ and Mg.sup.++ at a concentration of 25.times.10.sup.6 /ml. When 
tumor diameters reach 0.5-1.0 mm.sup.3, animals are randomized and given 
intratumoral injections of test compounds. The animals are dosed with a 
single injection of FGF2-K-SV40.beta.-gal, FGF2-K-pNASS-SAP, 
FGF2-K-pSV40SAP (FGF2-K 15 .mu.g-DNA 7.5 .mu.g /50 .mu.l) or excipient. 
______________________________________ 
Groups: 
______________________________________ 
1. Excipient 50 .mu.l/tumor/mouse 
2. FGF2-K-SV40.beta.-gal 
50 .mu.l/tumor/mouse 
3. FGF2-K-NASS.beta.-gal 
50 .mu.l/tumor/mouse 
4. FGF2-K-SV40SAP 50 .mu.l/tumor/mouse 
______________________________________ 
Within each group, animals receive treatment intra-tumor at time 0, and 
tumor is removed at 48 or 72 hours. Mice are checked daily; tumor size is 
measured in 2 directions by caliper once a day. The tumors are removed at 
48 or 72 hours for histological examinations and divided into 2 segments. 
One segment is frozen and the other fixed in 10% NBF. 
At the start of treatment all animals have tumors of approximately 
equivalent size. However, as shown in FIG. 22, at both 48 hr and 72 hr, 
animals receiving FGF2-K-SV40SAP have smaller tumors, as measured by 
weight and volume, than those animals receiving FGF2-K-SV40.beta.-gal. 
Tumor size is also decreased in the FGF2-K-SV40SAP treated group compared 
to the the FGF2-K-SV40 .beta.-gal treated group when the animals are given 
2 injections of the material (FIG. 23). 
Example 16 
Condensation of Nucleic Acid 
Ligand-polycation condensation of nucleic acids is described. In this 
example FGF2-polylysine is used to condense DNA. Briefly, DNA is diluted 
in 0.1 M HEPES, 0.1 M NaCl. Depending on the final volume, either a 15 ml 
conical tube or a 1.5 ml eppendorf centrifuge tube is used. 
FGF2-polylysine conjugate is added to the tube. Diluted DNA is added 
dropwise into the tube containing the conjugate. During addition, the 
solution is mixed by gentle vortexing (no higher than a setting of 3). 
Once formed, 50 .mu.l of the complex is added to cells in a 12 well tissue 
culture plate. 
A typical condensation is prepared for addition to 4 wells. For this, 0.492 
.mu.g/ml of FGF2-K84 and 3 .mu.g/ml of DNA is required. A total of 5 .mu.g 
of FGF2-K is added per well at a protein to DNA ratio of 2:1. 
From the foregoing it will be appreciated that, although specific 
embodiments of the invention have been described herein for purposes of 
illustration, various modifications may be made without deviating from the 
spirit and scope of the invention. Accordingly, the invention is not 
limited except as by the appended claims. 
__________________________________________________________________________ 
# SEQUENCE LISTING 
- (1) GENERAL INFORMATION: 
- (iii) NUMBER OF SEQUENCES: 128 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:1: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 473 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double 
(D) TOPOLOGY: both 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 13..456 
#/product= "VEGF121-encoding DNA" 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 13..90 
#/product= leader-encoding sequence 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:1: 
- GGATCCGAAA CC ATG AAC TTT CTG CTG TCT TGG GTG - # CAT TGG AGC CTT 
48 
Met Asn Ph - #e Leu Leu Ser Trp Val His Trp Ser Leu 
# 10 
- GCC TTG CTG CTC TAC CTC CAC CAT GCC AAG TG - #G TCC CAG GCT GCA CCC 
96 
Ala Leu Leu Leu Tyr Leu His His Ala Lys Tr - #p Ser Gln Ala Ala Pro 
# 25 
- ATG GCA GAA GGA GGA GGG CAG AAT CAT CAC GA - #A GTG GTG AAG TTC ATG 
144 
Met Ala Glu Gly Gly Gly Gln Asn His His Gl - #u Val Val Lys Phe Met 
# 40 
- GAT GTC TAT CAG CGC AGC TAC TGC CAT CCA AT - #C GAG ACC CTG GTG GAC 
192 
Asp Val Tyr Gln Arg Ser Tyr Cys His Pro Il - #e Glu Thr Leu Val Asp 
# 60 
- ATC TTC CAG GAG TAC CCT GAT GAG ATC GAG TA - #C ATC TTC AAG CCA TCC 
240 
Ile Phe Gln Glu Tyr Pro Asp Glu Ile Glu Ty - #r Ile Phe Lys Pro Ser 
# 75 
- TGT GTG CCC CTG ATG CGA TGC GGG GGC TGC TG - #C AAT GAC GAG GGC CTG 
288 
Cys Val Pro Leu Met Arg Cys Gly Gly Cys Cy - #s Asn Asp Glu Gly Leu 
# 90 
- GAG TGT GTG CCC ACT GAG GAG TCC AAC ATC AC - #C ATG CAG ATT ATG CGG 
336 
Glu Cys Val Pro Thr Glu Glu Ser Asn Ile Th - #r Met Gln Ile Met Arg 
# 105 
- ATC AAA CCT CAC CAA GGC CAG CAC ATA GGA GA - #G ATG AGC TTC CTA CAG 
384 
Ile Lys Pro His Gln Gly Gln His Ile Gly Gl - #u Met Ser Phe Leu Gln 
# 120 
- CAC AAC AAA TGT GAA TGC AGA CCA AAG AAA GA - #T AGA GCA AGA CAA GAA 
432 
His Asn Lys Cys Glu Cys Arg Pro Lys Lys As - #p Arg Ala Arg Gln Glu 
125 1 - #30 1 - #35 1 - 
#40 
# 473TGT GAC AAG CCG AGG CGG TGATGAATGA ATGAGGATC - #C 
Lys Cys Asp Lys Pro Arg Arg 
145 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:2: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 605 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double 
(D) TOPOLOGY: both 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 13..588 
#/product= "VEGF165-encoding DNA" 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 13..90 
#/product= "leader sequence-encoding 
DNA" 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:2: 
- GGATCCGAAA CC ATG AAC TTT CTG CTG TCT TGG GTG - # CAT TGG AGC CTT 
48 
Met Asn Ph - #e Leu Leu Ser Trp Val His Trp Ser Leu 
# 10 
- GCC TTG CTG CTC TAC CTC CAC CAT GCC AAG TG - #G TCC CAG GCT GCA CCC 
96 
Ala Leu Leu Leu Tyr Leu His His Ala Lys Tr - #p Ser Gln Ala Ala Pro 
# 25 
- ATG GCA GAA GGA GGA GGG CAG AAT CAT CAC GA - #A GTG GTG AAG TTC ATG 
144 
Met Ala Glu Gly Gly Gly Gln Asn His His Gl - #u Val Val Lys Phe Met 
# 40 
- GAT GTC TAT CAG CGC AGC TAC TGC CAT CCA AT - #C GAG ACC CTG GTG GAC 
192 
Asp Val Tyr Gln Arg Ser Tyr Cys His Pro Il - #e Glu Thr Leu Val Asp 
# 60 
- ATC TTC CAG GAG TAC CCT GAT GAG ATC GAG TA - #C ATC TTC AAG CCA TCC 
240 
Ile Phe Gln Glu Tyr Pro Asp Glu Ile Glu Ty - #r Ile Phe Lys Pro Ser 
# 75 
- TGT GTG CCC CTG ATG CGA TGC GGG GGC TGC TG - #C AAT GAC GAG GGC CTG 
288 
Cys Val Pro Leu Met Arg Cys Gly Gly Cys Cy - #s Asn Asp Glu Gly Leu 
# 90 
- GAG TGT GTG CCC ACT GAG GAG TCC AAC ATC AC - #C ATG CAG ATT ATG CGG 
336 
Glu Cys Val Pro Thr Glu Glu Ser Asn Ile Th - #r Met Gln Ile Met Arg 
# 105 
- ATC AAA CCT CAC CAA GGC CAG CAC ATA GGA GA - #G ATG AGC TTC CTA CAG 
384 
Ile Lys Pro His Gln Gly Gln His Ile Gly Gl - #u Met Ser Phe Leu Gln 
# 120 
- CAC AAC AAA TGT GAA TGC AGA CCA AAG AAA GA - #T AGA GCA AGA CAA GAA 
432 
His Asn Lys Cys Glu Cys Arg Pro Lys Lys As - #p Arg Ala Arg Gln Glu 
125 1 - #30 1 - #35 1 - 
#40 
- AAT CCC TGT GGG CCT TGC TCA GAG CGG AGA AA - #G CAT TTG TTT GTA CAA 
480 
Asn Pro Cys Gly Pro Cys Ser Glu Arg Arg Ly - #s His Leu Phe Val Gln 
# 155 
- GAT CCG CAG ACG TGT AAA TGT TCC TGC AAA AA - #C ACA GAC TCG CGT TGC 
528 
Asp Pro Gln Thr Cys Lys Cys Ser Cys Lys As - #n Thr Asp Ser Arg Cys 
# 170 
- AAG GCG AGG CAG CTT GAG TTA AAC GAA CGT AC - #T TGC AGA TGT GAC AAG 
576 
Lys Ala Arg Gln Leu Glu Leu Asn Glu Arg Th - #r Cys Arg Cys Asp Lys 
# 185 
# 605 AATGA ATGAGGATCC 
Pro Arg Arg 
190 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:3: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 677 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double 
(D) TOPOLOGY: both 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 13..657 
#/product= "VEGF189-encoding DNA" 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 13..90 
#/product= "leader sequence-encoding 
DNA" 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:3: 
- GGATCCGAAA CC ATG AAC TTT CTG CTG TCT TGG GTG - # CAT TGG AGC CTT 
48 
Met Asn Ph - #e Leu Leu Ser Trp Val His Trp Ser Leu 
# 10 
- GCC TTG CTG CTC TAC CTC CAC CAT GCC AAG TG - #G TCC CAG GCT GCA CCC 
96 
Ala Leu Leu Leu Tyr Leu His His Ala Lys Tr - #p Ser Gln Ala Ala Pro 
# 25 
- ATG GCA GAA GGA GGA GGG CAG AAT CAT CAC GA - #A GTG GTG AAG TTC ATG 
144 
Met Ala Glu Gly Gly Gly Gln Asn His His Gl - #u Val Val Lys Phe Met 
# 40 
- GAT GTC TAT CAG CGC AGC TAC TGC CAT CCA AT - #C GAG ACC CTG GTG GAC 
192 
Asp Val Tyr Gln Arg Ser Tyr Cys His Pro Il - #e Glu Thr Leu Val Asp 
# 60 
- ATC TTC CAG GAG TAC CCT GAT GAG ATC GAG TA - #C ATC TTC AAG CCA TCC 
240 
Ile Phe Gln Glu Tyr Pro Asp Glu Ile Glu Ty - #r Ile Phe Lys Pro Ser 
# 75 
- TGT GTG CCC CTG ATG CGA TGC GGG GGC TGC TG - #C AAT GAC GAG GGC CTG 
288 
Cys Val Pro Leu Met Arg Cys Gly Gly Cys Cy - #s Asn Asp Glu Gly Leu 
# 90 
- GAG TGT GTG CCC ACT GAG GAG TCC AAC ATC AC - #C ATG CAG ATT ATG CGG 
336 
Glu Cys Val Pro Thr Glu Glu Ser Asn Ile Th - #r Met Gln Ile Met Arg 
# 105 
- ATC AAA CCT CAC CAA GGC CAG CAC ATA GGA GA - #G ATG AGC TTC CTA CAG 
384 
Ile Lys Pro His Gln Gly Gln His Ile Gly Gl - #u Met Ser Phe Leu Gln 
# 120 
- CAC AAC AAA TGT GAA TGC AGA CCA AAG AAG GA - #T AGA GCA AGA CAA GAA 
432 
His Asn Lys Cys Glu Cys Arg Pro Lys Lys As - #p Arg Ala Arg Gln Glu 
125 1 - #30 1 - #35 1 - 
#40 
- AAA AAA TCA GTT CGA GGA AAG GGA AAG GGG CA - #A AAA CGA AAG CGC AAG 
480 
Lys Lys Ser Val Arg Gly Lys Gly Lys Gly Gl - #n Lys Arg Lys Arg Lys 
# 155 
- AAA TCC CGG TAT AAG TCC TGG AGC GTT CCC TG - #T GGG CCT TGC TCA GAG 
528 
Lys Ser Arg Tyr Lys Ser Trp Ser Val Pro Cy - #s Gly Pro Cys Ser Glu 
# 170 
- CGG AGA AAG CAT TTG TTT GTA CAA GAT CCG CA - #G ACG TGT AAA TGT TCC 
576 
Arg Arg Lys His Leu Phe Val Gln Asp Pro Gl - #n Thr Cys Lys Cys Ser 
# 185 
- TGC AAA AAC ACA GAC TCG CGT TGC AAG GCG AG - #G CAG CTT GAG TTA AAC 
624 
Cys Lys Asn Thr Asp Ser Arg Cys Lys Ala Ar - #g Gln Leu Glu Leu Asn 
# 200 
- GAA CGT ACT TGC AGA TGT GAC AAG CCG AGG CG - #G TGATGAATGA ATGAGGATCC 
677 
Glu Arg Thr Cys Arg Cys Asp Lys Pro Arg Ar - #g 
205 2 - #10 2 - #15 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:4: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 728 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double 
(D) TOPOLOGY: both 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 13..711 
#/product= "VEGF206-encoding DNA" 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 13..90 
#/product= leader sequence encoding DNA 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:4: 
- GGATCCGAAA CC ATG AAC TTT CTG CTG TCT TGG GTG - # CAT TGG AGC CTT 
48 
Met Asn Ph - #e Leu Leu Ser Trp Val His Trp Ser Leu 
# 10 
- GCC TTG CTG CTC TAC CTC CAC CAT GCC AAG TG - #G TCC CAG GCT GCA CCC 
96 
Ala Leu Leu Leu Tyr Leu His His Ala Lys Tr - #p Ser Gln Ala Ala Pro 
# 25 
- ATG GCA GAA GGA GGA GGG CAG AAT CAT CAC GA - #A GTG GTG AAG TTC ATG 
144 
Met Ala Glu Gly Gly Gly Gln Asn His His Gl - #u Val Val Lys Phe Met 
# 40 
- GAT GTC TAT CAG CGC AGC TAC TGC CAT CCA AT - #C GAG ACC CTG GTG GAC 
192 
Asp Val Tyr Gln Arg Ser Tyr Cys His Pro Il - #e Glu Thr Leu Val Asp 
# 60 
- ATC TTC CAG GAG TAC CCT GAT GAG ATC GAG TA - #C ATC TTC AAG CCA TCC 
240 
Ile Phe Gln Glu Tyr Pro Asp Glu Ile Glu Ty - #r Ile Phe Lys Pro Ser 
# 75 
- TGT GTG CCC CTG ATG CGA TGC GGG GGC TGC TG - #C AAT GAC GAG GGC CTG 
288 
Cys Val Pro Leu Met Arg Cys Gly Gly Cys Cy - #s Asn Asp Glu Gly Leu 
# 90 
- GAG TGT GTG CCC ACT GAG GAG TCC AAC ATC AC - #C ATG CAG ATT ATG CGG 
336 
Glu Cys Val Pro Thr Glu Glu Ser Asn Ile Th - #r Met Gln Ile Met Arg 
# 105 
- ATC AAA CCT CAC CAA GGC CAG CAC ATA GGA GA - #G ATG AGC TTC CTA CAG 
384 
Ile Lys Pro His Gln Gly Gln His Ile Gly Gl - #u Met Ser Phe Leu Gln 
# 120 
- CAC AAC AAA TGT GAA TGC AGA CCA AAG AAG GA - #T AGA GCA AGA CAA GAA 
432 
His Asn Lys Cys Glu Cys Arg Pro Lys Lys As - #p Arg Ala Arg Gln Glu 
125 1 - #30 1 - #35 1 - 
#40 
- AAA AAA TCA GTT CGA GGA AAG GGA AAG GGG CA - #A AAA CGA AAG CGC AAG 
480 
Lys Lys Ser Val Arg Gly Lys Gly Lys Gly Gl - #n Lys Arg Lys Arg Lys 
# 155 
- AAA TCC CGG TAT AAG TCC TGG AGC GTT TAC GT - #T GGT GCC CGC TGC TGT 
528 
Lys Ser Arg Tyr Lys Ser Trp Ser Val Tyr Va - #l Gly Ala Arg Cys Cys 
# 170 
- CTA ATG CCC TGG AGC CTC CCT GGC CCC CAT CC - #C TGT GGG CCT TGC TCA 
576 
Leu Met Pro Trp Ser Leu Pro Gly Pro His Pr - #o Cys Gly Pro Cys Ser 
# 185 
- GAG CGG AGA AAG CAT TTG TTT GTA CAA GAT CC - #G CAG ACG TGT AAA TGT 
624 
Glu Arg Arg Lys His Leu Phe Val Gln Asp Pr - #o Gln Thr Cys Lys Cys 
# 200 
- TCC TGC AAA AAC ACA GAC TCG CGT TGC AAG GC - #G AGG CAG CTT GAG TTA 
672 
Ser Cys Lys Asn Thr Asp Ser Arg Cys Lys Al - #a Arg Gln Leu Glu Leu 
205 2 - #10 2 - #15 2 - 
#20 
- AAC GAA CGT ACT TGC AGA TGT GAC AAG CCG AG - #G CGG TGATGAATGA 
718 
Asn Glu Arg Thr Cys Arg Cys Asp Lys Pro Ar - #g Arg 
225 2 - #30 2 - #35 
# 728 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:5: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 208 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..627 
#/note "human HBEGF precursor"N: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:5: 
- Met Lys Leu Leu Pro Ser Val Val Leu Lys Le - #u Phe Leu Ala Ala Val 
# 15 
- Leu Ser Ala Leu Val Thr Gly Glu Ser Leu Gl - #u Arg Leu Arg Arg Gly 
# 30 
- Leu Ala Ala Gly Thr Ser Asn Pro Asp Pro Pr - #o Thr Val Ser Thr Asp 
# 45 
- Gln Leu Leu Pro Leu Gly Gly Gly Arg Asp Ar - #g Lys Val Arg Asp Leu 
# 60 
- Gln Glu Ala Asp Leu Asp Leu Leu Arg Val Th - #r Leu Ser Ser Lys Pro 
# 80 
- Gln Ala Leu Ala Thr Pro Asn Lys Glu Glu Hi - #s Gly Lys Arg Lys Lys 
# 95 
- Lys Gly Lys Gly Leu Gly Lys Lys Arg Asp Pr - #o Cys Leu Arg Lys Tyr 
# 110 
- Lys Asp Phe Cys Ile His Gly Glu Cys Lys Ty - #r Val Lys Glu Leu Arg 
# 125 
- Ala Pro Ser Cys Ile Cys His Pro Gly Tyr Hi - #s Gly Glu Arg Cys His 
# 140 
- Gly Leu Ser Leu Pro Val Glu Asn Arg Leu Ty - #r Thr Tyr Asp His Thr 
145 1 - #50 1 - #55 1 - 
#60 
- Thr Ile Leu Ala Val Val Ala Val Val Leu Se - #r Ser Val Cys Leu Leu 
# 175 
- Val Ile Val Gly Leu Leu Met Phe Arg Tyr Hi - #s Arg Arg Gly Gly Tyr 
# 190 
- Asp Val Glu Asn Glu Glu Lys Val Lys Leu Gl - #y Met Thr Asn Ser His 
# 205 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:6: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 77 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: unknown 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note "human mature HBEGF"TION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:6: 
- Arg Val Thr Leu Ser Ser Lys Pro Gln Ala Le - #u Ala Thr Pro Asn Lys 
# 15 
- Glu Glu His Gly Lys Arg Lys Lys Lys Gly Ly - #s Gly Leu Gly Lys Lys 
# 30 
- Arg Asp Pro Cys Leu Arg Lys Tyr Lys Asp Ph - #e Cys Ile His Gly Glu 
# 45 
- Cys Lys Tyr Val Lys Glu Leu Arg Ala Pro Se - #r Cys Ile Cys His Pro 
# 60 
- Gly Tyr His Gly Glu Arg Cys His Gly Leu Se - #r Leu Pro 
# 75 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:7: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 208 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: unknown 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note "monkey HBEGF precursor": 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:7: 
- Met Lys Leu Leu Pro Ser Val Val Leu Lys Le - #u Leu Leu Ala Ala Val 
# 15 
- Leu Ser Ala Leu Val Thr Gly Glu Ser Leu Gl - #u Gln Leu Arg Arg Gly 
# 30 
- Leu Ala Ala Gly Thr Ser Asn Pro Asp Pro Se - #r Thr Gly Ser Thr Asp 
# 45 
- Gln Leu Leu Arg Leu Gly Gly Gly Arg Asp Ar - #g Lys Val Arg Asp Leu 
# 60 
- Gln Glu Ala Asp Leu Asp Leu Leu Arg Val Th - #r Leu Ser Ser Lys Pro 
#80 
- Gln Ala Leu Ala Thr Pro Ser Lys Glu Glu Hi - #s Gly Lys Arg Lys Lys 
# 95 
- Lys Gly Lys Gly Leu Gly Lys Lys Arg Asp Pr - #o Cys Leu Arg Lys Tyr 
# 110 
- Lys Asp Phe Cys Ile His Gly Glu Cys Lys Ty - #r Val Lys Glu Leu Arg 
# 125 
- Ala Pro Ser Cys Ile Cys His Pro Gly Tyr Hi - #s Gly Glu Arg Cys His 
# 140 
- Gly Leu Ser Leu Pro Val Glu Asn Arg Leu Ty - #r Thr Tyr Asp His Thr 
145 1 - #50 1 - #55 1 - 
#60 
- Thr Ile Leu Ala Val Val Ala Val Val Leu Se - #r Ser Val Cys Leu Leu 
# 175 
- Val Ile Val Gly Leu Leu Met Phe Arg Tyr Hi - #s Arg Arg Gly Gly Tyr 
# 190 
- Asp Val Glu Asn Glu Glu Lys Val Lys Leu Gl - #y Met Thr Asn Ser His 
# 205 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:8: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 208 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: unknown 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note "rat HBEGF precursor"ION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:8: 
- Met Lys Leu Leu Pro Ser Val Val Leu Lys Le - #u Phe Leu Ala Ala Val 
# 15 
- Leu Ser Ala Leu Val Thr Gly Glu Ser Leu Gl - #u Arg Leu Arg Arg Gly 
# 30 
- Leu Ala Ala Ala Thr Ser Asn Pro Asp Pro Pr - #o Thr Gly Thr Thr Asn 
# 45 
- Gln Leu Leu Pro Thr Gly Ala Asp Arg Ala Gl - #n Glu Val Gln Asp Leu 
# 60 
- Glu Gly Thr Asp Leu Asp Leu Phe Lys Val Al - #a Phe Ser Ser Lys Pro 
#80 
- Gln Ala Leu Ala Thr Pro Gly Lys Glu Lys As - #n Gly Lys Lys Lys Arg 
# 95 
- Lys Gly Lys Gly Leu Gly Lys Lys Arg Asp Pr - #o Cys Leu Lys Lys Tyr 
# 110 
- Lys Asp Tyr Cys Ile His Gly Glu Cys Arg Ty - #r Leu Lys Glu Leu Arg 
# 125 
- Ile Pro Ser Cys His Cys Leu Pro Gly Tyr Hi - #s Gly Gln Arg Cys His 
# 140 
- Gly Leu Thr Leu Pro Val Glu Asn Pro Leu Ty - #r Thr Tyr Asp His Thr 
145 1 - #50 1 - #55 1 - 
#60 
- Thr Val Leu Ala Val Val Ala Val Val Leu Se - #r Ser Val Cys Leu Leu 
# 175 
- Val Ile Val Gly Leu Leu Met Phe Arg Tyr Hi - #s Arg Arg Gly Gly Tyr 
# 190 
- Asp Leu Glu Ser Glu Glu Lys Val Lys Leu Gl - #y Met Ala Ser Ser His 
# 205 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:9: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 627 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double 
(D) TOPOLOGY: both 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..627 
#/note "human HBEGF precursor"N: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:9: 
- ATG AAG CTG CTG CCG TCG GTG GTG CTG AAG CT - #C TTT CTG GCT GCA GTT 
48 
Met Lys Leu Leu Pro Ser Val Val Leu Lys Le - #u Phe Leu Ala Ala Val 
# 15 
- CTC TCG GCA CTG GTG ACT GGC GAG AGC CTG GA - #G CGG CTT CGG AGA GGG 
96 
Leu Ser Ala Leu Val Thr Gly Glu Ser Leu Gl - #u Arg Leu Arg Arg Gly 
# 30 
- CTA GCT GCT GGA ACC AGC AAC CCG GAC CCT CC - #C ACT GTA TCC ACG GAC 
144 
Leu Ala Ala Gly Thr Ser Asn Pro Asp Pro Pr - #o Thr Val Ser Thr Asp 
# 45 
- CAG CTG CTA CCC CTA GGA GGC GGC CGG GAC CG - #G AAA GTC CGT GAC TTG 
192 
Gln Leu Leu Pro Leu Gly Gly Gly Arg Asp Ar - #g Lys Val Arg Asp Leu 
# 60 
- CAA GAG GCA GAT CTG GAC CTT TTG AGA GTC AC - #T TTA TCC TCC AAG CCA 
240 
Gln Glu Ala Asp Leu Asp Leu Leu Arg Val Th - #r Leu Ser Ser Lys Pro 
# 80 
- CAA GCA CTG GCC ACA CCA AAC AAG GAG GAG CA - #C GGG AAA AGA AAG AAG 
288 
Gln Ala Leu Ala Thr Pro Asn Lys Glu Glu Hi - #s Gly Lys Arg Lys Lys 
# 95 
- AAA GGC AAG GGG CTA GGG AAG AAG AGG GAC CC - #A TGT CTT CGG AAA TAC 
336 
Lys Gly Lys Gly Leu Gly Lys Lys Arg Asp Pr - #o Cys Leu Arg Lys Tyr 
# 110 
- AAG GAC TTC TGC ATC CAT GGA GAA TGC AAA TA - #T GTG AAG GAG CTC CGG 
384 
Lys Asp Phe Cys Ile His Gly Glu Cys Lys Ty - #r Val Lys Glu Leu Arg 
# 125 
- GCT CCC TCC TGC ATC TGC CAC CCG GGT TAC CA - #T GGA GAG AGG TGT CAT 
432 
Ala Pro Ser Cys Ile Cys His Pro Gly Tyr Hi - #s Gly Glu Arg Cys His 
# 140 
- GGG CTG AGC CTC CCA GTG GAA AAT CGC TTA TA - #T ACC TAT GAC CAC ACA 
480 
Gly Leu Ser Leu Pro Val Glu Asn Arg Leu Ty - #r Thr Tyr Asp His Thr 
145 1 - #50 1 - #55 1 - 
#60 
- ACC ATC CTG GCC GTG GTG GCT GTG GTG CTG TC - #A TCT GTC TGT CTG CTG 
528 
Thr Ile Leu Ala Val Val Ala Val Val Leu Se - #r Ser Val Cys Leu Leu 
# 175 
- GTC ATC GTG GGG CTT CTC ATG TTT AGG TAC CA - #T AGG AGA GGA GGT TAT 
576 
Val Ile Val Gly Leu Leu Met Phe Arg Tyr Hi - #s Arg Arg Gly Gly Tyr 
# 190 
- GAT GTG GAA AAT GAA GAG AAA GTG AAG TTG GG - #C ATG ACT AAT TCC CAC 
624 
Asp Val Glu Asn Glu Glu Lys Val Lys Leu Gl - #y Met Thr Asn Ser His 
# 205 
# 627 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:10: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 155 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "FGF-1"THER INFORMATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:10: 
- Met Ala Glu Gly Glu Ile Thr Thr Phe Thr Al - #a Leu Thr Glu Lys Phe 
# 15 
- Asn Leu Pro Pro Gly Asn Tyr Lys Lys Pro Ly - #s Leu Leu Tyr Cys Ser 
# 30 
- Asn Gly Gly His Phe Leu Arg Ile Leu Pro As - #p Gly Thr Val Asp Gly 
# 45 
- Thr Arg Asp Arg Ser Asp Gln His Ile Gln Le - #u Gln Leu Ser Ala Glu 
# 60 
- Ser Val Gly Glu Val Tyr Ile Lys Ser Thr Gl - #u Thr Gly Gln Tyr Leu 
#80 
- Ala Met Asp Thr Asp Gly Leu Leu Tyr Gly Se - #r Gln Thr Pro Asn Glu 
# 95 
- Glu Cys Leu Phe Leu Glu Arg Leu Glu Glu As - #n His Tyr Asn Thr Tyr 
# 110 
- Ile Ser Lys Lys His Ala Glu Lys Asn Trp Ph - #e Val Gly Leu Lys Lys 
# 125 
- Asn Gly Ser Cys Lys Arg Gly Pro Arg Thr Hi - #s Tyr Gly Gln Lys Ala 
# 140 
- Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Leu Pro Val Ser Ser As - #p 
145 1 - #50 1 - #55 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:11: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 155 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "FGF-2"THER INFORMATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:11: 
- Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Al - #a Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly 
# 15 
- Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Ly - #s Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu 
# 30 
- Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Il - #e His Pro Asp Gly Arg 
# 45 
- Val Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro Hi - #s Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu 
# 60 
- Gln Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Ly - #s Gly Val Cys Ala Asn 
#80 
- Arg Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Le - #u Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys 
# 95 
- Val Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Le - #u Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr 
# 110 
- Asn Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Tr - #p Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys 
# 125 
- Arg Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Th - #r Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys 
# 140 
- Ala Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Se - #r 
145 1 - #50 1 - #55 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:12: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 239 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "FGF-3"THER INFORMATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:12: 
- Met Gly Leu Ile Trp Leu Leu Leu Leu Ser Le - #u Leu Glu Pro Gly Trp 
# 15 
- Pro Ala Ala Gly Pro Gly Ala Arg Leu Arg Ar - #g Asp Ala Gly Gly Arg 
# 30 
- Gly Gly Val Tyr Glu His Leu Gly Gly Ala Pr - #o Arg Arg Arg Lys Leu 
# 45 
- Tyr Cys Ala Thr Lys Tyr His Leu Gln Leu Hi - #s Pro Ser Gly Arg Val 
# 60 
- Asn Gly Ser Leu Glu Asn Ser Ala Tyr Ser Il - #e Leu Glu Ile Thr Ala 
#80 
- Val Glu Val Gly Ile Val Ala Ile Arg Gly Le - #u Phe Ser Gly Arg Tyr 
# 95 
- Leu Ala Met Asn Lys Arg Gly Arg Leu Tyr Al - #a Ser Glu His Tyr Ser 
# 110 
- Ala Glu Cys Glu Phe Val Glu Arg Ile His Gl - #u Leu Gly Tyr Asn Thr 
# 125 
- Tyr Ala Ser Arg Leu Tyr Arg Thr Val Ser Se - #r Thr Pro Gly Ala Arg 
# 140 
- Arg Gln Pro Ser Ala Glu Arg Leu Trp Tyr Va - #l Ser Val Asn Gly Lys 
145 1 - #50 1 - #55 1 - 
#60 
- Gly Arg Pro Arg Arg Gly Phe Lys Thr Arg Ar - #g Thr Gln Lys Ser Ser 
# 175 
- Leu Phe Leu Pro Arg Val Leu Asp His Arg As - #p His Glu Met Val Arg 
# 190 
- Gln Leu Gln Ser Gly Leu Pro Arg Pro Pro Gl - #y Lys Gly Val Gln Pro 
# 205 
- Arg Arg Arg Arg Gln Lys Gln Ser Pro Asp As - #n Leu Glu Pro Ser His 
# 220 
- Val Gln Ala Ser Arg Leu Gly Ser Gln Leu Gl - #u Ala Ser Ala His 
225 2 - #30 2 - #35 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:13: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 206 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "FGF-4"THER INFORMATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:13: 
- Met Ser Gly Pro Gly Thr Ala Ala Val Ala Le - #u Leu Pro Ala Val Leu 
# 15 
- Leu Ala Leu Leu Ala Pro Trp Ala Gly Arg Gl - #y Gly Ala Ala Ala Pro 
# 30 
- Thr Ala Pro Asn Gly Thr Leu Glu Ala Glu Le - #u Glu Arg Arg Trp Glu 
# 45 
- Ser Leu Val Ala Leu Ser Leu Ala Arg Leu Pr - #o Val Ala Ala Gln Pro 
# 60 
- Lys Glu Ala Ala Val Gln Ser Gly Ala Gly As - #p Tyr Leu Leu Gly Ile 
#80 
- Lys Arg Leu Arg Arg Leu Tyr Cys Asn Val Gl - #y Ile Gly Phe His Leu 
# 95 
- Gln Ala Leu Pro Asp Gly Arg Ile Gly Gly Al - #a His Ala Asp Thr Arg 
# 110 
- Asp Ser Leu Leu Glu Leu Ser Pro Val Glu Ar - #g Gly Val Val Ser Ile 
# 125 
- Phe Gly Val Ala Ser Arg Phe Phe Val Ala Me - #t Ser Ser Lys Gly Lys 
# 140 
- Leu Tyr Gly Ser Pro Phe Phe Thr Asp Glu Cy - #s Thr Phe Lys Glu Ile 
145 1 - #50 1 - #55 1 - 
#60 
- Leu Leu Pro Asn Asn Tyr Asn Ala Tyr Glu Se - #r Tyr Lys Tyr Pro Gly 
# 175 
- Met Phe Ile Ala Leu Ser Lys Asn Gly Lys Th - #r Lys Lys Gly Asn Arg 
# 190 
- Val Ser Pro Thr Met Lys Val Thr His Phe Le - #u Pro Arg Leu 
# 205 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:14: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 268 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "FGF-5"THER INFORMATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:14: 
- Met Ser Leu Ser Phe Leu Leu Leu Leu Phe Ph - #e Ser His Leu Ile Leu 
# 15 
- Ser Ala Trp Ala His Gly Glu Lys Arg Leu Al - #a Pro Lys Gly Gln Pro 
# 30 
- Gly Pro Ala Ala Thr Asp Arg Asn Pro Ile Gl - #y Ser Ser Ser Arg Gln 
# 45 
- Ser Ser Ser Ser Ala Met Ser Ser Ser Ser Al - #a Ser Ser Ser Pro Ala 
# 60 
- Ala Ser Leu Gly Ser Gln Gly Ser Gly Leu Gl - #u Gln Ser Ser Phe Gln 
#80 
- Trp Ser Pro Ser Gly Arg Arg Thr Gly Ser Le - #u Tyr Cys Arg Val Gly 
# 95 
- Ile Gly Phe His Leu Gln Ile Tyr Pro Asp Gl - #y Lys Val Asn Gly Ser 
# 110 
- His Glu Ala Asn Met Leu Ser Val Leu Glu Il - #e Phe Ala Val Ser Gln 
# 125 
- Gly Ile Val Gly Ile Arg Gly Val Phe Ser As - #n Lys Phe Leu Ala Met 
# 140 
- Ser Lys Lys Gly Lys Leu His Ala Ser Ala Ly - #s Phe Thr Asp Asp Cys 
145 1 - #50 1 - #55 1 - 
#60 
- Lys Phe Arg Glu Arg Phe Gln Glu Asn Ser Ty - #r Asn Thr Tyr Ala Ser 
# 175 
- Ala Ile His Arg Thr Glu Lys Thr Gly Arg Gl - #u Trp Tyr Val Ala Leu 
# 190 
- Asn Lys Arg Gly Lys Ala Lys Arg Gly Cys Se - #r Pro Arg Val Lys Pro 
# 205 
- Gln His Ile Ser Thr His Phe Leu Pro Arg Ph - #e Lys Gln Ser Glu Gln 
# 220 
- Pro Glu Leu Ser Phe Thr Val Thr Val Pro Gl - #u Lys Lys Asn Pro Pro 
225 2 - #30 2 - #35 2 - 
#40 
- Ser Pro Ile Lys Ser Lys Ile Pro Leu Ser Al - #a Pro Arg Lys Asn Thr 
# 255 
- Asn Ser Val Lys Tyr Arg Leu Lys Phe Arg Ph - #e Gly 
# 265 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:15: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 198 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "FGF-6"THER INFORMATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:15: 
- Met Ser Arg Gly Ala Gly Arg Leu Gln Gly Th - #r Leu Trp Ala Leu Val 
# 15 
- Phe Leu Gly Ile Leu Val Gly Met Val Val Pr - #o Ser Pro Ala Gly Thr 
# 30 
- Arg Ala Asn Asn Thr Leu Leu Asp Ser Arg Gl - #y Trp Gly Thr Leu Leu 
# 45 
- Ser Arg Ser Arg Ala Gly Leu Ala Gly Glu Il - #e Ala Gly Val Asn Trp 
# 60 
- Glu Ser Gly Tyr Leu Val Gly Ile Lys Arg Gl - #n Arg Arg Leu Tyr Cys 
#80 
- Asn Val Gly Ile Gly Phe His Leu Gln Val Le - #u Pro Asp Gly Arg Ile 
# 95 
- Ser Gly Thr His Glu Glu Asn Pro Tyr Ser Le - #u Leu Glu Ile Ser Thr 
# 110 
- Val Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Leu Phe Gly Va - #l Arg Ser Ala Leu Phe 
# 125 
- Val Ala Met Asn Ser Lys Gly Arg Leu Tyr Al - #a Thr Pro Ser Phe Gln 
# 140 
- Glu Glu Cys Lys Phe Arg Glu Thr Leu Leu Pr - #o Asn Asn Tyr Asn Ala 
145 1 - #50 1 - #55 1 - 
#60 
- Tyr Glu Ser Asp Leu Tyr Gln Gly Thr Tyr Il - #e Ala Leu Ser Lys Tyr 
# 175 
- Gly Arg Val Lys Arg Gly Ser Lys Val Ser Pr - #o Ile Met Thr Val Thr 
# 190 
- His Phe Leu Pro Arg Ile 
195 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:16: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 194 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "FGF-7"THER INFORMATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:16: 
- Met His Lys Trp Ile Leu Thr Trp Ile Leu Pr - #o Thr Leu Leu Tyr Arg 
# 15 
- Ser Cys Phe His Ile Ile Cys Leu Val Gly Th - #r Ile Ser Leu Ala Cys 
# 30 
- Asn Asp Met Thr Pro Glu Gln Met Ala Thr As - #n Val Asn Cys Ser Ser 
# 45 
- Pro Glu Arg His Thr Arg Ser Tyr Asp Tyr Me - #t Glu Gly Gly Asp Ile 
# 60 
- Arg Val Arg Arg Leu Phe Cys Arg Thr Gln Tr - #p Tyr Leu Arg Ile Asp 
#80 
- Lys Arg Gly Lys Val Lys Gly Thr Gln Glu Me - #t Lys Asn Asn Tyr Asn 
# 95 
- Ile Met Glu Ile Arg Thr Val Ala Val Gly Il - #e Val Ala Ile Lys Gly 
# 110 
- Val Glu Ser Glu Phe Tyr Leu Ala Met Asn Ly - #s Glu Gly Lys Leu Tyr 
# 125 
- Ala Lys Lys Glu Cys Asn Glu Asp Cys Asn Ph - #e Lys Glu Leu Ile Leu 
# 140 
- Glu Asn His Tyr Asn Thr Tyr Ala Ser Ala Ly - #s Trp Thr His Asn Gly 
145 1 - #50 1 - #55 1 - 
#60 
- Gly Glu Met Phe Val Ala Leu Asn Gln Lys Gl - #y Ile Pro Val Arg Gly 
# 175 
- Lys Lys Thr Lys Lys Glu Gln Lys Thr Ala Hi - #s Phe Leu Pro Met Ala 
# 190 
- Ile Thr 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:17: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 215 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "FGF-8"THER INFORMATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:17: 
- Met Gly Ser Pro Arg Ser Ala Leu Ser Cys Le - #u Leu Leu His Leu Leu 
# 15 
- Val Leu Cys Leu Gln Ala Gln Val Thr Val Gl - #n Ser Ser Pro Asn Phe 
# 30 
- Thr Gln His Val Arg Glu Gln Ser Leu Val Th - #r Asp Gln Leu Ser Arg 
# 45 
- Arg Leu Ile Arg Thr Tyr Gln Leu Tyr Ser Ar - #g Thr Ser Gly Lys His 
# 60 
- Val Gln Val Leu Ala Asn Lys Arg Ile Asn Al - #a Met Ala Glu Asp Gly 
#80 
- Asp Pro Phe Ala Lys Leu Ile Val Glu Thr As - #p Thr Phe Gly Ser Arg 
# 95 
- Val Arg Val Arg Gly Ala Glu Thr Gly Leu Ty - #r Ile Cys Met Asn Lys 
# 110 
- Lys Gly Lys Leu Ile Ala Lys Ser Asn Gly Ly - #s Gly Lys Asp Cys Val 
# 125 
- Phe Thr Glu Ile Val Leu Glu Asn Asn Tyr Th - #r Ala Leu Gln Asn Ala 
# 140 
- Lys Tyr Glu Gly Trp Tyr Met Ala Phe Thr Ar - #g Lys Gly Arg Pro Arg 
145 1 - #50 1 - #55 1 - 
#60 
- Lys Gly Ser Lys Thr Arg Gln His Gln Arg Gl - #u Val His Phe Met Lys 
# 175 
- Arg Leu Pro Arg Gly His His Thr Thr Glu Gl - #n Ser Leu Arg Phe Glu 
# 190 
- Phe Leu Asn Tyr Pro Pro Phe Thr Arg Ser Le - #u Arg Gly Ser Gln Arg 
# 205 
- Thr Trp Ala Pro Glu Pro Arg 
# 215 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:18: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 208 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "FGF-9"THER INFORMATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:18: 
- Met Ala Pro Leu Gly Glu Val Gly Asn Tyr Ph - #e Gly Val Gln Asp Ala 
# 15 
- Val Pro Phe Gly Asn Val Pro Val Leu Pro Va - #l Asp Ser Pro Val Leu 
# 30 
- Leu Ser Asp His Leu Gly Gln Ser Glu Ala Gl - #y Gly Leu Pro Arg Gly 
# 45 
- Pro Ala Val Thr Asp Leu Asp His Leu Lys Gl - #y Ile Leu Arg Arg Arg 
# 60 
- Gln Leu Tyr Cys Arg Thr Gly Phe His Leu Gl - #u Ile Phe Pro Asn Gly 
#80 
- Thr Ile Gln Gly Thr Arg Lys Asp His Ser Ar - #g Phe Gly Ile Leu Glu 
# 95 
- Phe Ile Ser Ile Ala Val Gly Leu Val Ser Il - #e Arg Gly Val Asp Ser 
# 110 
- Gly Leu Tyr Leu Gly Met Asn Glu Lys Gly Gl - #u Leu Tyr Gly Ser Glu 
# 125 
- Lys Leu Thr Gln Glu Cys Val Phe Arg Glu Gl - #n Phe Glu Glu Asn Trp 
# 140 
- Tyr Asn Thr Tyr Ser Ser Asn Leu Tyr Lys Hi - #s Val Asp Thr Gly Arg 
145 1 - #50 1 - #55 1 - 
#60 
- Arg Tyr Tyr Val Ala Leu Asn Lys Asp Gly Th - #r Pro Arg Glu Gly Thr 
# 175 
- Arg Thr Lys Arg His Gln Lys Phe Thr His Ph - #e Leu Pro Arg Pro Val 
# 190 
- Asp Pro Asp Lys Val Pro Glu Leu Tyr Lys As - #p Ile Leu Ser Gln Ser 
# 205 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:19: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 804 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..804 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: misc.sub.-- - #feature 
(B) LOCATION: 1..804 
#/note= "Nucleotide sequenceION: 
correspondin - #g to the clone M13 mp18-G4 in Example 
I.B.2." 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 46..804 
#/product= ""Saporin""FORMATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:19: 
- GCA TGG ATC CTG CTT CAA TTT TCA GCT TGG AC - #A ACA ACT GAT GCG GTC 
48 
Ala Trp Ile Leu Leu Gln Phe Ser Ala Trp Th - #r Thr Thr Asp Ala Val 
# 1 
- ACA TCA ATC ACA TTA GAT CTA GTA AAT CCG AC - #C GCG GGT CAA TAC TCA 
96 
Thr Ser Ile Thr Leu Asp Leu Val Asn Pro Th - #r Ala Gly Gln Tyr Ser 
# 15 
- TCT TTT GTG GAT AAA ATC CGA AAC AAT GTA AA - #G GAT CCA AAC CTG AAA 
144 
Ser Phe Val Asp Lys Ile Arg Asn Asn Val Ly - #s Asp Pro Asn Leu Lys 
# 30 
- TAC GGT GGT ACC GAC ATA GCC GTG ATA GGC CC - #A CCT TCT AAA GAA AAA 
192 
Tyr Gly Gly Thr Asp Ile Ala Val Ile Gly Pr - #o Pro Ser Lys Glu Lys 
# 45 
- TTC CTT AGA ATT AAT TTC CAA AGT TCC CGA GG - #A ACG GTC TCA CTT GGC 
240 
Phe Leu Arg Ile Asn Phe Gln Ser Ser Arg Gl - #y Thr Val Ser Leu Gly 
# 65 
- CTA AAA CGC GAT AAC TTG TAT GTG GTC GCG TA - #T CTT GCA ATG GAT AAC 
288 
Leu Lys Arg Asp Asn Leu Tyr Val Val Ala Ty - #r Leu Ala Met Asp Asn 
# 80 
- ACG AAT GTT AAT CGG GCA TAT TAC TTC AAA TC - #A GAA ATT ACT TCC GCC 
336 
Thr Asn Val Asn Arg Ala Tyr Tyr Phe Lys Se - #r Glu Ile Thr Ser Ala 
# 95 
- GAG TTA ACC GCC CTT TTC CCA GAG GCC ACA AC - #T GCA AAT CAG AAA GCT 
384 
Glu Leu Thr Ala Leu Phe Pro Glu Ala Thr Th - #r Ala Asn Gln Lys Ala 
# 110 
- TTA GAA TAC ACA GAA GAT TAT CAG TCG ATC GA - #A AAG AAT GCC CAG ATA 
432 
Leu Glu Tyr Thr Glu Asp Tyr Gln Ser Ile Gl - #u Lys Asn Ala Gln Ile 
# 125 
- ACA CAG GGA GAT AAA AGT AGA AAA GAA CTC GG - #G TTG GGG ATC GAC TTA 
480 
Thr Gln Gly Asp Lys Ser Arg Lys Glu Leu Gl - #y Leu Gly Ile Asp Leu 
130 1 - #35 1 - #40 1 - 
#45 
- CTT TTG ACG TTC ATG GAA GCA GTG AAC AAG AA - #G GCA CGT GTG GTT AAA 
528 
Leu Leu Thr Phe Met Glu Ala Val Asn Lys Ly - #s Ala Arg Val Val Lys 
# 160 
- AAC GAA GCT AGG TTT CTG CTT ATC GCT ATT CA - #A ATG ACA GCT GAG GTA 
576 
Asn Glu Ala Arg Phe Leu Leu Ile Ala Ile Gl - #n Met Thr Ala Glu Val 
# 175 
- GCA CGA TTT AGG TAC ATT CAA AAC TTG GTA AC - #T AAG AAC TTC CCC AAC 
624 
Ala Arg Phe Arg Tyr Ile Gln Asn Leu Val Th - #r Lys Asn Phe Pro Asn 
# 190 
- AAG TTC GAC TCG GAT AAC AAG GTG ATT CAA TT - #T GAA GTC AGC TGG CGT 
672 
Lys Phe Asp Ser Asp Asn Lys Val Ile Gln Ph - #e Glu Val Ser Trp Arg 
# 205 
- AAG ATT TCT ACG GCA ATA TAC GGG GAT GCC AA - #A AAC GGC GTG TTT AAT 
720 
Lys Ile Ser Thr Ala Ile Tyr Gly Asp Ala Ly - #s Asn Gly Val Phe Asn 
210 2 - #15 2 - #20 2 - 
#25 
- AAA GAT TAT GAT TTC GGG TTT GGA AAA GTG AG - #G CAG GTG AAG GAC TTG 
768 
Lys Asp Tyr Asp Phe Gly Phe Gly Lys Val Ar - #g Gln Val Lys Asp Leu 
# 240 
# 804GGA CTC CTT ATG TAT TTG GGC AAA CC - #A AAG 
Gln Met Gly Leu Leu Met Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pr - #o Lys 
# 250 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:20: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 804 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..804 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: misc.sub.-- - #feature 
(B) LOCATION: 1..804 
#/note= "Nucleotide sequenceION: 
correspondin - #g to the clone M13 mp18-G1 in Example 
I.B.2." 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 46..804 
#/product= "Saporin"INFORMATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:20: 
- GCA TGG ATC CTG CTT CAA TTT TCA GCT TGG AC - #A ACA ACT GAT GCG GTC 
48 
Ala Trp Ile Leu Leu Gln Phe Ser Ala Trp Th - #r Thr Thr Asp Ala Val 
# 1 
- ACA TCA ATC ACA TTA GAT CTA GTA AAT CCG AC - #C GCG GGT CAA TAC TCA 
96 
Thr Ser Ile Thr Leu Asp Leu Val Asn Pro Th - #r Ala Gly Gln Tyr Ser 
# 15 
- TCT TTT GTG GAT AAA ATC CGA AAC AAC GTA AA - #G GAT CCA AAC CTG AAA 
144 
Ser Phe Val Asp Lys Ile Arg Asn Asn Val Ly - #s Asp Pro Asn Leu Lys 
# 30 
- TAC GGT GGT ACC GAC ATA GCC GTG ATA GGC CC - #A CCT TCT AAA GAA AAA 
192 
Tyr Gly Gly Thr Asp Ile Ala Val Ile Gly Pr - #o Pro Ser Lys Glu Lys 
# 45 
- TTC CTT AGA ATT AAT TTC CAA AGT TCC CGA GG - #A ACG GTC TCA CTT GGC 
240 
Phe Leu Arg Ile Asn Phe Gln Ser Ser Arg Gl - #y Thr Val Ser Leu Gly 
# 65 
- CTA AAA CGC GAT AAC TTG TAT GTG GTC GCG TA - #T CTT GCA ATG GAT AAC 
288 
Leu Lys Arg Asp Asn Leu Tyr Val Val Ala Ty - #r Leu Ala Met Asp Asn 
# 80 
- ACG AAT GTT AAT CGG GCA TAT TAC TTC AGA TC - #A GAA ATT ACT TCC GCC 
336 
Thr Asn Val Asn Arg Ala Tyr Tyr Phe Arg Se - #r Glu Ile Thr Ser Ala 
# 95 
- GAG TTA ACC GCC CTT TTC CCA GAG GCC ACA AC - #T GCA AAT CAG AAA GCT 
384 
Glu Leu Thr Ala Leu Phe Pro Glu Ala Thr Th - #r Ala Asn Gln Lys Ala 
# 110 
- TTA GAA TAC ACA GAA GAT TAT CAG TCG ATC GA - #A AAG AAT GCC CAG ATA 
432 
Leu Glu Tyr Thr Glu Asp Tyr Gln Ser Ile Gl - #u Lys Asn Ala Gln Ile 
# 125 
- ACA CAG GGA GAT AAA TCA AGA AAA GAA CTC GG - #G TTG GGG ATC GAC TTA 
480 
Thr Gln Gly Asp Lys Ser Arg Lys Glu Leu Gl - #y Leu Gly Ile Asp Leu 
130 1 - #35 1 - #40 1 - 
#45 
- CTT TTG ACG TCC ATG GAA GCA GTG AAC AAG AA - #G GCA CGT GTG GTT AAA 
528 
Leu Leu Thr Ser Met Glu Ala Val Asn Lys Ly - #s Ala Arg Val Val Lys 
# 160 
- AAC GAA GCT AGG TTT CTG CTT ATC GCT ATT CA - #A ATG ACA GCT GAG GTA 
576 
Asn Glu Ala Arg Phe Leu Leu Ile Ala Ile Gl - #n Met Thr Ala Glu Val 
# 175 
- GCA CGA TTT CGG TAC ATT CAA AAC TTG GTA AC - #T AAG AAC TTC CCC AAC 
624 
Ala Arg Phe Arg Tyr Ile Gln Asn Leu Val Th - #r Lys Asn Phe Pro Asn 
# 190 
- AAG TTC GAC TCG GAT AAC AAG GTG ATT CAA TT - #T GAA GTC AGC TGG CGT 
672 
Lys Phe Asp Ser Asp Asn Lys Val Ile Gln Ph - #e Glu Val Ser Trp Arg 
# 205 
- AAG ATT TCT ACG GCA ATA TAC GGA GAT GCC AA - #A AAC GGC GTG TTT AAT 
720 
Lys Ile Ser Thr Ala Ile Tyr Gly Asp Ala Ly - #s Asn Gly Val Phe Asn 
210 2 - #15 2 - #20 2 - 
#25 
- AAA GAT TAT GAT TTC GGG TTT GGA AAA GTG AG - #G CAG GTG AAG GAC TTG 
768 
Lys Asp Tyr Asp Phe Gly Phe Gly Lys Val Ar - #g Gln Val Lys Asp Leu 
# 240 
# 804GGA CTC CTT ATG TAT TTG GGC AAA CC - #A AAG 
Gln Met Gly Leu Leu Met Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pr - #o Lys 
# 250 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:21: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 804 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..804 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: misc.sub.-- - #feature 
(B) LOCATION: 1..804 
#/note= "Nucleotide sequenceION: 
correspondin - #g to the clone M13 mp18-G2 in Example 
I.B.2." 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 46..804 
#/product= "Saporin"INFORMATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:21: 
- GCA TGG ATC CTG CTT CAA TTT TCA GCT TGG AC - #A ACA ACT GAT GCG GTC 
48 
Ala Trp Ile Leu Leu Gln Phe Ser Ala Trp Th - #r Thr Thr Asp Ala Val 
# 1 
- ACA TCA ATC ACA TTA GAT CTA GTA AAT CCG AC - #T GCG GGT CAA TAC TCA 
96 
Thr Ser Ile Thr Leu Asp Leu Val Asn Pro Th - #r Ala Gly Gln Tyr Ser 
# 15 
- TCT TTT GTG GAT AAA ATC CGA AAC AAC GTA AA - #G GAT CCA AAC CTG AAA 
144 
Ser Phe Val Asp Lys Ile Arg Asn Asn Val Ly - #s Asp Pro Asn Leu Lys 
# 30 
- TAC GGT GGT ACC GAC ATA GCC GTG ATA GGC CC - #A CCT TCT AAA GAT AAA 
192 
Tyr Gly Gly Thr Asp Ile Ala Val Ile Gly Pr - #o Pro Ser Lys Asp Lys 
# 45 
- TTC CTT AGA ATT AAT TTC CAA AGT TCC CGA GG - #A ACG GTC TCA CTT GGC 
240 
Phe Leu Arg Ile Asn Phe Gln Ser Ser Arg Gl - #y Thr Val Ser Leu Gly 
# 65 
- CTA AAA CGC GAT AAC TTG TAT GTG GTC GCG TA - #T CTT GCA ATG GAT AAC 
288 
Leu Lys Arg Asp Asn Leu Tyr Val Val Ala Ty - #r Leu Ala Met Asp Asn 
# 80 
- ACG AAT GTT AAT CGG GCA TAT TAC TTC AAA TC - #A GAA ATT ACT TCC GCC 
336 
Thr Asn Val Asn Arg Ala Tyr Tyr Phe Lys Se - #r Glu Ile Thr Ser Ala 
# 95 
- GAG TTA ACC GCC CTT TTC CCA GAG GCC ACA AC - #T GCA AAT CAG AAA GCT 
384 
Glu Leu Thr Ala Leu Phe Pro Glu Ala Thr Th - #r Ala Asn Gln Lys Ala 
# 110 
- TTA GAA TAC ACA GAA GAT TAT CAG TCG ATC GA - #A AAG AAT GCC CAG ATA 
432 
Leu Glu Tyr Thr Glu Asp Tyr Gln Ser Ile Gl - #u Lys Asn Ala Gln Ile 
# 125 
- ACA CAG GGA GAT AAA AGT AGA AAA GAA CTC GG - #G TTG GGG ATC GAC TTA 
480 
Thr Gln Gly Asp Lys Ser Arg Lys Glu Leu Gl - #y Leu Gly Ile Asp Leu 
130 1 - #35 1 - #40 1 - 
#45 
- CTT TTG ACG TTC ATG GAA GCA GTG AAC AAG AA - #G GCA CGT GTG GTT AAA 
528 
Leu Leu Thr Phe Met Glu Ala Val Asn Lys Ly - #s Ala Arg Val Val Lys 
# 160 
- AAC GAA GCT AGG TTT CTG CTT ATC GCT ATT CA - #A ATG ACA GCT GAG GTA 
576 
Asn Glu Ala Arg Phe Leu Leu Ile Ala Ile Gl - #n Met Thr Ala Glu Val 
# 175 
- GCA CGA TTT AGG TAC ATT CAA AAC TTG GTA AC - #T AAG AAC TTC CCC AAC 
624 
Ala Arg Phe Arg Tyr Ile Gln Asn Leu Val Th - #r Lys Asn Phe Pro Asn 
# 190 
- AAG TTC GAC TCG GAT AAC AAG GTG ATT CAA TT - #T GAA GTC AGC TGG CGT 
672 
Lys Phe Asp Ser Asp Asn Lys Val Ile Gln Ph - #e Glu Val Ser Trp Arg 
# 205 
- AAG ATT TCT ACG GCA ATA TAC GGG GAT GCC AA - #A AAC GGC GTG TTT AAT 
720 
Lys Ile Ser Thr Ala Ile Tyr Gly Asp Ala Ly - #s Asn Gly Val Phe Asn 
210 2 - #15 2 - #20 2 - 
#25 
- AAA GAT TAT GAT TTC GGG TTT GGA AAA GTG AG - #G CAG GTG AAG GAC TTG 
768 
Lys Asp Tyr Asp Phe Gly Phe Gly Lys Val Ar - #g Gln Val Lys Asp Leu 
# 240 
# 804GGA CTC CTT ATG TAT TTG GGC AAA CC - #A AAG 
Gln Met Gly Leu Leu Met Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pr - #o Lys 
# 250 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:22: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 804 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..804 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: misc.sub.-- - #feature 
(B) LOCATION: 1..804 
#/note= "Nucleotide sequenceION: 
correspondin - #g to the clone M13 mp18-G7 in Example 
I.B.2." 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 46..804 
#/product= "Saporin"INFORMATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:22: 
- GCA TGG ATC CTG CTT CAA TTT TCA GCT TGG AC - #A ACA ACT GAT GCG GTC 
48 
Ala Trp Ile Leu Leu Gln Phe Ser Ala Trp Th - #r Thr Thr Asp Ala Val 
# 1 
- ACA TCA ATC ACA TTA GAT CTA GTA AAT CCG AC - #C GCG GGT CAA TAC TCA 
96 
Thr Ser Ile Thr Leu Asp Leu Val Asn Pro Th - #r Ala Gly Gln Tyr Ser 
# 15 
- TCT TTT GTG GAT AAA ATC CGA AAC AAC GTA AA - #G GAT CCA AAC CTG AAA 
144 
Ser Phe Val Asp Lys Ile Arg Asn Asn Val Ly - #s Asp Pro Asn Leu Lys 
# 30 
- TAC GGT GGT ACC GAC ATA GCC GTG ATA GGC CC - #A CCT TCT AAA GAA AAA 
192 
Tyr Gly Gly Thr Asp Ile Ala Val Ile Gly Pr - #o Pro Ser Lys Glu Lys 
# 45 
- TTC CTT AGA ATT AAT TTC CAA AGT TCC CGA GG - #A ACG GTC TCA CTT GGC 
240 
Phe Leu Arg Ile Asn Phe Gln Ser Ser Arg Gl - #y Thr Val Ser Leu Gly 
# 65 
- CTA AAA CGC GAT AAC TTG TAT GTG GTC GCG TA - #T CTT GCA ATG GAT AAC 
288 
Leu Lys Arg Asp Asn Leu Tyr Val Val Ala Ty - #r Leu Ala Met Asp Asn 
# 80 
- ACG AAT GTT AAT CGG GCA TAT TAC TTC AGA TC - #A GAA ATT ACT TCC GCC 
336 
Thr Asn Val Asn Arg Ala Tyr Tyr Phe Arg Se - #r Glu Ile Thr Ser Ala 
# 95 
- GAG TTA ACC GCC CTT TTC CCA GAG GCC ACA AC - #T GCA AAT CAG AAA GCT 
384 
Glu Leu Thr Ala Leu Phe Pro Glu Ala Thr Th - #r Ala Asn Gln Lys Ala 
# 110 
- TTA GAA TAC ACA GAA GAT TAT CAG TCG ATC GA - #A AAG AAT GCC CAG ATA 
432 
Leu Glu Tyr Thr Glu Asp Tyr Gln Ser Ile Gl - #u Lys Asn Ala Gln Ile 
# 125 
- ACA CAG GGA GAT AAA TCA AGA AAA GAA CTC GG - #G TTG GGG ATC GAC TTA 
480 
Thr Gln Gly Asp Lys Ser Arg Lys Glu Leu Gl - #y Leu Gly Ile Asp Leu 
130 1 - #35 1 - #40 1 - 
#45 
- CTT TTG ACG TCC ATG GAA GCA GTG AAC AAG AA - #G GCA CGT GTG GTT AAA 
528 
Leu Leu Thr Ser Met Glu Ala Val Asn Lys Ly - #s Ala Arg Val Val Lys 
# 160 
- AAC GAA GCT AGA TTC CTT CTT ATC GCT ATT CA - #G ATG ACG GCT GAG GCA 
576 
Asn Glu Ala Arg Phe Leu Leu Ile Ala Ile Gl - #n Met Thr Ala Glu Ala 
# 175 
- GCA CGA TTT AGG TAC ATA CAA AAC TTG GTA AT - #C AAG AAC TTT CCC AAC 
624 
Ala Arg Phe Arg Tyr Ile Gln Asn Leu Val Il - #e Lys Asn Phe Pro Asn 
# 190 
- AAG TTC AAC TCG GAA AAC AAA GTG ATT CAG TT - #T GAG GTT AAC TGG AAA 
672 
Lys Phe Asn Ser Glu Asn Lys Val Ile Gln Ph - #e Glu Val Asn Trp Lys 
# 205 
- AAA ATT TCT ACG GCA ATA TAC GGG GAT GCC AA - #A AAC GGC GTG TTT AAT 
720 
Lys Ile Ser Thr Ala Ile Tyr Gly Asp Ala Ly - #s Asn Gly Val Phe Asn 
210 2 - #15 2 - #20 2 - 
#25 
- AAA GAT TAT GAT TTC GGG TTT GGA AAA GTG AG - #G CAG GTG AAG GAC TTG 
768 
Lys Asp Tyr Asp Phe Gly Phe Gly Lys Val Ar - #g Gln Val Lys Asp Leu 
# 240 
# 804GGA CTC CTT ATG TAT TTG GGC AAA CC - #A AAG 
Gln Met Gly Leu Leu Met Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pr - #o Lys 
# 250 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:23: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 804 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..804 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: misc.sub.-- - #feature 
(B) LOCATION: 1..804 
#/note= "Nucleotide sequenceION: 
correspondin - #g to the clone M13 mp18-G9 in Example 
I.B.2." 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 46..804 
#/product= "Saporin"INFORMATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:23: 
- GCA TGG ATC CTG CTT CAA TTT TCA GCT TGG AC - #A ACA ACT GAT GCG GTC 
48 
Ala Trp Ile Leu Leu Gln Phe Ser Ala Trp Th - #r Thr Thr Asp Ala Val 
# 1 
- ACA TCA ATC ACA TTA GAT CTA GTA AAT CCG AC - #C GCG GGT CAA TAC TCA 
96 
Thr Ser Ile Thr Leu Asp Leu Val Asn Pro Th - #r Ala Gly Gln Tyr Ser 
# 15 
- TCT TTT GTG GAT AAA ATC CGA AAC AAC GTA AA - #G GAT CCA AAC CTG AAA 
144 
Ser Phe Val Asp Lys Ile Arg Asn Asn Val Ly - #s Asp Pro Asn Leu Lys 
# 30 
- TAC GGT GGT ACC GAC ATA GCC GTG ATA GGC CC - #A CCT TCT AAA GAA AAA 
192 
Tyr Gly Gly Thr Asp Ile Ala Val Ile Gly Pr - #o Pro Ser Lys Glu Lys 
# 45 
- TTC CTT AGA ATT AAT TTC CAA AGT TCC CGA GG - #A ACG GTC TCA CTT GGC 
240 
Phe Leu Arg Ile Asn Phe Gln Ser Ser Arg Gl - #y Thr Val Ser Leu Gly 
# 65 
- CTA AAA CGC GAT AAC TTG TAT GTG GTC GCG TA - #T CTT GCA ATG GAT AAC 
288 
Leu Lys Arg Asp Asn Leu Tyr Val Val Ala Ty - #r Leu Ala Met Asp Asn 
# 80 
- ACG AAT GTT AAT CGG GCA TAT TAC TTC AGA TC - #A GAA ATT ACT TCC GCC 
336 
Thr Asn Val Asn Arg Ala Tyr Tyr Phe Arg Se - #r Glu Ile Thr Ser Ala 
# 95 
- GAG TTA ACC GCC CTT TTC CCA GAG GCC ACA AC - #T GCA AAT CAG AAA GCT 
384 
Glu Leu Thr Ala Leu Phe Pro Glu Ala Thr Th - #r Ala Asn Gln Lys Ala 
# 110 
- TTA GAA TAC ACA GAA GAT TAT CAG TCG ATT GA - #A AAG AAT GCC CAG ATA 
432 
Leu Glu Tyr Thr Glu Asp Tyr Gln Ser Ile Gl - #u Lys Asn Ala Gln Ile 
# 125 
- ACA CAA GGA GAT CAA AGT AGA AAA GAA CTC GG - #G TTG GGG ATT GAC TTA 
480 
Thr Gln Gly Asp Gln Ser Arg Lys Glu Leu Gl - #y Leu Gly Ile Asp Leu 
130 1 - #35 1 - #40 1 - 
#45 
- CTT TCA ACG TCC ATG GAA GCA GTG AAC AAG AA - #G GCA CGT GTG GTT AAA 
528 
Leu Ser Thr Ser Met Glu Ala Val Asn Lys Ly - #s Ala Arg Val Val Lys 
# 160 
- GAC GAA GCT AGA TTC CTT CTT ATC GCT ATT CA - #G ATG ACG GCT GAG GCA 
576 
Asp Glu Ala Arg Phe Leu Leu Ile Ala Ile Gl - #n Met Thr Ala Glu Ala 
# 175 
- GCG CGA TTT AGG TAC ATA CAA AAC TTG GTA AT - #C AAG AAC TTT CCC AAC 
624 
Ala Arg Phe Arg Tyr Ile Gln Asn Leu Val Il - #e Lys Asn Phe Pro Asn 
# 190 
- AAG TTC AAC TCG GAA AAC AAA GTG ATT CAG TT - #T GAG GTT AAC TGG AAA 
672 
Lys Phe Asn Ser Glu Asn Lys Val Ile Gln Ph - #e Glu Val Asn Trp Lys 
# 205 
- AAA ATT TCT ACG GCA ATA TAC GGG GAT GCC AA - #A AAC GGC GTG TTT AAT 
720 
Lys Ile Ser Thr Ala Ile Tyr Gly Asp Ala Ly - #s Asn Gly Val Phe Asn 
210 2 - #15 2 - #20 2 - 
#25 
- AAA GAT TAT GAT TTC GGG TTT GGA AAA GTG AG - #G CAG GTG AAG GAC TTG 
768 
Lys Asp Tyr Asp Phe Gly Phe Gly Lys Val Ar - #g Gln Val Lys Asp Leu 
# 240 
# 804GGA CTC CTT ATG TAT TTG GGC AAA CC - #A AAG 
Gln Met Gly Leu Leu Met Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pr - #o Lys 
# 250 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:24: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 7 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..7 
#/product= nuclear translocation 
sequence 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:24: 
- Pro Lys Lys Arg Lys Val Glu 
1 5 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:25: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 8 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..8 
#/product= nuclear translocation 
sequence 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:25: 
- Pro Pro Lys Lys Ala Arg Glu Val 
1 5 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:26: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 9 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..9 
#/product= nuclear translocation 
sequence 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:26: 
- Pro Ala Ala Lys Arg Val Lys Leu Asp 
1 5 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:27: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 5 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..5 
#/product= nuclear translocation 
sequence 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:27: 
- Lys Arg Pro Arg Pro 
1 5 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:28: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 5 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..5 
#/product= nuclear translocation 
sequence 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:28: 
- Lys Ile Pro Ile Lys 
1 5 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:29: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 7 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..9 
#/product= nuclear translocation 
sequence 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:29: 
- Gly Lys Arg Lys Arg Lys Ser 
1 5 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:30: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 9 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..9 
#/product= nuclear translocation 
sequence 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:30: 
- Ser Lys Arg Val Ala Lys Arg Lys Leu 
1 5 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:31: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 9 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..9 
#/product= nuclear translocation 
sequence 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:31: 
- Ser His Trp Lys Gln Lys Arg Lys Phe 
1 5 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:32: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 8 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..8 
#/product= nuclear translocation 
sequence 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:32: 
- Pro Leu Leu Lys Lys Ile Lys Gln 
1 5 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:33: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 7 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..7 
#/product= nuclear translocation 
sequence 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:33: 
- Pro Gln Pro Lys Lys Lys Pro 
1 5 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:34: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 15 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..15 
#/product= nuclear translocation 
sequence 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:34: 
- Pro Gly Lys Arg Lys Lys Glu Met Thr Lys Gl - #n Lys Glu Val Pro 
# 15 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:35: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 12 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..12 
#/product= nuclear translocation 
sequence 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:35: 
- Gly Arg Lys Lys Arg Arg Gln Arg Arg Arg Al - #a Pro 
# 10 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:36: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 7 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..7 
#/product= nuclear translocation 
sequence 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:36: 
- Asn Tyr Lys Lys Pro Lys Leu 
1 5 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:37: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 7 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..7 
#/product= nuclear translocation 
sequence 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:37: 
- His Phe Lys Asp Pro Lys Arg 
1 5 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:38: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 7 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..7 
#/product= nuclear translocation 
sequence 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:38: 
- Ala Pro Arg Arg Arg Lys Leu 
1 5 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:39: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 6 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..6 
#/product= nuclear translocation 
sequence 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:39: 
- Ile Lys Arg Leu Arg Arg 
1 5 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:40: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 6 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..6 
#/product= nuclear translocation 
sequence 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:40: 
- Ile Lys Arg Gln Arg Arg 
1 5 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:41: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 5 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..5 
#/product= nuclear translocation 
sequence 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:41: 
- Ile Arg Val Arg Arg 
1 5 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:42: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 4 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Cytoplasmic Translocation 
Signal" 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:42: 
- Lys Asp Glu Leu 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:43: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 4 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Cytoplasmic Translocation 
Signal" 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:43: 
- Arg Asp Glu Leu 
1 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:44: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 4 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Cytoplasmic Translocation 
Signal" 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:44: 
- Lys Glu Glu Leu 
1 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:45: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 23 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Endosome-disruptive peptide 
INF" 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:45: 
- Gly Leu Phe Glu Ala Ile Glu Gly Phe Ile Gl - #u Asn Gly Trp Glu Gly 
# 15 
- Met Ile Asp Gly Gly Gly Cys 
20 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:46: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 24 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Endosome-disruptive peptide 
INF" 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:46: 
- Gly Leu Phe Glu Ala Ile Glu Gly Phe Ile Gl - #u Asn Gly Trp Glu Gly 
# 15 
- Met Ile Asp Gly Trp Tyr Gly Cys 
20 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:47: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 27 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 3..26 
(A) NAME/KEY: Gly4Ser w - #ith NcoI ends 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:47: 
# 27 CTCT GCCATGG 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:48: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 42 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 3..41 
#with NcoI endsAME/KEY: (Gly4Ser)2 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:48: 
# 42 CTCT GGCGGCGGCG GCTCTGCCAT GG 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:49: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 75 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 3..74 
#with NcoI endsAME/KEY: (Ser4Gly)4 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:49: 
- CCATGGCCTC GTCGTCGTCG GGCTCGTCGT CGTCGGGCTC GTCGTCGTCG GG - #CTCGTCGT 
60 
# 75 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:50: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
(A) LENGTH:45 base pair - #s 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 3..45 
(A) NAME/KEY: (Ser4Gly)2 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:50: 
#45 GTCG GGCTCGTCGT CGTCGGGCGC CATGG 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:51: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#acids (A) LENGTH: 8 amino 
(B) TYPE: amino acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..8 
#/product= Flexible linkerATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:51: 
- Ala Ala Pro Ala Ala Ala Pro Ala 
1 5 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:52: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 465 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..465 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 1..465 
#/product= "bFGF"ER INFORMATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:52: 
- ATG GCA GCA GGA TCA ATA ACA ACA TTA CCC GC - #C TTG CCC GAG GAT GGC 
48 
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Al - #a Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly 
# 15 
- GGC AGC GGC GCC TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC AA - #G GAC CCC AAG CGG CTG 
96 
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Ly - #s Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu 
# 30 
- TAC TGC AAA AAC GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC AT - #C CAC CCC GAC GGC CGA 
144 
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Il - #e His Pro Asp Gly Arg 
# 45 
- GTT GAC GGG GTC CGG GAG AAG AGC GAC CCT CA - #C ATC AAG CTT CAA CTT 
192 
Val Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro Hi - #s Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu 
# 60 
- CAA GCA GAA GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC AA - #A GGA GTG TGT GCT AAC 
240 
Gln Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Ly - #s Gly Val Cys Ala Asn 
# 80 
- CGT TAC CTG GCT ATG AAG GAA GAT GGA AGA TT - #A CTG GCT TCT AAA TGT 
288 
Arg Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Le - #u Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys 
# 95 
- GTT ACG GAT GAG TGT TTC TTT TTT GAA CGA TT - #G GAA TCT AAT AAC TAC 
336 
Val Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Le - #u Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr 
# 110 
- AAT ACT TAC CGG TCA AGG AAA TAC ACC AGT TG - #G TAT GTG GCA TTG AAA 
384 
Asn Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Tr - #p Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys 
# 125 
- CGA ACT GGG CAG TAT AAA CTT GGA TCC AAA AC - #A GGA CCT GGG CAG AAA 
432 
Arg Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Th - #r Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys 
# 140 
# 465T TTT CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT AAG AG - #C 
Ala Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Se - #r 
145 1 - #50 1 - #55 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:53: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 1230 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..1230 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 1..465 
#/product= "bFGF"ER INFORMATION: 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 472..1230 
#/product= "Saporin"INFORMATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:53: 
- ATG GCT GCT GGT TCT ATC ACT ACT CTG CCG GC - #T CTG CCG GAA GAC GGT 
48 
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Al - #a Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly 
# 15 
- GGT TCT GGT GCT TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC AA - #G GAC CCC AAG CGG CTG 
96 
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Ly - #s Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu 
# 30 
- TAC TGC AAA AAC GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC AT - #C CAC CCC GAC GGC CGA 
144 
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Il - #e His Pro Asp Gly Arg 
# 45 
- GTT GAC GGG GTC CGG GAG AAG AGC GAC CCT CA - #C ATC AAG CTT CAA CTT 
192 
Val Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro Hi - #s Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu 
# 60 
- CAA GCA GAA GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC AA - #A GGA GTG TGT GCT AAC 
240 
Gln Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Ly - #s Gly Val Cys Ala Asn 
# 80 
- CGT TAC CTG GCT ATG AAG GAA GAT GGA AGA TT - #A CTG GCT TCT AAA TGT 
288 
Arg Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Le - #u Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys 
# 95 
- GTT ACG GAT GAG TGT TTC TTT TTT GAA CGA TT - #G GAA TCT AAT AAC TAC 
336 
Val Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Le - #u Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr 
# 110 
- AAT ACT TAC CGG TCA AGG AAA TAC ACC AGT TG - #G TAT GTG GCA TTG AAA 
384 
Asn Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Tr - #p Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys 
# 125 
- CGA ACT GGG CAG TAT AAA CTT GGA TCC AAA AC - #A GGA CCT GGG CAG AAA 
432 
Arg Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Th - #r Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys 
# 140 
- GCT ATA CTT TTT CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT AAG AG - #C GCC ATG GTC ACA TCA 
480 
Ala Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Se - #r Ala Met Val Thr Ser 
145 1 - #50 1 - #55 1 - 
#60 
- ATC ACA TTA GAT CTA GTA AAT CCG ACC GCG GG - #T CAA TAC TCA TCT TTT 
528 
Ile Thr Leu Asp Leu Val Asn Pro Thr Ala Gl - #y Gln Tyr Ser Ser Phe 
# 175 
- GTG GAT AAA ATC CGA AAC AAC GTA AAG GAT CC - #A AAC CTG AAA TAC GGT 
576 
Val Asp Lys Ile Arg Asn Asn Val Lys Asp Pr - #o Asn Leu Lys Tyr Gly 
# 190 
- GGT ACC GAC ATA GCC GTG ATA GGC CCA CCT TC - #T AAA GAA AAA TTC CTT 
624 
Gly Thr Asp Ile Ala Val Ile Gly Pro Pro Se - #r Lys Glu Lys Phe Leu 
# 205 
- AGA ATT AAT TTC CAA AGT TCC CGA GGA ACG GT - #C TCA CTT GGC CTA AAA 
672 
Arg Ile Asn Phe Gln Ser Ser Arg Gly Thr Va - #l Ser Leu Gly Leu Lys 
# 220 
- CGC GAT AAC TTG TAT GTG GTC GCG TAT CTT GC - #A ATG GAT AAC ACG AAT 
720 
Arg Asp Asn Leu Tyr Val Val Ala Tyr Leu Al - #a Met Asp Asn Thr Asn 
225 2 - #30 2 - #35 2 - 
#40 
- GTT AAT CGG GCA TAT TAC TTC AAA TCA GAA AT - #T ACT TCC GCC GAG TTA 
768 
Val Asn Arg Ala Tyr Tyr Phe Lys Ser Glu Il - #e Thr Ser Ala Glu Leu 
# 255 
- ACC GCC CTT TTC CCA GAG GCC ACA ACT GCA AA - #T CAG AAA GCT TTA GAA 
816 
Thr Ala Leu Phe Pro Glu Ala Thr Thr Ala As - #n Gln Lys Ala Leu Glu 
# 270 
- TAC ACA GAA GAT TAT CAG TCG ATC GAA AAG AA - #T GCC CAG ATA ACA CAG 
864 
Tyr Thr Glu Asp Tyr Gln Ser Ile Glu Lys As - #n Ala Gln Ile Thr Gln 
# 285 
- GGA GAT AAA AGT AGA AAA GAA CTC GGG TTG GG - #G ATC GAC TTA CTT TTG 
912 
Gly Asp Lys Ser Arg Lys Glu Leu Gly Leu Gl - #y Ile Asp Leu Leu Leu 
# 300 
- ACG TTC ATG GAA GCA GTG AAC AAG AAG GCA CG - #T GTG GTT AAA AAC GAA 
960 
Thr Phe Met Glu Ala Val Asn Lys Lys Ala Ar - #g Val Val Lys Asn Glu 
305 3 - #10 3 - #15 3 - 
#20 
- GCT AGG TTT CTG CTT ATC GCT ATT CAA ATG AC - #A GCT GAG GTA GCA CGA 
1008 
Ala Arg Phe Leu Leu Ile Ala Ile Gln Met Th - #r Ala Glu Val Ala Arg 
# 335 
- TTT AGG TAC ATT CAA AAC TTG GTA ACT AAG AA - #C TTC CCC AAC AAG TTC 
1056 
Phe Arg Tyr Ile Gln Asn Leu Val Thr Lys As - #n Phe Pro Asn Lys Phe 
# 350 
- GAC TCG GAT AAC AAG GTG ATT CAA TTT GAA GT - #C AGC TGG CGT AAG ATT 
1104 
Asp Ser Asp Asn Lys Val Ile Gln Phe Glu Va - #l Ser Trp Arg Lys Ile 
# 365 
- TCT ACG GCA ATA TAC GGG GAT GCC AAA AAC GG - #C GTG TTT AAT AAA GAT 
1152 
Ser Thr Ala Ile Tyr Gly Asp Ala Lys Asn Gl - #y Val Phe Asn Lys Asp 
# 380 
- TAT GAT TTC GGG TTT GGA AAA GTG AGG CAG GT - #G AAG GAC TTG CAA ATG 
1200 
Tyr Asp Phe Gly Phe Gly Lys Val Arg Gln Va - #l Lys Asp Leu Gln Met 
385 3 - #90 3 - #95 4 - 
#00 
# 1230 AT TTG GGC AAA CCA AAG 
Gly Leu Leu Met Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pro Lys 
# 410 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:54: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 30 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: misc.sub.-- - #recomb 
(B) LOCATION: 6..11 
#/standard.sub.-- name= "EcoRI Restriction 
Site" 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: sig.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 12..30 
#/function= "N-terminal extension" 
/product=- # "Native sapor 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:54: 
# 30 GATC CTGCTTCAAT 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:55: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 30 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) 
- (iv) ANTI-SENSE: YES 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: misc.sub.-- - #recomb 
(B) LOCATION: 6..11 
#/standard.sub.-- name= "EcoRI Restriction 
Site" 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: terminator 
(B) LOCATION: 23..25 
#/note= "Anti-sense stop codon": 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 26..30 
#/note= "Anti-sense to carboxyl: 
#of mature peptide"inus 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:55: 
# 30 GTTT GACTACTTTG 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:56: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 17 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:56: 
# 17 C 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:57: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 24 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:57: 
# 24GATG ACTG 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:58: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 30 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:58: 
# 30 TGTC GCCACCGCTC 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:59: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 30 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:59: 
# 30 TATA TCGGTGGGGG 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:60: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
(A) LENGTH: 23 base - # pairs 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:60: 
# 23ACTA CTT 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:61: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 59 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(D) OTHER INFORMATION:/pro - #duct= bacteriophage lambda CII 
#binding site ribosome 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:61: 
- GTCGACCAAG CTTGGGCATA CATTCAATCA ATTGTTATCT AAGGAAATAC TT - #ACATATG 
59 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:62: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 60 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/product= trp promoterORMATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:62: 
- GAATTCCCCT GTTGACAATT AATCATCGAA CTAGTTAACT AGTACGCAGC TT - #GGCTGCAG 
60 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:63: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 19 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: misc.sub.-- - #recomb 
(B) LOCATION: 11..16 
#/standard.sub.-- name= "Nco I restriction 
enzyme re - #cognition sit 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 1..10 
#/product= "Carboxy terminus of: 
mature FG - #F protein" 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:63: 
# 19 AGA 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:64: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 21 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..12 
#/product= "Carboxy terminus of: 
wild type - # FGF" 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: misc.sub.-- - #recomb 
(B) LOCATION: 13..18 
#/standard.sub.-- name= "Nco I restriction 
enzyme re - #cognition sit 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:64: 
#21 ATGGA GA 
Ala Lys Ser 
1 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:65: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 102 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..96 
#/product= "pFGFNcoI"NFORMATION: 
#"Equals the plasmid pFC80 wih native FGF 
stop codo - #n removed." 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: misc.sub.-- - #recomb 
(B) LOCATION: 29..34 
#/standard.sub.-- name= "Nco I restriction 
enzyme re - #cognition sit 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:65: 
- CTT TTT CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT AAG AGC GCC AT - #G GAG ATC CGG CTG AAT 
48 
Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Ser Ala Me - #t Glu Ile Arg Leu Asn 
# 15 
- GGT GCA GTT CTG TAC CGG TTT TCC TGT GCC GT - #C TTT CAG GAC TCC 
TGAAATCTT102 
Gly Ala Val Leu Tyr Arg Phe Ser Cys Ala Va - #l Phe Gln Asp Ser 
# 30 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:66: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 36 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 3..35 
#B linker (A) NAME/KEY: Cathepsin 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:66: 
# 36 GGCC CTGGCCCTGG CCATGG 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:67: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
(A) LENGTH: 51 base - # pairs 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 3..50 
#D linker (A) NAME/KEY: Cathepsin 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:67: 
# 51GGGCTTC CTGGGCTTCG GCTTCCTGGG CTTCGCCATGG 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:68: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 96 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic) 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 3..95 
#linker" (A) NAME/KEY: "Trypsin 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:68: 
- CCATGGGCCG ATCGGGCGGT GGGTGCGCTG GTAATAGAGT CAGAAGATCA GT - #CGGAAGCA 
60 
# 96 TCTC GACCTGCAGG CCATGG 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:69: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 18 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..18 
#/product= Thrombin substrate linker 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:69: 
# 18 GC AGC 
Leu Val Pro Arg Gly Ser 
1 5 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:70: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 15 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..15 
#/product= Enterokinase substrate linker 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:70: 
# 15 CA 
Asp Asp Asp Asp Lys 
1 5 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:71: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 12 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..12 
#/product= Factor Xa substrateN: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:71: 
# 12 
Ile Glu Gly Arg 
1 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:72: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 1260 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..1260 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 1..465 
#/product= "bFGF"ER INFORMATION: 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 466...501 
#/product= "Cathepsin B linker": 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 502..1260 
#/product= "Saporin"INFORMATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:72: 
- ATG GCA GCA GGA TCA ATA ACA ACA TTA CCC GC - #C TTG CCC GAG GAT GGC 
48 
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Al - #a Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly 
# 15 
- GGC AGC GGC GCC TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC AA - #G GAC CCC AAG CGG CTG 
96 
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Ly - #s Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu 
# 30 
- TAC TGC AAA AAC GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC AT - #C CAC CCC GAC GGC CGA 
144 
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Il - #e His Pro Asp Gly Arg 
# 45 
- GTT GAC GGG GTC CGG GAG AAG AGC GAC CCT CA - #C ATC AAG CTT CAA CTT 
192 
Val Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro Hi - #s Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu 
# 60 
- CAA GCA GAA GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC AA - #A GGA GTG TGT GCT AAC 
240 
Gln Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Ly - #s Gly Val Cys Ala Asn 
# 80 
- CGT TAC CTG GCT ATG AAG GAA GAT GGA AGA TT - #A CTG GCT TCT AAA TGT 
288 
Arg Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Le - #u Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys 
# 95 
- GTT ACG GAT GAG TGT TTC TTT TTT GAA CGA TT - #G GAA TCT AAT AAC TAC 
336 
Val Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Le - #u Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr 
# 110 
- AAT ACT TAC CGG TCA AGG AAA TAC ACC AGT TG - #G TAT GTG GCA TTG AAA 
384 
Asn Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Tr - #p Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys 
# 125 
- CGA ACT GGG CAG TAT AAA CTT GGA TCC AAA AC - #A GGA CCT GGG CAG AAA 
432 
Arg Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Th - #r Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys 
# 140 
- GCT ATA CTT TTT CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT AAG AG - #C GCC ATG GCC CTG GCC 
480 
Ala Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Se - #r Ala Met Ala Leu Ala 
145 1 - #50 1 - #55 1 - 
#60 
- CTG GCC CTG GCC CTG GCC ATG GTC ACA TCA AT - #C ACA TTA GAT CTA GTA 
528 
Leu Ala Leu Ala Leu Ala Met Val Thr Ser Il - #e Thr Leu Asp Leu Val 
# 175 
- AAT CCG ACC GCG GGT CAA TAC TCA TCT TTT GT - #G GAT AAA ATC CGA AAC 
576 
Asn Pro Thr Ala Gly Gln Tyr Ser Ser Phe Va - #l Asp Lys Ile Arg Asn 
# 190 
- AAC GTA AAG GAT CCA AAC CTG AAA TAC GGT GG - #T ACC GAC ATA GCC GTG 
624 
Asn Val Lys Asp Pro Asn Leu Lys Tyr Gly Gl - #y Thr Asp Ile Ala Val 
# 205 
- ATA GGC CCA CCT TCT AAA GAA AAA TTC CTT AG - #A ATT AAT TTC CAA AGT 
672 
Ile Gly Pro Pro Ser Lys Glu Lys Phe Leu Ar - #g Ile Asn Phe Gln Ser 
# 220 
- TCC CGA GGA ACG GTC TCA CTT GGC CTA AAA CG - #C GAT AAC TTG TAT GTG 
720 
Ser Arg Gly Thr Val Ser Leu Gly Leu Lys Ar - #g Asp Asn Leu Tyr Val 
225 2 - #30 2 - #35 2 - 
#40 
- GTC GCG TAT CTT GCA ATG GAT AAC ACG AAT GT - #T AAT CGG GCA TAT TAC 
768 
Val Ala Tyr Leu Ala Met Asp Asn Thr Asn Va - #l Asn Arg Ala Tyr Tyr 
# 255 
- TTC AAA TCA GAA ATT ACT TCC GCC GAG TTA AC - #C GCC CTT TTC CCA GAG 
816 
Phe Lys Ser Glu Ile Thr Ser Ala Glu Leu Th - #r Ala Leu Phe Pro Glu 
# 270 
- GCC ACA ACT GCA AAT CAG AAA GCT TTA GAA TA - #C ACA GAA GAT TAT CAG 
864 
Ala Thr Thr Ala Asn Gln Lys Ala Leu Glu Ty - #r Thr Glu Asp Tyr Gln 
# 285 
- TCG ATC GAA AAG AAT GCC CAG ATA ACA CAG GG - #A GAT AAA AGT AGA AAA 
912 
Ser Ile Glu Lys Asn Ala Gln Ile Thr Gln Gl - #y Asp Lys Ser Arg Lys 
# 300 
- GAA CTC GGG TTG GGG ATC GAC TTA CTT TTG AC - #G TTC ATG GAA GCA GTG 
960 
Glu Leu Gly Leu Gly Ile Asp Leu Leu Leu Th - #r Phe Met Glu Ala Val 
305 3 - #10 3 - #15 3 - 
#20 
- AAC AAG AAG GCA CGT GTG GTT AAA AAC GAA GC - #T AGG TTT CTG CTT ATC 
1008 
Asn Lys Lys Ala Arg Val Val Lys Asn Glu Al - #a Arg Phe Leu Leu Ile 
# 335 
- GCT ATT CAA ATG ACA GCT GAG GTA GCA CGA TT - #T AGG TAC ATT CAA AAC 
1056 
Ala Ile Gln Met Thr Ala Glu Val Ala Arg Ph - #e Arg Tyr Ile Gln Asn 
# 350 
- TTG GTA ACT AAG AAC TTC CCC AAC AAG TTC GA - #C TCG GAT AAC AAG GTG 
1104 
Leu Val Thr Lys Asn Phe Pro Asn Lys Phe As - #p Ser Asp Asn Lys Val 
# 365 
- ATT CAA TTT GAA GTC AGC TGG CGT AAG ATT TC - #T ACG GCA ATA TAC GGG 
1152 
Ile Gln Phe Glu Val Ser Trp Arg Lys Ile Se - #r Thr Ala Ile Tyr Gly 
# 380 
- GAT GCC AAA AAC GGC GTG TTT AAT AAA GAT TA - #T GAT TTC GGG TTT GGA 
1200 
Asp Ala Lys Asn Gly Val Phe Asn Lys Asp Ty - #r Asp Phe Gly Phe Gly 
385 3 - #90 3 - #95 4 - 
#00 
- AAA GTG AGG CAG GTG AAG GAC TTG CAA ATG GG - #A CTC CTT ATG TAT TTG 
1248 
Lys Val Arg Gln Val Lys Asp Leu Gln Met Gl - #y Leu Leu Met Tyr Leu 
# 415 
# 1260 
Gly Lys Pro Lys 
420 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:73: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 1275 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..1275 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 1..465 
#/product= "bFGF"ER INFORMATION: 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 466...516 
#/product= "Cathepsin D linker": 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 517..1275 
#/product= "Saporin"INFORMATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:73: 
- ATG GCA GCA GGA TCA ATA ACA ACA TTA CCC GC - #C TTG CCC GAG GAT GGC 
48 
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Al - #a Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly 
# 15 
- GGC AGC GGC GCC TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC AA - #G GAC CCC AAG CGG CTG 
96 
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Ly - #s Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu 
# 30 
- TAC TGC AAA AAC GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC AT - #C CAC CCC GAC GGC CGA 
144 
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Il - #e His Pro Asp Gly Arg 
# 45 
- GTT GAC GGG GTC CGG GAG AAG AGC GAC CCT CA - #C ATC AAG CTT CAA CTT 
192 
Val Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro Hi - #s Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu 
# 60 
- CAA GCA GAA GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC AA - #A GGA GTG TGT GCT AAC 
240 
Gln Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Ly - #s Gly Val Cys Ala Asn 
# 80 
- CGT TAC CTG GCT ATG AAG GAA GAT GGA AGA TT - #A CTG GCT TCT AAA TGT 
288 
Arg Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Le - #u Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys 
# 95 
- GTT ACG GAT GAG TGT TTC TTT TTT GAA CGA TT - #G GAA TCT AAT AAC TAC 
336 
Val Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Le - #u Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr 
# 110 
- AAT ACT TAC CGG TCA AGG AAA TAC ACC AGT TG - #G TAT GTG GCA TTG AAA 
384 
Asn Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Tr - #p Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys 
# 125 
- CGA ACT GGG CAG TAT AAA CTT GGA TCC AAA AC - #A GGA CCT GGG CAG AAA 
432 
Arg Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Th - #r Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys 
# 140 
- GCT ATA CTT TTT CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT AAG AG - #C GCC ATG GGC CGA TCG 
480 
Ala Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Se - #r Ala Met Gly Arg Ser 
145 1 - #50 1 - #55 1 - 
#60 
- GGC TTC CTG GGC TTC GGC TTC CTG GGC TTC GC - #C ATG GTC ACA TCA ATC 
528 
Gly Phe Leu Gly Phe GLy Phe Leu GLy Phe Al - #a Met Val Thr Ser Ile 
# 175 
- ACA TTA GAT CTA GTA AAT CCG ACC GCG GGT CA - #A TAC TCA TCT TTT GTG 
576 
Thr Leu Asp Leu Val Asn Pro Thr Ala Gly Gl - #n Tyr Ser Ser Phe Val 
# 190 
- GAT AAA ATC CGA AAC AAC GTA AAG GAT CCA AA - #C CTG AAA TAC GGT GGT 
624 
Asp Lys Ile Arg Asn Asn Val Lys Asp Pro As - #n Leu Lys Tyr Gly Gly 
# 205 
- ACC GAC ATA GCC GTG ATA GGC CCA CCT TCT AA - #A GAA AAA TTC CTT AGA 
672 
Thr Asp Ile Ala Val Ile Gly Pro Pro Ser Ly - #s Glu Lys Phe Leu Arg 
# 220 
- ATT AAT TTC CAA AGT TCC CGA GGA ACG GTC TC - #A CTT GGC CTA AAA CGC 
720 
Ile Asn Phe Gln Ser Ser Arg Gly Thr Val Se - #r Leu Gly Leu Lys Arg 
225 2 - #30 2 - #35 2 - 
#40 
- GAT AAC TTG TAT GTG GTC GCG TAT CTT GCA AT - #G GAT AAC ACG AAT GTT 
768 
Asp Asn Leu Tyr Val Val Ala Tyr Leu Ala Me - #t Asp Asn Thr Asn Val 
# 255 
- AAT CGG GCA TAT TAC TTC AAA TCA GAA ATT AC - #T TCC GCC GAG TTA ACC 
816 
Asn Arg Ala Tyr Tyr Phe Lys Ser Glu Ile Th - #r Ser Ala Glu Leu Thr 
# 270 
- GCC CTT TTC CCA GAG GCC ACA ACT GCA AAT CA - #G AAA GCT TTA GAA TAC 
864 
Ala Leu Phe Pro Glu Ala Thr Thr Ala Asn Gl - #n Lys Ala Leu Glu Tyr 
# 285 
- ACA GAA GAT TAT CAG TCG ATC GAA AAG AAT GC - #C CAG ATA ACA CAG GGA 
912 
Thr Glu Asp Tyr Gln Ser Ile Glu Lys Asn Al - #a Gln Ile Thr Gln Gly 
# 300 
- GAT AAA AGT AGA AAA GAA CTC GGG TTG GGG AT - #C GAC TTA CTT TTG ACG 
960 
Asp Lys Ser Arg Lys Glu Leu Gly Leu Gly Il - #e Asp Leu Leu Leu Thr 
305 3 - #10 3 - #15 3 - 
#20 
- TTC ATG GAA GCA GTG AAC AAG AAG GCA CGT GT - #G GTT AAA AAC GAA GCT 
1008 
Phe Met Glu Ala Val Asn Lys Lys Ala Arg Va - #l Val Lys Asn Glu Ala 
# 335 
- AGG TTT CTG CTT ATC GCT ATT CAA ATG ACA GC - #T GAG GTA GCA CGA TTT 
1056 
Arg Phe Leu Leu Ile Ala Ile Gln Met Thr Al - #a Glu Val Ala Arg Phe 
# 350 
- AGG TAC ATT CAA AAC TTG GTA ACT AAG AAC TT - #C CCC AAC AAG TTC GAC 
1104 
Arg Tyr Ile Gln Asn Leu Val Thr Lys Asn Ph - #e Pro Asn Lys Phe Asp 
# 365 
- TCG GAT AAC AAG GTG ATT CAA TTT GAA GTC AG - #C TGG CGT AAG ATT TCT 
1152 
Ser Asp Asn Lys Val Ile Gln Phe Glu Val Se - #r Trp Arg Lys Ile Ser 
# 380 
- ACG GCA ATA TAC GGG GAT GCC AAA AAC GGC GT - #G TTT AAT AAA GAT TAT 
1200 
Thr Ala Ile Tyr Gly Asp Ala Lys Asn Gly Va - #l Phe Asn Lys Asp Tyr 
385 3 - #90 3 - #95 4 - 
#00 
- GAT TTC GGG TTT GGA AAA GTG AGG CAG GTG AA - #G GAC TTG CAA ATG GGA 
1248 
Asp Phe Gly Phe Gly Lys Val Arg Gln Val Ly - #s Asp Leu Gln Met Gly 
# 415 
# 1275 TG GGC AAA CCA AAG 
Leu Leu Met Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pro Lys 
# 425 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:74: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 1251 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..1251 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 1..465 
#/product= "bFGF"ER INFORMATION: 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 466..492 
#/product= " Gly4Ser linker"ION: 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 493..1251 
#/product= "Saporin"INFORMATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:74: 
- ATG GCA GCA GGA TCA ATA ACA ACA TTA CCC GC - #C TTG CCC GAG GAT GGC 
48 
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Al - #a Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly 
# 15 
- GGC AGC GGC GCC TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC AA - #G GAC CCC AAG CGG CTG 
96 
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Ly - #s Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu 
# 30 
- TAC TGC AAA AAC GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC AT - #C CAC CCC GAC GGC CGA 
144 
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Il - #e His Pro Asp Gly Arg 
# 45 
- GTT GAC GGG GTC CGG GAG AAG AGC GAC CCT CA - #C ATC AAG CTT CAA CTT 
192 
Val Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro Hi - #s Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu 
# 60 
- CAA GCA GAA GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC AA - #A GGA GTG TGT GCT AAC 
240 
Gln Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Ly - #s Gly Val Cys Ala Asn 
# 80 
- CGT TAC CTG GCT ATG AAG GAA GAT GGA AGA TT - #A CTG GCT TCT AAA TGT 
288 
Arg Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Le - #u Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys 
# 95 
- GTT ACG GAT GAG TGT TTC TTT TTT GAA CGA TT - #G GAA TCT AAT AAC TAC 
336 
Val Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Le - #u Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr 
# 110 
- AAT ACT TAC CGG TCA AGG AAA TAC ACC AGT TG - #G TAT GTG GCA TTG AAA 
384 
Asn Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Tr - #p Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys 
# 125 
- CGA ACT GGG CAG TAT AAA CTT GGA TCC AAA AC - #A GGA CCT GGG CAG AAA 
432 
Arg Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Th - #r Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys 
# 140 
- GCT ATA CTT TTT CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT AAG AG - #C GCC ATG GGC GGC GGC 
480 
Ala Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Se - #r Ala Met Gly Gly Gly 
145 1 - #50 1 - #55 1 - 
#60 
- GGC TCT GCC ATG GTC ACA TCA ATC ACA TTA GA - #T CTA GTA AAT CCG ACC 
528 
Gly Ser Ala Met Val Thr Ser Ile Thr Leu As - #p Leu Val Asn Pro Thr 
# 175 
- GCG GGT CAA TAC TCA TCT TTT GTG GAT AAA AT - #C CGA AAC AAC GTA AAG 
576 
Ala Gly Gln Tyr Ser Ser Phe Val Asp Lys Il - #e Arg Asn Asn Val Lys 
# 190 
- GAT CCA AAC CTG AAA TAC GGT GGT ACC GAC AT - #A GCC GTG ATA GGC CCA 
624 
Asp Pro Asn Leu Lys Tyr Gly Gly Thr Asp Il - #e Ala Val Ile Gly Pro 
# 205 
- CCT TCT AAA GAA AAA TTC CTT AGA ATT AAT TT - #C CAA AGT TCC CGA GGA 
672 
Pro Ser Lys Glu Lys Phe Leu Arg Ile Asn Ph - #e Gln Ser Ser Arg Gly 
# 220 
- ACG GTC TCA CTT GGC CTA AAA CGC GAT AAC TT - #G TAT GTG GTC GCG TAT 
720 
Thr Val Ser Leu Gly Leu Lys Arg Asp Asn Le - #u Tyr Val Val Ala Tyr 
225 2 - #30 2 - #35 2 - 
#40 
- CTT GCA ATG GAT AAC ACG AAT GTT AAT CGG GC - #A TAT TAC TTC AAA TCA 
768 
Leu Ala Met Asp Asn Thr Asn Val Asn Arg Al - #a Tyr Tyr Phe Lys Ser 
# 255 
- GAA ATT ACT TCC GCC GAG TTA ACC GCC CTT TT - #C CCA GAG GCC ACA ACT 
816 
Glu Ile Thr Ser Ala Glu Leu Thr Ala Leu Ph - #e Pro Glu Ala Thr Thr 
# 270 
- GCA AAT CAG AAA GCT TTA GAA TAC ACA GAA GA - #T TAT CAG TCG ATC GAA 
864 
Ala Asn Gln Lys Ala Leu Glu Tyr Thr Glu As - #p Tyr Gln Ser Ile Glu 
# 285 
- AAG AAT GCC CAG ATA ACA CAG GGA GAT AAA AG - #T AGA AAA GAA CTC GGG 
912 
Lys Asn Ala Gln Ile Thr Gln Gly Asp Lys Se - #r Arg Lys Glu Leu Gly 
# 300 
- TTG GGG ATC GAC TTA CTT TTG ACG TTC ATG GA - #A GCA GTG AAC AAG AAG 
960 
Leu Gly Ile Asp Leu Leu Leu Thr Phe Met Gl - #u Ala Val Asn Lys Lys 
305 3 - #10 3 - #15 3 - 
#20 
- GCA CGT GTG GTT AAA AAC GAA GCT AGG TTT CT - #G CTT ATC GCT ATT CAA 
1008 
Ala Arg Val Val Lys Asn Glu Ala Arg Phe Le - #u Leu Ile Ala Ile Gln 
# 335 
- ATG ACA GCT GAG GTA GCA CGA TTT AGG TAC AT - #T CAA AAC TTG GTA ACT 
1056 
Met Thr Ala Glu Val Ala Arg Phe Arg Tyr Il - #e Gln Asn Leu Val Thr 
# 350 
- AAG AAC TTC CCC AAC AAG TTC GAC TCG GAT AA - #C AAG GTG ATT CAA TTT 
1104 
Lys Asn Phe Pro Asn Lys Phe Asp Ser Asp As - #n Lys Val Ile Gln Phe 
# 365 
- GAA GTC AGC TGG CGT AAG ATT TCT ACG GCA AT - #A TAC GGG GAT GCC AAA 
1152 
Glu Val Ser Trp Arg Lys Ile Ser Thr Ala Il - #e Tyr Gly Asp Ala Lys 
# 380 
- AAC GGC GTG TTT AAT AAA GAT TAT GAT TTC GG - #G TTT GGA AAA GTG AGG 
1200 
Asn Gly Val Phe Asn Lys Asp Tyr Asp Phe Gl - #y Phe Gly Lys Val Arg 
385 3 - #90 3 - #95 4 - 
#00 
- CAG GTG AAG GAC TTG CAA ATG GGA CTC CTT AT - #G TAT TTG GGC AAA CCA 
1248 
Gln Val Lys Asp Leu Gln Met Gly Leu Leu Me - #t Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pro 
# 415 
# 1251 
Lys 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:75: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 1266 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..1266 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 1..465 
#/product= "bFGF"ER INFORMATION: 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 466..507 
#/product= " (Gly4Ser)2 linker": 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 508..1266 
#/product= "Saporin"INFORMATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:75: 
- ATG GCA GCA GGA TCA ATA ACA ACA TTA CCC GC - #C TTG CCC GAG GAT GGC 
48 
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Al - #a Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly 
# 15 
- GGC AGC GGC GCC TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC AA - #G GAC CCC AAG CGG CTG 
96 
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Ly - #s Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu 
# 30 
- TAC TGC AAA AAC GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC AT - #C CAC CCC GAC GGC CGA 
144 
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Il - #e His Pro Asp Gly Arg 
# 45 
- GTT GAC GGG GTC CGG GAG AAG AGC GAC CCT CA - #C ATC AAG CTT CAA CTT 
192 
Val Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro Hi - #s Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu 
# 60 
- CAA GCA GAA GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC AA - #A GGA GTG TGT GCT AAC 
240 
Gln Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Ly - #s Gly Val Cys Ala Asn 
# 80 
- CGT TAC CTG GCT ATG AAG GAA GAT GGA AGA TT - #A CTG GCT TCT AAA TGT 
288 
Arg Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Le - #u Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys 
# 95 
- GTT ACG GAT GAG TGT TTC TTT TTT GAA CGA TT - #G GAA TCT AAT AAC TAC 
336 
Val Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Le - #u Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr 
# 110 
- AAT ACT TAC CGG TCA AGG AAA TAC ACC AGT TG - #G TAT GTG GCA TTG AAA 
384 
Asn Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Tr - #p Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys 
# 125 
- CGA ACT GGG CAG TAT AAA CTT GGA TCC AAA AC - #A GGA CCT GGG CAG AAA 
432 
Arg Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Th - #r Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys 
# 140 
- GCT ATA CTT TTT CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT AAG AG - #C GCC ATG GGC GGC GGC 
480 
Ala Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Se - #r Ala Met Gly Gly Gly 
145 1 - #50 1 - #55 1 - 
#60 
- GGC TCT GGC GGC GGC GGC TCT GCC ATG GTC AC - #A TCA ATC ACA TTA GAT 
528 
Gly Ser Gly Gly Gly Gly Ser Ala Met Val Th - #r Ser Ile Thr Leu Asp 
# 175 
- CTA GTA AAT CCG ACC GCG GGT CAA TAC TCA TC - #T TTT GTG GAT AAA ATC 
576 
Leu Val Asn Pro Thr Ala Gly Gln Tyr Ser Se - #r Phe Val Asp Lys Ile 
# 190 
- CGA AAC AAC GTA AAG GAT CCA AAC CTG AAA TA - #C GGT GGT ACC GAC ATA 
624 
Arg Asn Asn Val Lys Asp Pro Asn Leu Lys Ty - #r Gly Gly Thr Asp Ile 
# 205 
- GCC GTG ATA GGC CCA CCT TCT AAA GAA AAA TT - #C CTT AGA ATT AAT TTC 
672 
Ala Val Ile Gly Pro Pro Ser Lys Glu Lys Ph - #e Leu Arg Ile Asn Phe 
# 220 
- CAA AGT TCC CGA GGA ACG GTC TCA CTT GGC CT - #A AAA CGC GAT AAC TTG 
720 
Gln Ser Ser Arg Gly Thr Val Ser Leu Gly Le - #u Lys Arg Asp Asn Leu 
225 2 - #30 2 - #35 2 - 
#40 
- TAT GTG GTC GCG TAT CTT GCA ATG GAT AAC AC - #G AAT GTT AAT CGG GCA 
768 
Tyr Val Val Ala Tyr Leu Ala Met Asp Asn Th - #r Asn Val Asn Arg Ala 
# 255 
- TAT TAC TTC AAA TCA GAA ATT ACT TCC GCC GA - #G TTA ACC GCC CTT TTC 
816 
Tyr Tyr Phe Lys Ser Glu Ile Thr Ser Ala Gl - #u Leu Thr Ala Leu Phe 
# 270 
- CCA GAG GCC ACA ACT GCA AAT CAG AAA GCT TT - #A GAA TAC ACA GAA GAT 
864 
Pro Glu Ala Thr Thr Ala Asn Gln Lys Ala Le - #u Glu Tyr Thr Glu Asp 
# 285 
- TAT CAG TCG ATC GAA AAG AAT GCC CAG ATA AC - #A CAG GGA GAT AAA AGT 
912 
Tyr Gln Ser Ile Glu Lys Asn Ala Gln Ile Th - #r Gln Gly Asp Lys Ser 
# 300 
- AGA AAA GAA CTC GGG TTG GGG ATC GAC TTA CT - #T TTG ACG TTC ATG GAA 
960 
Arg Lys Glu Leu Gly Leu Gly Ile Asp Leu Le - #u Leu Thr Phe Met Glu 
305 3 - #10 3 - #15 3 - 
#20 
- GCA GTG AAC AAG AAG GCA CGT GTG GTT AAA AA - #C GAA GCT AGG TTT CTG 
1008 
Ala Val Asn Lys Lys Ala Arg Val Val Lys As - #n Glu Ala Arg Phe Leu 
# 335 
- CTT ATC GCT ATT CAA ATG ACA GCT GAG GTA GC - #A CGA TTT AGG TAC ATT 
1056 
Leu Ile Ala Ile Gln Met Thr Ala Glu Val Al - #a Arg Phe Arg Tyr Ile 
# 350 
- CAA AAC TTG GTA ACT AAG AAC TTC CCC AAC AA - #G TTC GAC TCG GAT AAC 
1104 
Gln Asn Leu Val Thr Lys Asn Phe Pro Asn Ly - #s Phe Asp Ser Asp Asn 
# 365 
- AAG GTG ATT CAA TTT GAA GTC AGC TGG CGT AA - #G ATT TCT ACG GCA ATA 
1152 
Lys Val Ile Gln Phe Glu Val Ser Trp Arg Ly - #s Ile Ser Thr Ala Ile 
# 380 
- TAC GGG GAT GCC AAA AAC GGC GTG TTT AAT AA - #A GAT TAT GAT TTC GGG 
1200 
Tyr Gly Asp Ala Lys Asn Gly Val Phe Asn Ly - #s Asp Tyr Asp Phe Gly 
385 3 - #90 3 - #95 4 - 
#00 
- TTT GGA AAA GTG AGG CAG GTG AAG GAC TTG CA - #A ATG GGA CTC CTT ATG 
1248 
Phe Gly Lys Val Arg Gln Val Lys Asp Leu Gl - #n Met Gly Leu Leu Met 
# 415 
#1266 CA AAG 
Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pro Lys 
420 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:76: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 1320 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..1320 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 1..465 
#/product= "bFGF"ER INFORMATION: 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 466..561 
#/product= "Trypsin linker"TION: 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 562..1320 
#/product= "Saporin"INFORMATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:76: 
- ATG GCA GCA GGA TCA ATA ACA ACA TTA CCC GC - #C TTG CCC GAG GAT GGC 
48 
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Al - #a Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly 
# 15 
- GGC AGC GGC GCC TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC AA - #G GAC CCC AAG CGG CTG 
96 
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Ly - #s Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu 
# 30 
- TAC TGC AAA AAC GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC AT - #C CAC CCC GAC GGC CGA 
144 
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Il - #e His Pro Asp Gly Arg 
# 45 
- GTT GAC GGG GTC CGG GAG AAG AGC GAC CCT CA - #C ATC AAG CTT CAA CTT 
192 
Val Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro Hi - #s Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu 
# 60 
- CAA GCA GAA GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC AA - #A GGA GTG TGT GCT AAC 
240 
Gln Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Ly - #s Gly Val Cys Ala Asn 
# 80 
- CGT TAC CTG GCT ATG AAG GAA GAT GGA AGA TT - #A CTG GCT TCT AAA TGT 
288 
Arg Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Le - #u Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys 
# 95 
- GTT ACG GAT GAG TGT TTC TTT TTT GAA CGA TT - #G GAA TCT AAT AAC TAC 
336 
Val Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Le - #u Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr 
# 110 
- AAT ACT TAC CGG TCA AGG AAA TAC ACC AGT TG - #G TAT GTG GCA TTG AAA 
384 
Asn Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Tr - #p Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys 
# 125 
- CGA ACT GGG CAG TAT AAA CTT GGA TCC AAA AC - #A GGA CCT GGG CAG AAA 
432 
Arg Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Th - #r Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys 
# 140 
- GCT ATA CTT TTT CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT AAG AG - #C GCC ATG GGC CGA TCG 
480 
Ala Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Se - #r Ala Met Gly Arg Ser 
145 1 - #50 1 - #55 1 - 
#60 
- GGC GGT GGG TGC GCT GGT AAT AGA GTC AGA AG - #A TCA GTC GGA AGC AGC 
528 
Gly Gly Gly Cys Ala Gly Asn Arg Val Arg Ar - #g Ser Val Gly Ser Ser 
# 175 
- CTG TCT TGC GGT GGT CTC GAC CTG CAG GCC AT - #G GTC ACA TCA ATC ACA 
576 
Leu Ser Cys Gly Gly Leu Asp Leu Gln Ala Me - #t Val Thr Ser Ile Thr 
# 190 
- TTA GAT CTA GTA AAT CCG ACC GCG GGT CAA TA - #C TCA TCT TTT GTG GAT 
624 
Leu Asp Leu Val Asn Pro Thr Ala Gly Gln Ty - #r Ser Ser Phe Val Asp 
# 205 
- AAA ATC CGA AAC AAC GTA AAG GAT CCA AAC CT - #G AAA TAC GGT GGT ACC 
672 
Lys Ile Arg Asn Asn Val Lys Asp Pro Asn Le - #u Lys Tyr Gly Gly Thr 
# 220 
- GAC ATA GCC GTG ATA GGC CCA CCT TCT AAA GA - #A AAA TTC CTT AGA ATT 
720 
Asp Ile Ala Val Ile Gly Pro Pro Ser Lys Gl - #u Lys Phe Leu Arg Ile 
225 2 - #30 2 - #35 2 - 
#40 
- AAT TTC CAA AGT TCC CGA GGA ACG GTC TCA CT - #T GGC CTA AAA CGC GAT 
768 
Asn Phe Gln Ser Ser Arg Gly Thr Val Ser Le - #u Gly Leu Lys Arg Asp 
# 255 
- AAC TTG TAT GTG GTC GCG TAT CTT GCA ATG GA - #T AAC ACG AAT GTT AAT 
816 
Asn Leu Tyr Val Val Ala Tyr Leu Ala Met As - #p Asn Thr Asn Val Asn 
# 270 
- CGG GCA TAT TAC TTC AAA TCA GAA ATT ACT TC - #C GCC GAG TTA ACC GCC 
864 
Arg Ala Tyr Tyr Phe Lys Ser Glu Ile Thr Se - #r Ala Glu Leu Thr Ala 
# 285 
- CTT TTC CCA GAG GCC ACA ACT GCA AAT CAG AA - #A GCT TTA GAA TAC ACA 
912 
Leu Phe Pro Glu Ala Thr Thr Ala Asn Gln Ly - #s Ala Leu Glu Tyr Thr 
# 300 
- GAA GAT TAT CAG TCG ATC GAA AAG AAT GCC CA - #G ATA ACA CAG GGA GAT 
960 
Glu Asp Tyr Gln Ser Ile Glu Lys Asn Ala Gl - #n Ile Thr Gln Gly Asp 
305 3 - #10 3 - #15 3 - 
#20 
- AAA AGT AGA AAA GAA CTC GGG TTG GGG ATC GA - #C TTA CTT TTG ACG TTC 
1008 
Lys Ser Arg Lys Glu Leu Gly Leu Gly Ile As - #p Leu Leu Leu Thr Phe 
# 335 
- ATG GAA GCA GTG AAC AAG AAG GCA CGT GTG GT - #T AAA AAC GAA GCT AGG 
1056 
Met Glu Ala Val Asn Lys Lys Ala Arg Val Va - #l Lys Asn Glu Ala Arg 
# 350 
- TTT CTG CTT ATC GCT ATT CAA ATG ACA GCT GA - #G GTA GCA CGA TTT AGG 
1104 
Phe Leu Leu Ile Ala Ile Gln Met Thr Ala Gl - #u Val Ala Arg Phe Arg 
# 365 
- TAC ATT CAA AAC TTG GTA ACT AAG AAC TTC CC - #C AAC AAG TTC GAC TCG 
1152 
Tyr Ile Gln Asn Leu Val Thr Lys Asn Phe Pr - #o Asn Lys Phe Asp Ser 
# 380 
- GAT AAC AAG GTG ATT CAA TTT GAA GTC AGC TG - #G CGT AAG ATT TCT ACG 
1200 
Asp Asn Lys Val Ile Gln Phe Glu Val Ser Tr - #p Arg Lys Ile Ser Thr 
385 3 - #90 3 - #95 4 - 
#00 
- GCA ATA TAC GGG GAT GCC AAA AAC GGC GTG TT - #T AAT AAA GAT TAT GAT 
1248 
Ala Ile Tyr Gly Asp Ala Lys Asn Gly Val Ph - #e Asn Lys Asp Tyr Asp 
# 415 
- TTC GGG TTT GGA AAA GTG AGG CAG GTG AAG GA - #C TTG CAA ATG GGA CTC 
1296 
Phe Gly Phe Gly Lys Val Arg Gln Val Lys As - #p Leu Gln Met Gly Leu 
# 430 
# 1320GC AAA CCA AAG 
Leu Met Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pro Lys 
# 440 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:77: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 1299 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..1299 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 1..465 
#/product= "bFGF"ER INFORMATION: 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 466..540 
#/product= "(Ser4Gly)4linker"ON: 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 541..1299 
#/product= "Saporin"INFORMATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:77: 
- ATG GCA GCA GGA TCA ATA ACA ACA TTA CCC GC - #C TTG CCC GAG GAT GGC 
48 
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Al - #a Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly 
# 15 
- GGC AGC GGC GCC TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC AA - #G GAC CCC AAG CGG CTG 
96 
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Ly - #s Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu 
# 30 
- TAC TGC AAA AAC GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC AT - #C CAC CCC GAC GGC CGA 
144 
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Il - #e His Pro Asp Gly Arg 
# 45 
- GTT GAC GGG GTC CGG GAG AAG AGC GAC CCT CA - #C ATC AAG CTT CAA CTT 
192 
Val Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro Hi - #s Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu 
# 60 
- CAA GCA GAA GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC AA - #A GGA GTG TGT GCT AAC 
240 
Gln Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Ly - #s Gly Val Cys Ala Asn 
# 80 
- CGT TAC CTG GCT ATG AAG GAA GAT GGA AGA TT - #A CTG GCT TCT AAA TGT 
288 
Arg Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Le - #u Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys 
# 95 
- GTT ACG GAT GAG TGT TTC TTT TTT GAA CGA TT - #G GAA TCT AAT AAC TAC 
336 
Val Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Le - #u Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr 
# 110 
- AAT ACT TAC CGG TCA AGG AAA TAC ACC AGT TG - #G TAT GTG GCA TTG AAA 
384 
Asn Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Tr - #p Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys 
# 125 
- CGA ACT GGG CAG TAT AAA CTT GGA TCC AAA AC - #A GGA CCT GGG CAG AAA 
432 
Arg Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Th - #r Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys 
# 140 
- GCT ATA CTT TTT CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT AAG AG - #C GCC ATG GCC TCG TCG 
480 
Ala Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Se - #r Ala Met Ala Ser Ser 
145 1 - #50 1 - #55 1 - 
#60 
- TCG TCG GGC TCG TCG TCG TCG GGC TCG TCG TC - #G TCG GGC TCG TCG TCG 
528 
Ser Ser Gly Ser Ser Ser Ser Gly Ser Ser Se - #r Ser Gly Ser Ser Ser 
# 175 
- TCG GGC GCC ATG GTC ACA TCA ATC ACA TTA GA - #T CTA GTA AAT CCG ACC 
576 
Ser Gly Ala Met Val Thr Ser Ile Thr Leu As - #p Leu Val Asn Pro Thr 
# 190 
- GCG GGT CAA TAC TCA TCT TTT GTG GAT AAA AT - #C CGA AAC AAC GTA AAG 
624 
Ala Gly Gln Tyr Ser Ser Phe Val Asp Lys Il - #e Arg Asn Asn Val Lys 
# 205 
- GAT CCA AAC CTG AAA TAC GGT GGT ACC GAC AT - #A GCC GTG ATA GGC CCA 
672 
Asp Pro Asn Leu Lys Tyr Gly Gly Thr Asp Il - #e Ala Val Ile Gly Pro 
# 220 
- CCT TCT AAA GAA AAA TTC CTT AGA ATT AAT TT - #C CAA AGT TCC CGA GGA 
720 
Pro Ser Lys Glu Lys Phe Leu Arg Ile Asn Ph - #e Gln Ser Ser Arg Gly 
225 2 - #30 2 - #35 2 - 
#40 
- ACG GTC TCA CTT GGC CTA AAA CGC GAT AAC TT - #G TAT GTG GTC GCG TAT 
768 
Thr Val Ser Leu Gly Leu Lys Arg Asp Asn Le - #u Tyr Val Val Ala Tyr 
# 255 
- CTT GCA ATG GAT AAC ACG AAT GTT AAT CGG GC - #A TAT TAC TTC AAA TCA 
816 
Leu Ala Met Asp Asn Thr Asn Val Asn Arg Al - #a Tyr Tyr Phe Lys Ser 
# 270 
- GAA ATT ACT TCC GCC GAG TTA ACC GCC CTT TT - #C CCA GAG GCC ACA ACT 
864 
Glu Ile Thr Ser Ala Glu Leu Thr Ala Leu Ph - #e Pro Glu Ala Thr Thr 
# 285 
- GCA AAT CAG AAA GCT TTA GAA TAC ACA GAA GA - #T TAT CAG TCG ATC GAA 
912 
Ala Asn Gln Lys Ala Leu Glu Tyr Thr Glu As - #p Tyr Gln Ser Ile Glu 
# 300 
- AAG AAT GCC CAG ATA ACA CAG GGA GAT AAA AG - #T AGA AAA GAA CTC GGG 
960 
Lys Asn Ala Gln Ile Thr Gln Gly Asp Lys Se - #r Arg Lys Glu Leu Gly 
305 3 - #10 3 - #15 3 - 
#20 
- TTG GGG ATC GAC TTA CTT TTG ACG TTC ATG GA - #A GCA GTG AAC AAG AAG 
1008 
Leu Gly Ile Asp Leu Leu Leu Thr Phe Met Gl - #u Ala Val Asn Lys Lys 
# 335 
- GCA CGT GTG GTT AAA AAC GAA GCT AGG TTT CT - #G CTT ATC GCT ATT CAA 
1056 
Ala Arg Val Val Lys Asn Glu Ala Arg Phe Le - #u Leu Ile Ala Ile Gln 
# 350 
- ATG ACA GCT GAG GTA GCA CGA TTT AGG TAC AT - #T CAA AAC TTG GTA ACT 
1104 
Met Thr Ala Glu Val Ala Arg Phe Arg Tyr Il - #e Gln Asn Leu Val Thr 
# 365 
- AAG AAC TTC CCC AAC AAG TTC GAC TCG GAT AA - #C AAG GTG ATT CAA TTT 
1152 
Lys Asn Phe Pro Asn Lys Phe Asp Ser Asp As - #n Lys Val Ile Gln Phe 
# 380 
- GAA GTC AGC TGG CGT AAG ATT TCT ACG GCA AT - #A TAC GGG GAT GCC AAA 
1200 
Glu Val Ser Trp Arg Lys Ile Ser Thr Ala Il - #e Tyr Gly Asp Ala Lys 
385 3 - #90 3 - #95 4 - 
#00 
- AAC GGC GTG TTT AAT AAA GAT TAT GAT TTC GG - #G TTT GGA AAA GTG AGG 
1248 
Asn Gly Val Phe Asn Lys Asp Tyr Asp Phe Gl - #y Phe Gly Lys Val Arg 
# 415 
- CAG GTG AAG GAC TTG CAA ATG GGA CTC CTT AT - #G TAT TTG GGC AAA CCA 
1296 
Gln Val Lys Asp Leu Gln Met Gly Leu Leu Me - #t Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pro 
# 430 
# 1299 
Lys 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:78: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
(A) LENGTH: 1269 ba - #se pairs 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: double 
(D) TOPOLOGY: unknown 
- (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..1269 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 1..465 
#/product= "bFGF"ER INFORMATION: 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 466..510 
#/product= "(Ser4Gly)2 linker"N: 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: mat.sub.-- - #peptide 
(B) LOCATION: 511..1269 
#/product= "Saporin"INFORMATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:78: 
- ATG GCA GCA GGA TCA ATA ACA ACA TTA CCC GC - #C TTG CCC GAG GAT GGC 
48 
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Al - #a Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly 
# 15 
- GGC AGC GGC GCC TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC AA - #G GAC CCC AAG CGG CTG 
96 
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Ly - #s Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu 
# 30 
- TAC TGC AAA AAC GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC AT - #C CAC CCC GAC GGC CGA 
144 
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Il - #e His Pro Asp Gly Arg 
# 45 
- GTT GAC GGG GTC CGG GAG AAG AGC GAC CCT CA - #C ATC AAG CTT CAA CTT 
192 
Val Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro Hi - #s Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu 
# 60 
- CAA GCA GAA GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC AA - #A GGA GTG TGT GCT AAC 
240 
Gln Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Ly - #s Gly Val Cys Ala Asn 
# 80 
- CGT TAC CTG GCT ATG AAG GAA GAT GGA AGA TT - #A CTG GCT TCT AAA TGT 
288 
Arg Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Le - #u Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys 
# 95 
- GTT ACG GAT GAG TGT TTC TTT TTT GAA CGA TT - #G GAA TCT AAT AAC TAC 
336 
Val Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Le - #u Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr 
# 110 
- AAT ACT TAC CGG TCA AGG AAA TAC ACC AGT TG - #G TAT GTG GCA TTG AAA 
384 
Asn Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Tr - #p Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys 
# 125 
- CGA ACT GGG CAG TAT AAA CTT GGA TCC AAA AC - #A GGA CCT GGG CAG AAA 
432 
Arg Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Th - #r Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys 
# 140 
- GCT ATA CTT TTT CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT AAG AG - #C GCC ATG GCC TCG TCG 
480 
Ala Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Se - #r Ala Met Ala Ser Ser 
145 1 - #50 1 - #55 1 - 
#60 
- TCG TCG GGC TCG TCG TCG TCG GGC GCC ATG GT - #C ACA TCA ATC ACA TTA 
528 
Ser Ser Gly Ser Ser Ser Ser Gly Ala Met Va - #l Thr Ser Ile Thr Leu 
# 175 
- GAT CTA GTA AAT CCG ACC GCG GGT CAA TAC TC - #A TCT TTT GTG GAT AAA 
576 
Asp Leu Val Asn Pro Thr Ala Gly Gln Tyr Se - #r Ser Phe Val Asp Lys 
# 190 
- ATC CGA AAC AAC GTA AAG GAT CCA AAC CTG AA - #A TAC GGT GGT ACC GAC 
624 
Ile Arg Asn Asn Val Lys Asp Pro Asn Leu Ly - #s Tyr Gly Gly Thr Asp 
# 205 
- ATA GCC GTG ATA GGC CCA CCT TCT AAA GAA AA - #A TTC CTT AGA ATT AAT 
672 
Ile Ala Val Ile Gly Pro Pro Ser Lys Glu Ly - #s Phe Leu Arg Ile Asn 
# 220 
- TTC CAA AGT TCC CGA GGA ACG GTC TCA CTT GG - #C CTA AAA CGC GAT AAC 
720 
Phe Gln Ser Ser Arg Gly Thr Val Ser Leu Gl - #y Leu Lys Arg Asp Asn 
225 2 - #30 2 - #35 2 - 
#40 
- TTG TAT GTG GTC GCG TAT CTT GCA ATG GAT AA - #C ACG AAT GTT AAT CGG 
768 
Leu Tyr Val Val Ala Tyr Leu Ala Met Asp As - #n Thr Asn Val Asn Arg 
# 255 
- GCA TAT TAC TTC AAA TCA GAA ATT ACT TCC GC - #C GAG TTA ACC GCC CTT 
816 
Ala Tyr Tyr Phe Lys Ser Glu Ile Thr Ser Al - #a Glu Leu Thr Ala Leu 
# 270 
- TTC CCA GAG GCC ACA ACT GCA AAT CAG AAA GC - #T TTA GAA TAC ACA GAA 
864 
Phe Pro Glu Ala Thr Thr Ala Asn Gln Lys Al - #a Leu Glu Tyr Thr Glu 
# 285 
- GAT TAT CAG TCG ATC GAA AAG AAT GCC CAG AT - #A ACA CAG GGA GAT AAA 
912 
Asp Tyr Gln Ser Ile Glu Lys Asn Ala Gln Il - #e Thr Gln Gly Asp Lys 
# 300 
- AGT AGA AAA GAA CTC GGG TTG GGG ATC GAC TT - #A CTT TTG ACG TTC ATG 
960 
Ser Arg Lys Glu Leu Gly Leu Gly Ile Asp Le - #u Leu Leu Thr Phe Met 
305 3 - #10 3 - #15 3 - 
#20 
- GAA GCA GTG AAC AAG AAG GCA CGT GTG GTT AA - #A AAC GAA GCT AGG TTT 
1008 
Glu Ala Val Asn Lys Lys Ala Arg Val Val Ly - #s Asn Glu Ala Arg Phe 
# 335 
- CTG CTT ATC GCT ATT CAA ATG ACA GCT GAG GT - #A GCA CGA TTT AGG TAC 
1056 
Leu Leu Ile Ala Ile Gln Met Thr Ala Glu Va - #l Ala Arg Phe Arg Tyr 
# 350 
- ATT CAA AAC TTG GTA ACT AAG AAC TTC CCC AA - #C AAG TTC GAC TCG GAT 
1104 
Ile Gln Asn Leu Val Thr Lys Asn Phe Pro As - #n Lys Phe Asp Ser Asp 
# 365 
- AAC AAG GTG ATT CAA TTT GAA GTC AGC TGG CG - #T AAG ATT TCT ACG GCA 
1152 
Asn Lys Val Ile Gln Phe Glu Val Ser Trp Ar - #g Lys Ile Ser Thr Ala 
# 380 
- ATA TAC GGG GAT GCC AAA AAC GGC GTG TTT AA - #T AAA GAT TAT GAT TTC 
1200 
Ile Tyr Gly Asp Ala Lys Asn Gly Val Phe As - #n Lys Asp Tyr Asp Phe 
385 3 - #90 3 - #95 4 - 
#00 
- GGG TTT GGA AAA GTG AGG CAG GTG AAG GAC TT - #G CAA ATG GGA CTC CTT 
1248 
Gly Phe Gly Lys Val Arg Gln Val Lys Asp Le - #u Gln Met Gly Leu Leu 
# 415 
# 1269 CCA AAG 
Met Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pro Lys 
420 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:79: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 765 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..762 
#/product= "Mammalian codonTION: 
#saporin" optimized 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:79: 
- ATG GTG ACC TCC ATC ACC CTG GAC CTG GTG AA - #C CCC ACC GCC GGC CAG 
48 
Met Val Thr Ser Ile Thr Leu Asp Leu Val As - #n Pro Thr Ala Gly Gln 
# 15 
- TAC TCC TCC TTC GTG GAC AAG ATC CGC AAC AA - #C GTG AAG GAC CCC AAC 
96 
Tyr Ser Ser Phe Val Asp Lys Ile Arg Asn As - #n Val Lys Asp Pro Asn 
# 30 
- CTG AAG TAC GGC GGC ACC GAC ATC GCC GTG AT - #C GGC CCC CCC TCC AAG 
144 
Leu Lys Tyr Gly Gly Thr Asp Ile Ala Val Il - #e Gly Pro Pro Ser Lys 
# 45 
- GAG AAG TTC CTG CGC ATC AAC TTC CAG TCC TC - #C CGC GGC ACC GTG TCC 
192 
Glu Lys Phe Leu Arg Ile Asn Phe Gln Ser Se - #r Arg Gly Thr Val Ser 
# 60 
- CTG GGC CTG AAG CGC GAC AAC CTG TAC GTG GT - #G GCC TAC CTG GCC ATG 
240 
Leu Gly Leu Lys Arg Asp Asn Leu Tyr Val Va - #l Ala Tyr Leu Ala Met 
# 80 
- GAC AAC ACC AAC GTG AAC CGC GCC TAC TAC TT - #C AAG TCC GAG ATC ACC 
288 
Asp Asn Thr Asn Val Asn Arg Ala Tyr Tyr Ph - #e Lys Ser Glu Ile Thr 
# 95 
- TCC GCC GAG CTG ACC GCC CTG TTC CCT GAG GC - #C ACC ACC GCC AAC CAG 
336 
Ser Ala Glu Leu Thr Ala Leu Phe Pro Glu Al - #a Thr Thr Ala Asn Gln 
# 110 
- AAG GCC CTG GAG TAC ACC GAG GAC TAC CAG TC - #C ATC GAG AAG AAC GCC 
384 
Lys Ala Leu Glu Tyr Thr Glu Asp Tyr Gln Se - #r Ile Glu Lys Asn Ala 
# 125 
- CAG ATC ACC CAG GGC GAC AAG TCC CGC AAG GA - #G CTC GGG CTG GGC ATC 
432 
Gln Ile Thr Gln Gly Asp Lys Ser Arg Lys Gl - #u Leu Gly Leu Gly Ile 
# 140 
- GAC CTG CTG CTG ACC TTC ATG GAG GCC GTG AA - #C AAG AAG GCC CGC GTG 
480 
Asp Leu Leu Leu Thr Phe Met Glu Ala Val As - #n Lys Lys Ala Arg Val 
145 1 - #50 1 - #55 1 - 
#60 
- GTG AAG AAC GAG GCC CGC TTC CTG CTG ATC GC - #C ATC CAG ATG ACC GCC 
528 
Val Lys Asn Glu Ala Arg Phe Leu Leu Ile Al - #a Ile Gln Met Thr Ala 
# 175 
- GAG GTG GCC CGC TTC CGC TAC ATC CAG AAC CT - #G GTG ACC AAG AAC TTC 
576 
Glu Val Ala Arg Phe Arg Tyr Ile Gln Asn Le - #u Val Thr Lys Asn Phe 
# 190 
- CCC AAC AAG TTC GAC TCC GAC AAC AAG GTG AT - #C CAG TTC GAG GTC AGC 
624 
Pro Asn Lys Phe Asp Ser Asp Asn Lys Val Il - #e Gln Phe Glu Val Ser 
# 205 
- TGG CGC AAG ATC TCC ACC GCC ATC TAC GGC GA - #C GCC AAG AAC GGC GTG 
672 
Trp Arg Lys Ile Ser Thr Ala Ile Tyr Gly As - #p Ala Lys Asn Gly Val 
# 220 
- TTC AAC AAG GAC TAC GAC TTC GGC TTC GGC AA - #G GTG CGC CAG GTG AAG 
720 
Phe Asn Lys Asp Tyr Asp Phe Gly Phe Gly Ly - #s Val Arg Gln Val Lys 
225 2 - #30 2 - #35 2 - 
#40 
- GAC CTG CAG ATG GGC CTG CTG ATG TAC CTG GG - #C AAG CCC AAG 
# 762 
Asp Leu Gln Met Gly Leu Leu Met Tyr Leu Gl - #y Lys Pro Lys 
# 250 
# 765 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:80: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 1233 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..1230 
#/product= "E. coli codon optimized 
FGF-SAP" 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:80: 
- ATG GCA GCG GGT TCT ATT ACT ACC CTG CCG GC - #G CTG CCG GAG GAC GGC 
48 
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Al - #a Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly 
255 2 - #60 2 - #65 2 - 
#70 
- GGT TCT GGC GCT TTC CCA CCG GGC CAC TTT AA - #G GAC CCG AAA CGC CTG 
96 
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Ly - #s Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu 
# 285 
- TAT TGC AAA AAC GGT GGT TTT TTC CTG CGT AT - #C CAC CCG GAT GGC CGC 
144 
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Il - #e His Pro Asp Gly Arg 
# 300 
- GTC GAT GGC GTC CGC GAA AAG TCT GAT CCG CA - #C ATC AAA CTG CAA TTG 
192 
Val Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro Hi - #s Ile Lys Leu Gln Leu 
# 315 
- CAA GCA GAG GAA CGC GGT GTT GTA AGC ATC AA - #G GGC GTT TGC GCG AAT 
240 
Gln Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Ly - #s Gly Val Cys Ala Asn 
# 330 
- CGT TAC CTG GCG ATG AAA GAG GAT GGC CGC CT - #G CTG GCC TCC AAG TGT 
288 
Arg Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Le - #u Leu Ala Ser Lys Cys 
335 3 - #40 3 - #45 3 - 
#50 
- GTA ACC GAT GAA TGC TTC TTC TTT GAA CGT CT - #G GAG TCG AAC AAT TAT 
336 
Val Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Le - #u Glu Ser Asn Asn Tyr 
# 365 
- AAC ACC TAT CGT AGC CGT AAG TAC ACC TCG TG - #G TAC GTA GCA TTG AAA 
384 
Asn Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Tr - #p Tyr Val Ala Leu Lys 
# 380 
- CGC ACC GGT CAG TAC AAA CTG GGT TCG AAG AC - #G GGT CCA GGT CAG AAA 
432 
Arg Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Th - #r Gly Pro Gly Gln Lys 
# 395 
- GCA ATT CTG TTC CTG CCA ATG TCG GCC AAA TC - #G GCC ATG GTC ACT TCT 
480 
Ala Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Se - #r Ala Met Val Thr Ser 
# 410 
- ATC ACG CTG GAT CTG GTC AAC CCG ACC GCT GG - #T CAG TAC AGC TCG TTT 
528 
Ile Thr Leu Asp Leu Val Asn Pro Thr Ala Gl - #y Gln Tyr Ser Ser Phe 
415 4 - #20 4 - #25 4 - 
#30 
- GTC GAT AAG ATT CGT AAT AAT GTG AAA GAT CC - #G AAT TTA AAA TAC GGT 
576 
Val Asp Lys Ile Arg Asn Asn Val Lys Asp Pr - #o Asn Leu Lys Tyr Gly 
# 445 
- GGC ACG GAT ATT GCA GTG ATT GGC CCG CCG TC - #T AAG GAA AAG TTC TTG 
624 
Gly Thr Asp Ile Ala Val Ile Gly Pro Pro Se - #r Lys Glu Lys Phe Leu 
# 460 
- CGT ATT AAC TTT CAA AGC TCT CGC GGC ACT GT - #G TCT CTG GGC TTA AAA 
672 
Arg Ile Asn Phe Gln Ser Ser Arg Gly Thr Va - #l Ser Leu Gly Leu Lys 
# 475 
- CGC GAT AAT TTG TAC GTT GTA GCG TAC CTG GC - #G ATG GAT AAT ACC AAT 
720 
Arg Asp Asn Leu Tyr Val Val Ala Tyr Leu Al - #a Met Asp Asn Thr Asn 
# 490 
- GTA AAC CGT GCT TAC TAT TTC AAA AGC GAA AT - #T ACC TCT GCT GAA CTG 
768 
Val Asn Arg Ala Tyr Tyr Phe Lys Ser Glu Il - #e Thr Ser Ala Glu Leu 
495 5 - #00 5 - #05 5 - 
#10 
- ACT GCA TTA TTC CCG GAA GCG ACT ACT GCC AA - #T CAG AAA GCC CTG GAA 
816 
Thr Ala Leu Phe Pro Glu Ala Thr Thr Ala As - #n Gln Lys Ala Leu Glu 
# 525 
- TAT ACC GAA GAT TAT CAG TCG ATT GAA AAA AA - #C GCG CAA ATT ACC CAG 
864 
Tyr Thr Glu Asp Tyr Gln Ser Ile Glu Lys As - #n Ala Gln Ile Thr Gln 
# 540 
- GGC GAC AAA TCG CGC AAA GAG TTG GGT CTG GG - #T ATT GAC CTG CTG CTG 
912 
Gly Asp Lys Ser Arg Lys Glu Leu Gly Leu Gl - #y Ile Asp Leu Leu Leu 
# 555 
- ACG TTT ATG GAG GCG GTC AAC AAA AAA GCT CG - #T GTA GTG AAA AAC GAA 
960 
Thr Phe Met Glu Ala Val Asn Lys Lys Ala Ar - #g Val Val Lys Asn Glu 
# 570 
- GCT CGC TTT CTG CTG ATC GCT ATT CAA ATG AC - #T GCT GAA GTT GCT CGT 
1008 
Ala Arg Phe Leu Leu Ile Ala Ile Gln Met Th - #r Ala Glu Val Ala Arg 
575 5 - #80 5 - #85 5 - 
#90 
- TTC CGT TAC ATT CAG AAC TTG GTT ACT AAG AA - #C TTT CCG AAC AAA TTC 
1056 
Phe Arg Tyr Ile Gln Asn Leu Val Thr Lys As - #n Phe Pro Asn Lys Phe 
# 605 
- GAC TCC GAT AAT AAG GTT ATT CAG TTC GAA GT - #G AGC TGG CGC AAG ATT 
1104 
Asp Ser Asp Asn Lys Val Ile Gln Phe Glu Va - #l Ser Trp Arg Lys Ile 
# 620 
- TCG ACG GCT ATT TAT GGC GAT GCC AAA AAC GG - #C GTA TTT AAC AAA GAT 
1152 
Ser Thr Ala Ile Tyr Gly Asp Ala Lys Asn Gl - #y Val Phe Asn Lys Asp 
# 635 
- TAT GAC TTC GGT TTT GGC AAG GTT CGT CAG GT - #G AAA GAT TTG CAG ATG 
1200 
Tyr Asp Phe Gly Phe Gly Lys Val Arg Gln Va - #l Lys Asp Leu Gln Met 
# 650 
# 1233G ATG TAC TTG GGC AAG CCG AAA TA - #A 
Gly Leu Leu Met Tyr Leu Gly Lys Pro Lys 
655 6 - #60 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:81: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 465 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..462 
Ile Mutation at2 R INFORMATION: 
Residue 1 - #16" 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:81: 
- ATG GCA GCA GGA TCA ATA ACA ACA TTA CCC GC - #C TTG CCC GAG GAT GGC 
48 
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Al - #a Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly 
# 425 
- GGC AGC GGC GCC TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC AA - #G GAC CCC AAG CGG CTG 
96 
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Ly - #s Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu 
# 440 
- TAC TGC AAA AAC GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC CA - #C CCC GAC GGC CGA GTT 
144 
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Hi - #s Pro Asp Gly Arg Val 
# 455 
- GAC GGG GTC CGG GAG AAG AGC GAC CCT CAC AT - #C AAG CTT CAA CTT CAA 
192 
Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro His Il - #e Lys Leu Gln Leu Gln 
# 470 
- GCA GAA GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC AAA GG - #A GTG TGT GCT AAC CGT 
240 
Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Lys Gl - #y Val Cys Ala Asn Arg 
475 4 - #80 4 - #85 4 - 
#90 
- TAC CTG GCT ATG AAG GAA GAT GGA AGA TTA CT - #G GCT TCT AAA TGT GTT 
288 
Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Leu Le - #u Ala Ser Lys Cys Val 
# 505 
- ACG GAT GAG TGT TTC TTT TTT GAA CGA TTG GA - #A TCT AAT AAC TAC AAT 
336 
Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Leu Gl - #u Ser Asn Asn Tyr Asn 
# 520 
- ACT TAC ATA TCA AGG AAA TAC ACC AGT TGG TA - #T GTG GCA TTG AAA CGA 
384 
Thr Tyr Ile Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Trp Ty - #r Val Ala Leu Lys Arg 
# 535 
- ACT GGG CAG TAT AAA CTT GGA TCC AAA ACA GG - #A CCT GGG CAG AAA GCT 
432 
Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Thr Gl - #y Pro Gly Gln Lys Ala 
# 550 
# 465T CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT AAG AGC TA - #A 
Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Ser 
555 5 - #60 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:82: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 465 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..462 
Glu Mutation at2 R INFORMATION: 
Residue 1 - #19" 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:82: 
- ATG GCA GCA GGA TCA ATA ACA ACA TTA CCC GC - #C TTG CCC GAG GAT GGC 
48 
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Al - #a Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly 
155 1 - #60 1 - #65 1 - 
#70 
- GGC AGC GGC GCC TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC AA - #G GAC CCC AAG CGG CTG 
96 
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Ly - #s Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu 
# 185 
- TAC TGC AAA AAC GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC CA - #C CCC GAC GGC CGA GTT 
144 
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Hi - #s Pro Asp Gly Arg Val 
# 200 
- GAC GGG GTC CGG GAG AAG AGC GAC CCT CAC AT - #C AAG CTT CAA CTT CAA 
192 
Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro His Il - #e Lys Leu Gln Leu Gln 
# 215 
- GCA GAA GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC AAA GG - #A GTG TGT GCT AAC CGT 
240 
Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Lys Gl - #y Val Cys Ala Asn Arg 
# 230 
- TAC CTG GCT ATG AAG GAA GAT GGA AGA TTA CT - #G GCT TCT AAA TGT GTT 
288 
Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Leu Le - #u Ala Ser Lys Cys Val 
235 2 - #40 2 - #45 2 - 
#50 
- ACG GAT GAG TGT TTC TTT TTT GAA CGA TTG GA - #A TCT AAT AAC TAC AAT 
336 
Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Leu Gl - #u Ser Asn Asn Tyr Asn 
# 265 
- ACT TAC CGG TCA AGG GAA TAC ACC AGT TGG TA - #T GTG GCA TTG AAA CGA 
384 
Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Glu Tyr Thr Ser Trp Ty - #r Val Ala Leu Lys Arg 
# 280 
- ACT GGG CAG TAT AAA CTT GGA TCC AAA ACA GG - #A CCT GGG CAG AAA GCT 
432 
Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Thr Gl - #y Pro Gly Gln Lys Ala 
# 295 
# 465T CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT AAG AGC TA - #A 
Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Ser 
# 305 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:83: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 465 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..462 
Ala Mutation at2 R INFORMATION: 
Residue 1 - #20" 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:83: 
- ATG GCA GCA GGA TCA ATA ACA ACA TTA CCC GC - #C TTG CCC GAG GAT GGC 
48 
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Al - #a Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly 
155 1 - #60 1 - #65 1 - 
#70 
- GGC AGC GGC GCC TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC AA - #G GAC CCC AAG CGG CTG 
96 
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Ly - #s Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu 
# 185 
- TAC TGC AAA AAC GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC CA - #C CCC GAC GGC CGA GTT 
144 
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Hi - #s Pro Asp Gly Arg Val 
# 200 
- GAC GGG GTC CGG GAG AAG AGC GAC CCT CAC AT - #C AAG CTT CAA CTT CAA 
192 
Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro His Il - #e Lys Leu Gln Leu Gln 
# 215 
- GCA GAA GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC AAA GG - #A GTG TGT GCT AAC CGT 
240 
Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Lys Gl - #y Val Cys Ala Asn Arg 
# 230 
- TAC CTG GCT ATG AAG GAA GAT GGA AGA TTA CT - #G GCT TCT AAA TGT GTT 
288 
Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Leu Le - #u Ala Ser Lys Cys Val 
235 2 - #40 2 - #45 2 - 
#50 
- ACG GAT GAG TGT TTC TTT TTT GAA CGA TTG GA - #A TCT AAT AAC TAC AAT 
336 
Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Leu Gl - #u Ser Asn Asn Tyr Asn 
# 265 
- ACT TAC CGG TCA AGG AAA GCA ACC AGT TGG TA - #T GTG GCA TTG AAA CGA 
384 
Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Ala Thr Ser Trp Ty - #r Val Ala Leu Lys Arg 
# 280 
- ACT GGG CAG TAT AAA CTT GGA TCC AAA ACA GG - #A CCT GGG CAG AAA GCT 
432 
Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Thr Gl - #y Pro Gly Gln Lys Ala 
# 295 
# 465T CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT AAG AGC TA - #A 
Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Ser 
# 305 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:84: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 465 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS 
(B) LOCATION: 1..462 
Trp Mutation at2 R INFORMATION: 
Residue 1 - #23" 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:84: 
- ATG GCA GCA GGA TCA ATA ACA ACA TTA CCC GC - #C TTG CCC GAG GAT GGC 
48 
Met Ala Ala Gly Ser Ile Thr Thr Leu Pro Al - #a Leu Pro Glu Asp Gly 
155 1 - #60 1 - #65 1 - 
#70 
- GGC AGC GGC GCC TTC CCG CCC GGC CAC TTC AA - #G GAC CCC AAG CGG CTG 
96 
Gly Ser Gly Ala Phe Pro Pro Gly His Phe Ly - #s Asp Pro Lys Arg Leu 
# 185 
- TAC TGC AAA AAC GGG GGC TTC TTC CTG CGC CA - #C CCC GAC GGC CGA GTT 
144 
Tyr Cys Lys Asn Gly Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Hi - #s Pro Asp Gly Arg Val 
# 200 
- GAC GGG GTC CGG GAG AAG AGC GAC CCT CAC AT - #C AAG CTT CAA CTT CAA 
192 
Asp Gly Val Arg Glu Lys Ser Asp Pro His Il - #e Lys Leu Gln Leu Gln 
# 215 
- GCA GAA GAG AGA GGA GTT GTG TCT ATC AAA GG - #A GTG TGT GCT AAC CGT 
240 
Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Val Val Ser Ile Lys Gl - #y Val Cys Ala Asn Arg 
# 230 
- TAC CTG GCT ATG AAG GAA GAT GGA AGA TTA CT - #G GCT TCT AAA TGT GTT 
288 
Tyr Leu Ala Met Lys Glu Asp Gly Arg Leu Le - #u Ala Ser Lys Cys Val 
235 2 - #40 2 - #45 2 - 
#50 
- ACG GAT GAG TGT TTC TTT TTT GAA CGA TTG GA - #A TCT AAT AAC TAC AAT 
336 
Thr Asp Glu Cys Phe Phe Phe Glu Arg Leu Gl - #u Ser Asn Asn Tyr Asn 
# 265 
- ACT TAC CGG TCA AGG AAA TAC ACC AGT GCA TA - #T GTG GCA TTG AAA CGA 
384 
Thr Tyr Arg Ser Arg Lys Tyr Thr Ser Ala Ty - #r Val Ala Leu Lys Arg 
# 280 
- ACT GGG CAG TAT AAA CTT GGA TCC AAA ACA GG - #A CCT GGG CAG AAA GCT 
432 
Thr Gly Gln Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ser Lys Thr Gl - #y Pro Gly Gln Lys Ala 
# 295 
# 465T CTT CCA ATG TCT GCT AAG AGC TA - #A 
Ile Leu Phe Leu Pro Met Ser Ala Lys Ser 
# 305 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:85: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 60 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Primer for Protamine"N: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:85: 
- TACATGCCAT GGCCAGGTAC AGATGCTGTC GCAGCCAGAG CCGGAGCAGA TA - #TTACCGCC 
60 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:86: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 60 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Primer for Protamine"N: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:86: 
- GCAGCTCCGC CTCCTTCGTC TGCGACTTCT TTGTCTCTGG CGGTAATATC TG - #CTCCGGCT 
60 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:87: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 60 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Primer for Protamine"N: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:87: 
- GACGAAGGAG GCGGAGCTGC CAGACACGGA GGAGAGCCAT GAGGTGCTGC CG - #CCCCAGGT 
60 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:88: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 59 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Primer for Protamine"N: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:88: 
- ATATATCCTA GGTTAGTGTC TTCTACATCT CGGTCTGTAC CTGGGGCGGC AG - #CACCTCA 
59 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:89: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 66 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon 
#Saporin" Preferred 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:89: 
- CGTATCAGGC GGCCGCCGCC ATGGTGACCT CCATCACCCT GGACCTGGTG AA - #CCCCACCG 
60 
# 66 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:90: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 69 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon 
#Saporin" Preferred 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:90: 
- TTGGGGTCCT TCACGTTGTT GCGGATCTTG TCCACGAAGG AGGAGTACTG GC - #CGGCGGTG 
60 
# 69 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:91: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 65 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon 
#Saporin" Preferred 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:91: 
- AACAACGTGA AGGACCCCAA CCTGAAGTAC GGCGGCACCG ACATCGCCGT GA - #TCGGCCCC 
60 
# 65 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:92: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 65 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon 
#Saporin" Preferred 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:92: 
- GTGCCGCGGG AGGACTGGAA GTTGATGCGC AGGAACTTCT CCTTGGAGGG GG - #GGCCGATC 
60 
# 65 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:93: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 75 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon 
#Saporin" Preferred 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:93: 
- CTCCCGCGGC ACCGTGTCCC TGGGCCTGAA GCGCGACAAC CTGTACGTGG TG - #GCCTACCT 
60 
# 75 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:94: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 77 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon 
#Saporin" Preferred 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:94: 
- GCGGTCAGCT CGGCGGAGGT GATCTCGGAC TTGAAGTAGT AGGCGCGGTT CA - #CGTTGGTG 
60 
# 77 A 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:95: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 78 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon 
#Saporin" Preferred 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:95: 
- GCCGAGCTGA CCGCCCTGTT CCCTGAGGCC ACCACCGCCA ACCAGAAGGC CC - #TGGAGTAC 
60 
# 78 CC 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:96: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 76 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon 
#Saporin" Preferred 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:96: 
- AGCCCGAGCT CCTTGCGGGA CTTGTCGCCC TGGGTGATCT GGGCGTTCTT CT - #CGATGGAC 
60 
# 76 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:97: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 74 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon 
#Saporin" Preferred 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:97: 
- TATAGAATTC CTCGGGCTGG GCATCGACCT GCTGCTGACC TTCATGGAGG CC - #GTGAACAA 
60 
# 74 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:98: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 68 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon 
#Saporin" Preferred 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:98: 
- CGGCGGTCAT CTGGATGGCG ATCAGCAGGA AGCGGGCCTC GTTCTTCACC AC - #GCGGGCCT 
60 
# 68 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:99: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 70 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon 
#Saporin" Preferred 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:99: 
- CGCCATCCAG ATGACCGCCG AGGTGGCCCG CTTCCGCTAC ATCCAGAACC TG - #GTGACCAA 
60 
# 70 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:100: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 76 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon 
#Saporin" Preferred 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:100: 
- GGCGGATCCC AGCTGACCTC GAACTGGATC ACCTTGTTGT CGGAGTCGAA CT - #TGTTGGGG 
60 
# 76 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:101: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 61 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon 
#Saporin" Preferred 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:101: 
- CCGGGATCCG TCAGCTGGCG CAAGATCTCC ACCGCCATCT ACGGCGACGC CA - #AGAACGGC 
60 
# 61 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:102: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 64 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon 
#Saporin" Preferred 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:102: 
- GCACCTTGCC GAAGCCGAAG TCGTAGTCCT TGTTGAACAC GCCGTTCTTG GC - #GTCGCCGT 
60 
# 64 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:103: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 58 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon 
#Saporin" Preferred 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:103: 
- TTCGGCTTCG GCAAGGTGCG CCAGGTGAAG GACCTGCAGA TGGGCCTGCT GA - #TGTACC 
58 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:104: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 52 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Primer for Mammalian Codon 
#Saporin" Preferred 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:104: 
- TGAACGTGGC GGCCGCCTAC TTGGGCTTGC CCAGGTACAT CAGCAGGCCC AT - # 
52 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:105: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 30 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Primer for SAP-6"ATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:105: 
# 30 CAAT CACATTAGAT 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:106: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 21 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (ix) FEATURE: 
#/note= "Primer for SAP-6"ATION: 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:106: 
#21 ACGT T 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:107: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 36 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:107: 
# 36 ACAA AGCTAATGCA CCAAAA 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:108: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 36 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:108: 
# 36 GGGT GGTGTTCAGG GAAGCT 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:109: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 700 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:109: 
- GAATTCGTAG ACAAAGCTAA TGCACCAAAA AAATGAATGT AGTTATAGTA AT - #GCTAACAT 
60 
- CCAAATTCCT CTTTGTAAGA CATAGGCCTG TCAACCTTGT CTCCATACTT CA - #ATTCCTAT 
120 
- TTCCACTCAC CTCCCTCAAG AACTTGATTT ATAAACAGTG TGCCTACCAT AA - #AATCATCA 
180 
- CTCCCTCTAT GTATTTATAG ACGACTGAAG GAATATCTTT CTTCTTTGCA TG - #CTACCGTG 
240 
- GTAGAAGGGT TTTAAAAGTC CGTGCTAGGC AGAGGCAGCC CTTTCTGCCC CT - #TTCTGTTC 
300 
- TCAGTTTATT AGGAAATGGC CTGAAATTCC AGCATGATAG CAAGCTGGCA TC - #CTCTGTGG 
360 
- AATGTGCAAA CCATGCCTGC ATCTGCCCAT TACCCTAGCT CAGTGTCTCT GG - #GCATTTCT 
420 
- GCAGTTGTTC TGAAGGCTTG GCGTGTTTAT CTCCCACAGG CGGCTGAACC GC - #CTCCCGTT 
480 
- TCATGAGCAG ACCAGTGGAA TGCAGTGGAA GAGACCCAGG CCTCCGGCCA CC - #CAGATTAG 
540 
- AGAGTTTTGT GCTGAGGTCC CTATATGGTT GTGTTAGACT GAACGACAGG CT - #CAAGTCTG 
600 
- TCTTTGCTCC TTGTTTGGGA AGCAAGTGGG AGGAGAGCAG GCCAAGGGGC TA - #TATAACCC 
660 
# 700 CCTG AACACCACCC AGTGCTCGAG 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:110: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 80 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:110: 
- TATAGAATTC CTGTGTCTAA CGGGGGTGTG TGCTCTCCCT CCTCTGGCGA CC - #ATGAGGAA 
60 
# 80 GGTG 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:111: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 76 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:111: 
- CCTGCCCAGT GACTGGCAGA TGAGAAGCTC CATTGTCGCC CCAGGGAGTA TG - #GGGCACAG 
60 
# 76 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:112: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 76 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:112: 
- ATCTGCCAGT CACTGGGCAG GGGCTACGTG CCAGGGACCA TGCTAGTTCT CT - #GCACACCT 
60 
# 76 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:113: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 81 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:113: 
- TATAGGATCC TGGACTCAGC TGAGGCCCGC CTGGGCACCC TGGGGCTCCC GG - #GAGGCAGA 
60 
#81 CTGT G 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:114: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 73 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:114: 
- TATAGGATCC GGGCCTCAGC TGAGTCCAGG CCTCGGGGAC AGTCCGTGCA CG - #CTCCTGGG 
60 
# 73 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:115: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 81 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:115: 
- TTCATGAGCT CACGCCTTTC CAGAGAAATC CCTTAATGCC GCCATTCTGC TG - #GTGGCATA 
60 
#81 CCTT G 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:116: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 81 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:116: 
- GGAAAGGCGT GAGCTCATGA AGAAGGCTGC TCAGTCAGCA GAAACGTGGC TG - #GGACAAGT 
60 
#81 AGGA G 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:117: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 88 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:117: 
- TATATACTCG AGCGGGGACC TGGAGGCTGG CAGGAGTCAG CGGGGCCTCT GG - #CAGCCAGT 
60 
# 88 GCCC TCCCTATA 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:118: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 462 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:118: 
- GAATTCCTGT GTCTAACGGG GGTGTGTGCT CTCCCTCCTC TGGCGACCAT GA - #GGAAACCC 
60 
- CCGGCAGGAC AAGGTGTGCA GAGAACTAGC ATGGTCCCTG GCACGTAGCC CC - #TGCCCAGT 
120 
- GACTGGCAGA TGAGAAGCTC CATTGTCGCC CCAGGGAGTA TGGGGCACAG GC - #GCCTCCTT 
180 
- GGGTTGTCTG CCTCCCGGGA GCCCCAGGGT GCCCAGGCGG GCCTCAGCTG AG - #TCCAGGCC 
240 
- TCGGGGACAG TCCGTGCACG CTCCTGGGGC TGGGGGCGGG CACTTGTCCC AG - #CCACGTTT 
300 
- CTGCTGACTG AGCAGCCTTC TTCATGAGCT CACGCCTTTC CAGAGAAATC CC - #TTAATGCC 
360 
- GCCATTCTGC TGGTGGCATA TATAGGGAGG GCTCGGCCTT GGCTCCACAC TG - #GCTGCCAG 
420 
# 462 TGCC AGCCTCCAGG TCCCCGCTCG AG 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:119: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 35 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:119: 
# 35 AGCT CTTAGCAGAC ATTGG 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:120: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 30 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:120: 
# 30 AATC AATTGTTATC 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:121: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 40 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:121: 
# 40 TATG TAAGTATTGT AGTTATTAGA 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:122: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 39 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:122: 
# 39 TATC AAGGAAATAC ACCAGTTGG 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:123: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 35 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:123: 
# 35 ATAC ACCAGTTGGT ATGTG 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:124: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 38 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:124: 
# 38 TTCC CTTGACCGGT AAGTATTG 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:125: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 35 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:125: 
# 35 AACC AGTTGGTATG TGGCA 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:126: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 37 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:126: 
# 37 TGCT TTCCTTGACC GGTAAGT 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:127: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 37 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:127: 
# 37 ATAT GTGGCATTGA AACGAAC 
- (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:128: 
- (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: 
#pairs (A) LENGTH: 38 base 
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid 
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single 
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear 
- (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:128: 
# 38 GCAC TGGTGTATTT CCTTGACC 
__________________________________________________________________________